(logo)
(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Open Source Books | Project Gutenberg | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Children's Library | Additional Collections

Search: Advanced Search

Anonymous User (login or join us)Upload
See other formats

Full text of "A writer of Attic prose; models from Xenophon, exercises and guide, a vocabulary of Attic prose usage"





YRITER OF ATTIC PROSE 



FLAGG 



WRITER OF ATTIC PROSE 



MODELS FROM XENOPHON 

EXERCISES AND GUIDE 
A VOCABULARY OF ATTIC PROSE USAGE 



BY 

ISAAC FLAGG 

PROFESSOR IN THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA 



NEW YORK-:- CINCINNATI : CHICAGO 

AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY 



COPYRIGHT, 1902, BY 
ISAAC FLAGG. 

ENTERED AT STATIONERS' HALL, LONDON. 

ATTIC PROSE. 

W. P. I 



PREFACE 

THE intention and purpose of the present work are indi- 
cated in the first few paragraphs under the head of Writer's 
Guide, and explicitly stated at the end of the same section 
in Directions for Using the Book, p. 103. The Guide is 
not meant to offer an exhaustive treatment of any of the 
topics which it touches: supplementary matter can be 
found by such readers as may desire it in Outlines of the 
Temporal and Modal Principles of Attic Prose, published 
by the University of California, copyright, 1893 ; an Intro- 
duction to the Lives of Cornelius Nepos, on the Rapid 
Reading of Latin and tJie Art of Translation ; The Trans- 
lation Habit, University of California Magazine, April, 



CONTENTS 



PAGE 



MODELS FROM XENOPHON 1-63 

Cyrus the Great: his Lineage and Native Qualities (107) . i 
The Boy Cyrus at the Court of Media (107) . . . . i 

At Dinner (109) . . . ' . . . . . . 3 

The Court in its Cups (no) . ...... 4 

Cyrus decides to remain with his Grandfather ( 1 1 1 ) . . 5 
A Lesson in Justice (112) . . . . . . . 6 

Winning Ways of Cyrus (112) ...... 7 

Hunting (113) 8 

A Grand Hunting Party (116) ...... 10 

Cyrus returns Home (i 18) 12 

He resumes the Persian Discipline (119) . . . -13 
Designs of the King of the Assyrians (119) .... 14 

Cyrus takes Command of a Persian Army (120) . . 15 

He marches to Media (121). . . . . . . 15 

Capture of Sardis (122) . . . . . . .16 

Cyrus and Croesus (123) . . . . . . -17 

IVa>06 treavroi/ ( 1 24) . . . . . . . .18 

EvSat/AOi/ta (127) 21 

The Taking of Babylon (128) 21 

Cyrus' Dower (133) ........ 25 

The Charge of Cambyses (134) 26 

Length and Breadth of the Empire (135) .... 28 

2u<TKeuaou, w Kvpe (136) ....... 29 

Last Words of Cyrus the Great (137) . . . . .30 

The Death of Cyrus the Younger (138) .... 33 



vi CONTENTS 

PAGE 

Traits of the younger Cyrus (141) 37 

KaXoKayaOla (143) 39 

Ischomachus 1 Instructions to his Wife (145) ... 41 

Learning Homer (152) 46 

Beauty of Socrates (153) 47 

Xanthippe, his Wife (154) 48 

Filial Gratitude (155) 49 

Agesilaus in Asia (158) 52 

Recalled to Hellas ( 1 61) 55 

Battle of Coronea (162) 56 

Panhellenic Patriotism (165) 59 

Spartan Simplicity (165) 60 

Hunting as Part of a Liberal Education (i 66) ... 60 

EXERCISES AND GUIDE 65-169 

Intuition and Imitation -65 

Rhetorical Articulation ....... 66 

Lesser Rhetorical Masses -67 

Larger Rhetorical Masses 68 

Responsiveness of the Greek Language .... 68 

The Greek Order 69 

First come, First served -7 

The Group as Unit 72 

Period, Antithesis, Chiasmus 74 

Euphony 76 

Rhetoric and Grammar 76 

Grammatical Terminology 77 

Temporal and Modal Expression -78 

Pure Conditional Clauses 79-82 

Real Condition 70 

Circumstantial Condition gi 

Vague Condition ..... 8 1 



CONTENTS vii 

PAGE 

Relative Indefinite ........ 82 

Original and Secondary Constructions . . . -83 

Scheme of Subordinate Clauses ...... 85 

The Past Phase 86 

Objective Conditional . . . . . . . .89 

Subjective Conditional . . . . . . . .90 

Final of Expectation ........ 91 

Cautions regarding Idiom ...... 92-100 

The Connective Particle ....... 92 

Parataxis of /JLCV ........ 93 

Aorist and Imperfect ....... 93 

The Perfect Stem 95 

Infinitive and Participle ....... 95 

<avai, eiTTcTv and Ae'yeiv ....... 96 

olfcrOai, SoKtiv, ijyuaOaL, vo/xt'av ..... 96 

yvtovai .......... 96 

<aii/e0-0at, OLKOVUV . . , . . . . . -97 

Adjuncts of Infinitive or Participle 97 

Personal and Impersonal ....... 98 

Temporal Relations ........ 98 

Simplicity 100 

Directions for Using the Book ...... 103 

Exercises for Writing ....... 107-169 

ABBREVIATIONS 170 

VOCABULARY 171 



ATTIC PROSE 



Cyrus the Great : his Lineage and Native Qualities 



-tv ST) 6 Kupo? Xeyerat yever^at Ka^t- 
Ilepcraiv /SacrtXea;?, /A^T/JOS Se 6/xoXoyetrat 
Tyg yevecrOai 77 Se Mai/Sav^ aurrj 'Acrrva- 
yous T)V 0vydTrjp rov Mr^Scuv ye^o/xeVou /SacriXew?. 
Se 6 KDpo? Xeyerat /cat aSerat ert /cat yii> 
et8o? aet' /caXXtcrro? \fvrf 8e 



/cat (>toyU,aecrraro9 /cat 
raro?, wcrre vra^ra jitet' TTOVOV dvarX^at TraVra 8e 
KivSwov viro^elvaL rov eVati'eicr^ai eVe/ca. <$>v(Tiv 
/xei/ ST) TT;? [jiop(f>rjs /cat TT^? ^^775 roioivrrjv ^a)v Sta- 
- eVatSeu^ ye /AT)V ev ITe^craij/ i/d/xot?. 



The Boy Cyrus at the Court of Media 

yap H-e\pi fj.v SwSe/ca erw^ 77 oXtyw 
TO.VTT) TTf TratSeta evratSeu^, /cat TrdvTMV TWV 
Sta^epwv e^atVero /cat et? TO ra^v ^.a.v6a.veiv a Se'ot 
15 /cat 'ei? TO /caXai? /cat a^Spet'aj? e/caara Trotet^. e/c Se 

TOUTOU TOV -^pOfOV IJLTTTjJL\jjaTO 'AcTTVay^? T^I/ CttV- 

TOU Ovyarepa. /cat rot' vratSa aurrj? tSeti' yap e'vre^u- 
jLtet, OTt 17/couei' avrov /caXov KayaOov et^at. 
S' auTr; re 17 MavSa^i^ TT/DO? TOV Trarepa /cat TOV 
20 TOV vtov e^oucra. 

Arnc PROSE i i 



ATTIC PROSE 



Se d(f)UeTO rot^tora, Ka ^ L ^7 VO) Kvpos rov 
TT?? /xr/rpos -rrarepa 6Wa, evffvs ofa $r) 



77atg (to-7oo w^ crTra^eTO re 



&>o-77ep aV et ns TraXcu (TWT^dpa^evo^ /cat TraXat 
5 <$>i\wv da-ird&LTo, Kal opuv ST) avrw 



/cat <>aiLO>v vnoypa(f)f) /cat 
Kal Ko/xat5 TTpocrOeTOLS, a 8^ vo/it/xa ^ eV 
ravra yap TraVra M^St/ca eVrt, /cat ot 
^tr^e? /cat ot /cai^Sveg /cat ot (TTptTTTol ot 

10 rfj 8e/)^ /cat ra i//e'Xta ra Trept rat? xepcriv, eV 
Ilepcrat? 8e rotg ot/cot /cat i/w ert vroXv /cat ctr^res 
<^auXorepat /cat Statrat eureXeo-repat o 
TW KOCT^OV rov TTOLTTTTOV, e/x^SXeVw^ avrw 
T O jjirjrep, cos /caXos /u,ot 6 TraTTTio?. epajrwcr^? Se 

15 avrov r^9 /x^rpos Trorepo? /caXXtwv aurw So/cet 
eu/at, 6 Trar^p 17 ovro?, aTre/cpti^aro apa 6 Kvpo?, 
T fl ju,T]rep, Tlepo-wv /aei/ TroXv KaXXtoro? 6 e/xo? 
iraTrjp, M^Swv juei^rot oo'coi' ewpa/ca eya> /cat > rat? 
68ot? /cat eTTt ra?? ^vpatg TroXu ovros 6 e'juos 7701777705 

20 /caXXtoro?. 

J Ai>racr7rao/Aet'os 8e 6 7701777705 avrov /cat oToXr)i> 
/caX^K e^eSvcre /cat o-rpe77rots /cat i//eXtot5 ert/xa /cat 
e/cocr^xet, /cat et 77ou e^eXawot, e\' LTTTTOV 
t'ou TreptTyyei/, cocnrep /cat avro? etco^et 

25 6 Se Kvpo? are 77ats wv /cat ^)tXo/caXo5 /cat (tXort/xos 
T^Sero TT^ crroXrJ, /cat iirrreveiv (jLavOdvaiv V77epe^atpei/ 
e^ Hepo-ats yap Sta TO ^aXe77W etpcu feat rpe(j>LV 

177770U? /Cat t7777VetI/ 

ITTTTOV crirdvLov. 



CYROPAEDIA OF XENOPHON 3 

At Dinner 

AetTTvwv Se 6 'Acrrvdyiys crvv TV} Ovyarpi /cat T<M 
Kvpa), /3ovXo/x,evo? TOV TratSa a>s ^Sierra SetTrveiv, 
tva TJTTOV TO. ot/caSe Tro^oti?, Trpocrijyayev avrw /cat 
7ra/3or//tSa9 /cat TravToSaTra e/>t/3d/x//,aTa /cat /Bpcofj^ara. 
5 TOV Se KV/DOV e<acrav Xeyetv, T H TrctTTTre, 6Va 
Trpa-y/xara e^et? ev ra> SetTT^w, et avdyK-r) crot CTTI 
7rdvTa ra Xe/capta raura Staret^etv ra? ^et/aa? /cat 
aTroyeuecr^at rovrwv rw^ Traz'roSaTraw j3pa)iJ.dTa)i>. 
Tt Se, <j)dvai TOV 'AcrTvdyrjv, ov yap TTO\V crot So/cet 
10 etvat KaXXiOf rooe TO oetTT't'ot' rot) ev IIepo~at5 ; TOV 
8e Kvpov TT/)OS TavTa aTro/cptVacr^at XeyeTat, Ov/c, 
a) Trdmre dXXa TToXu dVXovo-Tepa /cat evOvrepa Trap 1 
fjfjilv rj 68(5? <TTIV 7Tt TO efJL7T\'r)cr6'rji>aL f) Trap' v^lv. 
Trap' rjfjuv jaev -ya/> apro? /cat /cpea et? TOVTO ayet 
8e ets /xei/ TO auTO 17/1,1^ CTTrevSeTe, TroXXov? Se 
eXty/aov? ava> Kal /cctTft) ir\av(i>^voi 

ovrot ^/xet? TraXat i^/co^aev. 
'AXX', a) Trat, (frdvai TOV 'AcrTvayiyv, ov/c d^ 

7repnT\ava>iJLe0a yevo/xez/o? Se /cat crv, 
20 yi>ft)cret oTt i^Sea eo~Tiv. 'AXXa /cat ere', ^ai/a 
opw, <S TrctTTTre, (jLVcraTTOfJievov TavTa Ta 
/cat TOV 'Acrrvay^v eTrepeV^at, Kat Ttvt 
o~v Te/Cjaatpo^evo?, ai Trat, Xe'yet?; ""OTI ere, 
opai, oTav jotev TOV dpTOV tyy, et? ouSev T-)V 
25 a,7rot/;wjaevov 6Vav Se TOVTWV Ttvo? 



6Vt TrXea crot avr' avTwv eyeveTO. 
TavTa 8e TOV 'Acrrvcty^v etTretv, Et Totvuv OVTCO ytyvft)- 



ATTIC PROSE 



cr/cet?, <5 Trat, dXXd /cpe'a ye euor^ov, wa 
OLKaoe aneXOys. d/Jia 8e raura Xe'yo*>ra TroXXd au 

irapa(l>epeiv /cat #>foeta /cat raif ^/xe'pwt'. 

^ 
Kat TOV KGpoi', eVet ewpa TroXXa ra /cpea, curet^, 

5 T H /cat St'Sa)?, c/>d^at, a> irdTrire, Travra ravrd xtot rd 
/cpe'a o rt /3ouXo/xai aurot? ^prjcrdaL; Nr) Ata, 
ai Tral, eywye' crot. eVrau$a 8ry rof Kupov 
rcijf /cpecoi/ otaotoofat rot? ayotcpt rot* TTOLTTTTOV 
Trewrat? eVtXe'yovra e/cdcrra>, ^ot /ieV roCro, ort Trpo- 
10 0uitaj? tie tTTTreueti/ 8t8dcr/cet? crot Se, ort /xot TraXrw 
e8a)/ca?, ^ui/ yd/3 rour' e^w crot Se', ort /xou r^v 
e'pa rt/ia?. rotaOra e/rott eiw? SteSiSou Trdrra a 



The Court in its Cups 
Kat roi> K0/>oi> etTret^, *H Sd/ca, aTroXwXa? 

15 ere e/c rrj? TL/JLTJ^ rd re yap dXXa, (/>d''at, crov /cd 
on'O^orjcra), /cat ov/c e/C7ro/xat auro? rot* olvov. ot 8' 
apa rwi/ /SacrtXe'ajf ot^o^ooi, ^TretSaf StSaiart r^M 
<f)id\-r]v, dpucrai/re? aTr' avrrj? ra> KvdOa) et? r^f 
aptcrrepav ~^Lpa, eyxea/tet'ot /carappo(/>ovcrtj rov 8^ 

20 et c/)dp/xa/ca j^loi.v nrj XvcrtreXetJ/ avrot?. 

'E/c rovYou 8r) 6 'Acrrvdy^? eVtcrKa>7rra>i', Kat rt 
817, e</>T7, a> Ki)pe, raXXa /xi/xov/tei^o? rov Sd/cai/, ou/c 
aTreppd^Ta? rou otwu ; "On, e^>r, v^ Ata e'SeSouceti' 
^17 eV rw /cpar^pt c/>dp/za/ca /xe/xty/xeVa et?;. /cat 

25 ore etcrrtacra? cry rov? c/>tXou? eV rot? yeveB^ 
cra<pw? /care/xa^o^ c/>dp/xa/ca v/xw avrov eyve' 
Kat TTOJ? 8^ cru rovro, e^ry, /care'y^co? ; "Ort I/T) At" 

7J/KTC FfiinftHJ tfrtt n-^-<T/- -j..^^..-. ._ x ^ ' / 



v/xa? ewpwi/ /cat rat? y^WMat? /cat rot? crw/xacri 



CYROPAEDIA OF XENOPHON 



o~<aXXoju,eVov?. TrpwToj' JJLV yap, d ov/c eare 
TOV? TratSa? Troietf, ravra avrot eVoielre. Tra^res /xeV 
yap a/^ia e'/ce/cpayeTe, ^.av9dv.re Se ouSeV dXXT^Xwf, 
T^Sere Se p.dXa yeXoto)?, ov/c d/cpoayiefot Se row 

5 aSotro? ctijLti/ueTe aptcrra aoeti/ \.y(i)v oe e/caoro? 
u/xaii/ T^ eaurou p^i^rjv, eyretr' et dvacrTairjTe opx*]' 
cro/Jievoi, JUT) OTTCO? op^ladai iv pvOfjico, aXX* ouS* 
opOovcrOai I$vvacr0s. eVeXeX^cr^e 8 
T6 on ^tcrtXev? "fjjOai ot re d\Xot ort o~u 

10 rore yap 8^ eycuye /cat Trpwrov KaTe^oidov on TOUT* 
dp' ^i/ 17 la-myopia, 6 v/xets TOT' evrotetre. ouSeVoTe 
yov^ etrtwTrare. 

Kat 6 'Acrrfdy^? Xe'yei, 'O Se cro? TraTtjp, ^17, 
<5 TraT, irivtov ov fj.eOvcTK6TaL ; Ov /u.a At', ^77. 'AXXct 

15 TTOJ? Trotet ; At^;a)i/ Traverai, dXXo oe KO.KOV ovokv 
* ov yap ol/xat, a) TrdVTre, ^d/ca? av 



Cyrus decides to remain with his Grandfather 

'En-el Se 77 MavSd^ 7rapeo-/cevaeTO a>5 a7Ttovo"a 
Trpos TOI* di^Spa, eSetro avTTy? 6 'Aorvay^? 
rov Kvpoi^. 77 Se aTreKpt^aro, ort, /8ov- 
20 Xoiro /xei/ OLTravra. TO) Trarpt ^apt^eo-^at, aKovra 
jjievTOL TOV rralSa ^aXeTrw eli/at vo/at^etv /caraXtTreit'. 
*E^^a Sr) 6 'Ao-rvdyr;? Xeyet rrpo? TOI> Kvpov, 
T ft Trat, 171^ fieV^g Trap' e/>toi, Trpatrov /xev tTrvrot? roTs 
e/xot? \p^crei /cat dXXot? OTTOO-OI? a, 1 ^ /3ov\rj, /cat 
25 oTToraf diTiTjs, e^wv d?ret ovs a,f avrog ^1X779. eTretra 
Se ei/ TO) SeiVfCej CTTI TO /zerptw? o~ot SOKOW 
OTTOLO.V ySouXet 6So^ Tropevcret. eVetra T<X TC t 



ATTIC PROSE 

TO) 77apa8eto-&) 0r)pia 8tSw/xt crot /cat d\Xa 

)., a crv, cVetSdz' ra^tcrra iinreveii> fj.d0r}<;, 
/cat Toeva)v /cat aKovrit^v /caTa/3aXei<? axnrep 
ol jueydXot dVSpes. /cat TratSag Se crot ey<u 
5 cTTOpa? Trape^iw, /cai aXXa oTrocra cu> fiovXy 
e/xe ov/c drv^ifcret?. 

ravra etTrei^ 6 'Aorrvay^?, 17 fjiT 

irorepov /SovXotro jj.evf.iv r) a-mtvou. o Se 
ov/c e/xeXXi^cre^ aXXa ra^v et77^ ort ^ivtiv ^ovXotro. 
10 iTreptoTyOds 8e TraXw VTTO TT^? jjLrjrpos 8ta rt, eiTrelv 
Xeyerai, ^Ort OIKOI /x> TWI/ ^Xiwcov /cat et/xl /cat SOKOJ 

et^at, &) /r/yrep, /cat a.KovTit,(i>v /cat 
8e otS' ort tTTTrevcu^ ^Traw etp,t rait' 
Kal TOVTO ev i&Oi, w jjifJTep, 6^17, ort e/xe Tra^v dz^ta. 
15 ^f 8e /xe /caraXtTTTy? ev0d$e /cat /JidBco iinreveiv, orav 
JJLCV ev IIepo~at a> ? ot/xat crot e/cett'ov? rov? dya^ov? 
ra 7T^t/cd paStco? viKijcreiv orav 8' etg Mr^Sov? eX^w, 
v0d$e Tretpdcro/xat rw 770*77770;, ayaOatv iTnrecuv Kpd- 
Ttoros (ui', t7777U5 crv/ijLta^et^ aurcu. 



A Lesson in Justice 
20 T?i> Se 



e/cet avTtov crot TOW StSacr/cdXcu^ ; /cat TW 
c/>dvat, 'AXX' w {JirJTep, aKpifiu) ravrd ye TJ$-r). 
cru olvOa; rrjv MavSdvrjv elirelv. "On, c/)d^at, 6 
St8do-/caXo5 jtxe, cu? ^877 axpifiovvTa rr)v St/catocrwTp, 
25 /cat aXXot? KaOio-Tifj St/cd^etf /cat TOIVW, (frdvai, eVt 
p-ia TTore St/CTy TrXryyd? eXaftov a>s ov/c 6p6a)<s 
St/cdcras. 



CYROPAEDIA OF XENOPHON 

Se 17 BiKrj ToiavTrj. Trats jae'ya? jut/cpov 
TratSa jjuKpov yu-eyav e^ovra ^tTaW, e/cSvcras 
, TOV p,e.v eavTov e/cetvov rjfMfaitcre, TOV o e/cetvov 
eveSv. eyw ovv rovrot? 8t/ca^a>^ eyvwv 
5 elt^at djLK^orepot? TOV ap^orrovra eKarepov 
e^eLv. iv Se roirrw /u,e eTranrev 6 SiSa<rKaXos, Xe^as, 
ort OTrore /ao> rov apporTovTos tirjv KpiTijs, OVTO) Scot 
Troter^ OTrore Se Kplvai Seot irorepov 6 ^trajv eti^, 
TOUT' (^17 a-Kenreov eTvat, rt? /cT^crt? Strata ecrrt, 
10 Trorepa roi^ /3ta d 



Winning Ways of Cyras 

TotavTa juev Sr) TroXXa e'XaXet 6 Kvpo? TeXos Se 

17 jLtev ^rrjp arrfjXfJe, Kvpo? Se KarefJieve KOI avrov 

tTpe<f)TO. /cat Ta^u yu,ev rot? ^Xi/ctcoTat? 

15 wcTTe ot/cetaj? Sta/cetcr^at TO^U Se TOU? 

ro., Trpocrtwv Kat e^S^Xo? a>v OTI r)<nrd- 
avT&v TOV? vtet?, WQ-Te, et Tt TOV ySacrtXews 
, Tovg TratSa? e/ceXevov TOV Kv^oov Setcr^at 
t CT^KTIV. 6 Se Kvpo?, et Seot^To avTov 
20 ot TratSe?, Sta T^V <j)i\av0pa}iriai> /cat ^)tXoTtjatav 



Kat 6 'Ao-Tva-y^?, o rt Sebtro avrov 6 Kvpo?, ovSev 
vTe^etv /x^ ov ^apt^eo~^at. /cat yap dade- 
avTov, ovSeVoTe avreXetTre TOV TrctTTTrov ovSe 
25 /cXdwv TTOTC eTravcTO, dXXa S^Xo? ^v 7rao-tv oTt v?repe- 
^>o^8etTO ju,^ ot 6 TraTTTTo? drrodavrj /cat yap e/c VV/CTO? 
et Ttvo9 Se'oiTo 'Ao-Tudy^?, TrpwTO? rjcrOdveTO Kvpo9 



ATTIC PROSE 



/cat irdvrav doKvorara dven^a inrrjpeTijo-cov o n 
ototTO xa/>teto-#ai, ware Travrdnacrw ai/e/cr^Varo rov 



Hunting 

Kat Tavv /ueV ei9 TO tcrof d(t/ceTo r^ 177771/07 rots 
5 ^jXtt, ra^v Se trap-yet. Sta TO e'/>at> TOU epyov, Ta^v 
Se TO. eV TW Tra/aaSeio-w ^pta cU^Xw/cei 8tw/ca>y /cal 
Kal KaTa.KcuVa>v, wore 6 'AcrTuay^s ou/ce'r' 
i' avTW cruXXeyetv Orjpia. /cat 6 Ku/>o<?, ala06- 
OTI ftovXojJievos ov Sv^atrd ot "C^vro. TroXXa 
10 Trapt\eiv, eXeye TT/JOS avToV, *H ira-mre, TL ere Set 
077/n'a ^Towra TTpdy^aT e^iv ; aXX' eai^ 
TT^S evrt O^pav o~w TW #eta>, i/o/xtcu, oo~a ai^ 
e/xot Tavra Tpe<j)a-0aL. iniOv^wv Se cr<f>6$pa. e' 
eTrlrrjv Oujpav, ovfce'0' o/totcu? \nraptlv e'SwaTO axnrep 
15 irats wi', aXX' oKvrfpoTepov Trpocr^ef ov ya^> TrpocrrjeL 
et JUT) tSot et /catpo? etr;. 

t S' ow eyi^w 6 'Aoruayr;? <r<^oS/3a 

e^co Oypav, e/CTre^Tret OLVTOV crvv TW 
/cat ^vXa/cas o'i'jaTre/xTret e<^>' tTTTrwu Tr 

20 0770)9 aTTO TaV $VO"%a)pl(t)V (f>V\a.TTOL6V CLVTOV KOL et 

Tail/ dypt'ojf Tt ^aveirj Orjpiwv. 6 oui^ Kvpo? T&it' eVo- 
fjLi>(i)v TrpouvfJLCDS iTrvv6a.vf.TO, 7701019 ov XP 1 ^ 6r)pioi<s 
TT\dtf.iv /cat 77ora XP^ OappovvTa Stw/cetv. ot S' 
eXeyov OTI ap/crot TC 77oXXov9 r^Si^ 77X7^ crtao~ayTa9 
25 OLe<j)0eipav /cat /cdVpot /cat Xeoi/Te9 /cat 77a>SaXei9, 
at Se eXa^ot /cat Sop/cdSe9 /cat ot dypioi oTe9 /cat ot 
o^ot 01 ayptot do-trets etcrti/. eXeyof Se /cat TOVTO, 
Ta9 Svcrxa)/3ia9 ort Se'ot <vXctTTeo-#at o 



CYROPAEDIA OF XENOPHON 9 

TO. OrjpLa, ' 7roXXou9 yap 17877 avrots rots ITTTTOIS KO.TCL- 
KprnjLVLcrdriva.1. 

Kat 6 Kvpo9 irdvTa ravra tfjidvOave irpoOufjiW 

to? Se elSei/ cXa<of e'/CTT^Sr^crao-ai', irdvroiv eVtXa#d- 

5 fievos &V T7/covj~ef eotai/cei', ouSeV dXXo opwv 17 OTTOL 

e<j>evy. /cat TTO;? StaTrTySa)^ avrw 6 tTTTro? TrLnrei ct9 

yoi/ara /cat [UKpov Ka.Ktivov eeTpa)(ijXi(Tei>. ov 

O.AA.' eTT.^JL.lV.V 6 Kv^)O? jLtdXt? TTGJ? /Cat t7T77O5 

a>9 Se 19 TO TreStof r)\@ev, a.KOVTicra.s 
10 eXa^or, /caXd^ rt xp-fj/JLa /cat /u,eya. 

Kat o /Ltei^ 8-^ VTrepe^aipev ot Se ^>uXa/c9 Tr 

eXotSo/>ow avrov /cat eXeyof et9 otcz/ /ctV 
\6oi /cat e^acrav KaTepelv avrov. 6 ou^ Kvpo9 
icrTiJK6L KaTafleftrjKCDS /cat d/couaji' raura rfviaro. a>9 
15 8' rjcrOero Kpavyrj<; 7 d^eTT^S^cref evrt rw tTTTroi' cotrTrep 
/cat a>9 etSec e/c rov O.VTIOV Karrpov Trpocr- 
d^rto9 e'Xawet /cat 

/SdXXet 19 TO fj.Ta)irov /cat /caTecr^e TOI' 
*EfTav#a fj,vTOL 17817 /cat 6 ^elo? avT 
20 T^t OpaavrrjTa opa>v. o 8' avrov XotSopotyzeVov 
o)Lta>9 eSetTO, ocra aurc9 eXaySe, Taura edcrat etcr/co/>ti- 
o~a^Ta Sovrat TW Trdinra). rov 8e #etof eiireiv fyaa-iv, 
*AXX* 17^ ato-^Tat oTt e'8ta)K-9, ov o~ot ^ovov Xot8o- 
pTJcrtTai) dXXa. /cat eyu/ot, OTt ere etwi/. Kat 17^ /3ov- 
25 X^Tat, ^>di/at auToV, /xacrrtyaJcraTcu, evretSd^ ye eyaj 
8a> avTW. /cat cru ye, et /3ouXet, 6^)17, w ^ete, rt/Awpr;- 
Ta, o/xaJ9 ^aptcrat /aot. /cat 6 Kva^dp-rj<; 
ot TeXeuTaif etTre, Ilotet 0770)9 /SovXet* o~u yap 
ye i7jU.a^ eot/ca9 y8ao~tXet'9 



10 ATTIC PROSE 

OVTO) Sr) 6 Kv/>os etcr/co/xt'cras ra Brjpia eStSov 
re TW TrctTTTTW /cat IXeyet* art auro? ravra 
e/ceiVw. /cat ret d/coVrta eVeSet/ci'i' /xeV ov, 
Se ??ji>tar&>/>ieVa 6Voi> GJCTO TO*/ TTa.Tnrov oi//eo~#at. 6 Se 
S 'Acrrvay^? a^oa core*', 'AXX', a) Trat, Se^o/xat /ACI/ 
eyajye i^Secu? ocra cru StSw?, ou /xeVrot 8eo/x,at ye 
TQVTWV ov&evos wcrre ere Kiv^vvtveiv. Kal 6 
e^>T^, Et Toivvv fJir) crv oeet, t/cereva) ? a> TraTTTr 
Sos aura, OTTW? rorg i^Xt/ctajrat? eyw StaS&i. 'AXX', 
10 a) Trat, e^ 6 'Aoruay^?, /cat raura XajSaji^ StaStSou 
OTW cri; /SouXet /cat TWI^ aXXwi/ oirdcra 



A Grand Hunting Party 

Kat 6 Kvpos \af$tov e'StSou re apas rot? 7rato~t /cat 
a/xa eXeyei>, H TratSes, a>s apa <j)\vapovp,v ore ra 
ev r<u Trapaoetcroj Orjpua 0r)pa>iJLi> O/JLOIOV e/xotye 

15 8o/cet et^at olovirep et rt? 8e8e/xe'fa ^a>a Orjpcorj. 
TTpvTov pev yap eV /x,t/cpo> X W P 1 V ^? eVetra Xevrra 
/cat i/fwpaXe'a, /cat ro /xei/ avrw^ x w ^ OI/ ^ T O Se 
Kokofiov ra 8' eV rots opeo-t /cat Xet/xwo-t Oypia, 
ws /z/ /caXa ws 8e />teyaXa ws Se XtTrapa e^>atVero. 

20 /cat at ^ eXa^ot wo-7rep 7rrr;yat rjXXomo TT/OOS rof 
oupai/dv, ot 8e /cavrpot, wo-Tre/3 rov? di/S/aa? <ao-t 
us d^petovs, 6/xoVe e^epovro- VTTO Se r^s TrXarv- 

rOS O7JOf ft.nn nTciu /-.TX,. /-' JL. _*_^_. \ \ ' C / 



^ otoV r fy amw. /caXXttu 

6(^17, e/xotye So/ce? /cat reff^Kora elvat ravra >) 
25 e'/cet^a ra 



^ ^'AXX' , , eei/ /cat v/x? ot Trare/oe? 

eVt ^pai/ ; Kal /5aStV y aL, e^ao-ai/, et 



CYROPAEDIA OF XENOPHON II 

/ceXeuot. /cat 6 Kvpos elrre, Tt5 ovv av rjjj.lv 'Aorvayet 
fj.vY)(T0Lr) ; Tt5 yap civ, e^acrai', crov ye t/cafOJTepo5 
iretcrat ; 'AXXa /xa roi^ Ata, ^77, eyw yu,a> ov/c otS' 
oart5 avOpomos yeyeV^/xat ouSe yap ofo? r* et/At 
5 Xeyett' eycuye, ouS' avafiXeireiv 77/305 ro^ TraTnrov IK 
TOV Icrov ert Sv^a^otat. ^ 8e TOCTOVTOV CTrtStSai, 
SeSot/ca, e^, ^17 Tra^raTracrt /8Xa^ ns ^al 17X1^10? 
yfVcu/xat ' 7rcu8apioj> 8e coi^, Set^ draro? XaXet^ e'So/cow 
elvat. /cat ot TraiSe? ctTroi', IIo^po^ Xeyet? TO 7Tyoay/u,a, 

10 et fjuqoe VTTp r)jA(t)V) CLV rt oer^, ovvTJcrei Tr/aarret^, dXX 
aXXov rtvo? TO eVt o~e avdyKr) ecrrai Setor^at YJ/JLOL^. 
'A/coucras 8e ravra 6 Kvpo? 817^^17, /cat 
eXeuo-ajLteros eavrw 
OTTCO? cU> aXvTroTaTa etTrot vrpo? 

15 TroiTnrov /cat SiaTrpd^eiev avT<w TC /cat Totg Traicriv 
eSeo^TO. TJp^aro ovv ai8e. Etvre yutoi, e^7, w 
17^ Tts diroSpa ere TWV ot/ceTaiv /cat Xdftys CLVTOV, TL 
CLVTO) ^pyjcrei ; Tt aXXo, e^, ^ 8i^o-a? epya^ecr^at 
dvay/cao-<w ; *Hf 8e avTO/^taro? TraXiv eX^, Trcog 770117'- 

20 cretg; Tt Se, 6^17, et ja^ /aao~rtywo-a? ye, iW /x^ av^t? 
TOVTO 770117, ^ dpxrjs XPrf (ro l JiaL 
Kvpo, o~ot TTapoL<TKvd^ecr8ai 117, OTOJ 
/xe, a>5 ySouXevojitat ye 077005 o~e a77o8/3a) Xaftaiv rov5 
-f]\LKLO>Ta<; eVt Orfpav. /cat 6 'Ao-Tuayi75, KaXa>5, ^17, 

25 e77oti7cra5 Trpoenra>v' eVSo#ei> yap, ^617, a77ayopeuaj 
o-ot /xr) KiveicrOai. xapitv yap, (f>-rj, et efe/ca /cpea- 
Stwv TT] Ovyarpl TOV 77at8a d7rof3ovKo\TJcraLiJLi. 

'A/couo~a5 TavTa 6 Kvpo5, eTreLOero /xev 
a.via.pos Se /cat o-/cu#pa)77O5 wi/ cnanrrj 



ATTIC PROSE 



, eVet eyva> avrov Xvirovpevov t 

O.VTO) ^apt^ecr^at e'^dyet eVi Oijpav, /cat 
7reovs TToXXovs /cat tTrrrea? crwaXicra? /cat roi>9 
TratSas, /cat o-weXdcra? eis TO, tTTTrdcri/xa ^(opia TO. 



S ripia eTTOirjae ^e 

Kat ySao-tXt/cw? 8^ Trapojv auro?, arrrjyoptve /tr^SeW 
ySaXXetv 7r/>tf KOpos e/x 77X17 cr^e 117 0r)pa>v. 6 Se Kiy>o5 
ov/c eta /cwXuetv, dXX', Et /SouXet, (^17, a> TrctTTTre, 
i^Seaj? /xe Oripav, d<^e? rovs /car* e/xe vravrag Stw/cetv 
10 /cat Staycuft'^ecr^ai OTTW? e/cacrro? /c/aarttrra Swatro. 
^ 6 'Acrruay^s d^t^crt, /cat crras e^earo 
e/rt TO, 0r)pLa /cat ^)tXofet/cowras /cat 
Stcu/co^ra? /cat d/coirt^ovra?, /cat Kvpo> -^Sero ov 
Sy^a/xeVaj cnyav VTTO T^? 1780^^5, dXX* otcnrep cr/cuXa/ct 
15 yf.vva.iw d^a/cXct^ovTt OTrore TrX^crtd^ot 0r)pia), /cat 
TrapaKaXovvTL o^o/xao-rt e/cacrroz/. /cat rov /xei^ /cara- 
yeXaWa avrov 6pa>v tv(f>paiv6TO, TOV Se rtva /cat 

ZTTOLlVOVVTOi OLVTOV rfdOoLVfTO OuS' OTTdXTTLOVV <$)6oV.p(i)<S. 

reXos 8' ow TToXXd Brjpia e^fov 6 'Acrrudyr?? aTT^et. 

20 Kat TO XOITTOJ' OITOJ? TjcrOr) rrj TOTE 01/jpa., ajcrre 
act, OTTOTC olaf r' et^, crwe^rjei TO) Kvpw, /cat dXXovs 
re TroXXov? Trape\d[A/3ave /cat rov? TratSa? 
ei>e/ca. roi' /xei/ 8^ ?rXe terror y^povov OVTOJ 
o KO/5O5, iroicnv 1780^7/9 /zei/ /cat dya#ou rtvos avvai- 

25 no? wv, /ca/cou 8e 



Cyrus returns Home 

Se 6 rov Kupou Trar^p ^Se 
ravra, eVet 8' ^/coucrei/ epya 



CYROPAEDIA OF XENOPHON 13 



TOV Kvpov, aTre/cdXet 817, OTTW? ret eV 
Ilepcrai? eVtxcu/ota errtreXot^. /cat 6 Ku^os Se eVraC#a 
Xe'yerat et7rea> on druei/at /SouXotro, /AT) 6 TTCLTTJP TL 
a^BoiTO /cat r) TrdXts p./ji(f)OLTo. /cat TO) ' 
5 Se eSo/cet eli/cu di/ay/catof aTroncjJLTreLi' avrdv. 
Sr) iTrrrou? re avra> Sou? ovs auro? enedvp.^ \a/3elv 
KOL aXXa crvcrKeuaara? TroXXa eTre/xTre, /cat Sia TO 
aurw K'at a^ota eXTrtSa? e^co^ ^teyaXa? ei/ avrw, 
ecrecr^at IKOLVOV /cat <^>tXoi>5 cti^eXett' /cat e^Bpov<? 

10 'ATrtofra 8e rov KG/)ov TTpovrre^Trov aTrai/re? /cat 
natSe? Kat -^Xt/ces /cat d^Syae? /cat yepovres e<' LTTTTCOV 
/cat 'Acrrudy^? auro?, /cat ouSeVa e^ao-a^ QVTIV ov 
Sa/cpuovT* oL7roa'Tp(f)crBaL. /cat Ku^o^ 8e O.VTOV Xe'ye- 
rat crvf 7roXXot9 8a/c/3uots aTro^wp^crai. TroXXa 8e 

15 Saipa StaSou^at <f>a.(ru> O.VTOV rot? ^Xt/ctamus wv 
OLVTO) eSeSaj/cet, reXo? Se /cat ^z/ etve 
rr)v Mrj&LKrjv e/cSwra SoG^at ru>t, S^Xwz/ ort 
rovrov jadXtcrra lyiTTrd^eTO. 

Tov? fteVrot XajSovTas /cat Se^a^ieVovs ra 8wpa 

20 Xeyerat 'Aorudyet aTret'ey/cett', 'Acrrudy^^ Se Se^d- 
ILZVQV KV/J&) d7TO7re)ai/;at, rov Se traXiv re anonefjujjai 
et? MifSov? /cat et7reti>, Et ySovXet, a) TraVTre, e/xe /cat 
a.v9i^ teVat a5 ere yu,Ty atcr^u^d^u.ei'Of, ea e^et^ et rw 
rt eya> Se'Sco/ca ' AaTvd'yrjv Se ravra d/covcrai/ra 

25 Trot^crat cScrTrep Kupo? eVeVretXev. 

He resumes the Persian Discipline 

'O /xev ST) Kv/ao? ovroj? aireXBajv cv He'pcrat? eViau- 
roi' Xeyerat e^ rots Tratcrtv ert yevea^at. /cat ro /xei> 



ATTIC PROSE 



01 TTCuSe? eV/CWTJTOI' aVTOV, MS T]VTTaQelv eV 

MTj'Sot? jue/xa^Ti/cws 77*01- eVet Se /cat i(T0Lovra. avrbv 
.a)pa)i> axnrep KOL avTol T^Se'ws /cat Trtfoi/ra, /cat et 
TTOT' eV eopry evw^ta yeVotro, eTrtStSdi/ra fj.a\\ov 
5 avToi/ rou eavrov /xe/aou? ya-ddvovro rj Trpoa-^eo^evov, 
Kat 7T/305 rourots 8e raXXa /cparto-revo^ra avrw 
coupon eavTw, ivraWa $r) TraXw vTTTrrr)<rcrov avra) 



1777 

10 etg rovs e^ry/Sovj, eV rovrot? av e'8o/cet 
/cat /xeXerco^ a XP^ Ka ^ Kaprepwv /cat 
TOUS irpe(r/3vTpov5 /cat 7rei66fMvo<; rol<s 



Designs of the King of the Assyrians 

os Se rov xpovov 6 ^kv 'Acrrvay^s ei^ rots 
MrySot? aLTToOvrja-KeL, 6 Se Kva^dprjs 6 rou 'Ao-rvayov? 
15 Trats, rr}g Se Kupov /x^rpo? aSeX<o5, TT) 



'O Se rait' y A.crcrvpiO)v ^8a 

^upov?, ^>v\ov 7ra/x7roXv, VTTTJKOOV Se 
TOI> 'Apa/8tW ^SacrtXe'a, VTT^/COOU? Se 
20 ex&w 77817 /cat 'TjO/ca^toug, TroXto/3/cwv Se /cat Ba/c- 
rptov?, eVo/uet>, et TOVS MTySou? do-^et'et? TrotT^Vete, 
TrdvTtov ye TO>V irepit; /5aSta>? ap^tiv la")(ypora.rov 
yap T&V e'yyus (J>V\(DV TOVTO e'Sd/cet etvat. ourw ST) 
OLa.Trep.7reL rrpd? re rovs UTT' avrw TrdvTas /cat Trpos 
25 Kpotcrof rof At>8wi> /SacrtXe'a. /cat Trpo? rov KaTTTnx- 
So/cwv /cat 7T/009 ^pvya? a/x^orepoug /cat 77/369 ITa^>Xa- 
ydi/as /cat 'Ii/Sovs /cat 77^65 Kapas /cat KtXt/cas. ot 



CYROPAEDIA OF XENOPHON 15 

fj,v 877 Tot? Xdyois 7ret#djU,ez'ot o~v^iJia\iav avrai enoL- 
OVVTO, ot 8e Kal Sojpots 'cat ^p^pao-iv avaTrt.i66n.tvoi' 
TToXXa yap /cat rotavra ^ avrw. 

Cyrus takes Command of a Persian Army 

Kvadpr)<; Se 6 rov 'Ao-Tuayou<? 7rat<? eVet r}a~0dveTo 
rifi' r' linfiov\j]v /cat rr)^ 7Tapacn<evr)i> TO>V crvvicrra.- 
Ifi eavrov, avrd? re tvQecos oora e'Svvaro d^rt- 
, /cat et? Ilepcra? eTre/xTre Trpo? re TO 
KOIVOV KCU 7f/3o? Ka.fjifiiKT'Yjv Tov Trjv a$e\(f>r)i> e-^ovra 
feat /^acrtXeuo^ra ei/ ITejocratg. 

10 "ETre/ZTre Se /cat 77/305 Kvpo^, Seo/xei>o5 avrou Tret- 
pacr0oiL ap^ovTOi .\0iv TCOV dvopcav, et rtz^a? 
e/so'Git' /cotvdi/. -^8^ ya/) /cat 6 
TO. ei^ TO!? 6^17^801? Se/ca eTTy, 
TeXetot? a.vopdo'w r)i>. OVTOJ or) oe^a/xet'ov ToO Kvpov 
15 ot j3ov\evovT6S yepairepoi alpovvrai avrov ap^ovra 
T^S et? Mr^Sovs <TT/)aTia?. 

He marches to Media 

Se Trpocrev^ct/xevo? 'EcrTtot irarpata /cat Ait 
/cat Tot? aXXot? ^eot? wp/xaTo eVt TT)^ o"T/Da- 
reiav, (TVfj.TrpovTTeiJ.Tre oe O.VTOV /cat 6 Trarrjp. eVeiSr) 
20 Se e^w TrJ? ot/aas eyeVovTO, Xeyoi'Tat ao~rpa.Tral KOI 
PpovTal avTW ato-tot ye^ecr^at. TOVTMV Sc (ftavevTuv 
ovoev aXXo eTt otcui't^d/xevot eTropevovro, a? ovoeva 
XYJO-OVTO, TO, TOV /xeytcrTov ^eou 

Kal d(f)LKovTo fjt,ev ^XP 1 r ^ 
25 eVet 8' avTots deTOS Sextos <ai;et5 TT/Jo^yetTO, Trpoaev- 



ATTIC PROSE 



o>>ot Beols /cat fjpaxrL Tols Hc/oo-tSa y^i/ 

<rw tXew? KOA evpevels irepTreiv cr^a?, OUTOJ Ste/Sao/of 



ra ota. c 8e 

0eotg Tots MijSww y^ /carexoucru/ tXetus /cat cu 
5 Se'xeo-tfat avrov?. raura 8e ironjcravTes, acnrao-d- 
fievoi aXXrJXous WO-TTC/) et/cds, 6 /xei/ Trar^/) vraXtJ/ ts 
TrdXw aTTTJet, Kv/305 8e ets MiySou? 77/305 Kvagdpijv 
eiropevero. 

et Se d^i/ccro 6 Kvpo? et? Mrj'Sou? 7rpo9 TW 
irpwTov /u,ef ua-trep etK-o? rjcnrda-avTo 
s, evretra 8e ^pero TOI^ KU/DOI> 6 Kuafa^?, 
TrdTov ayot TO o-r/Dareu/xa. o 8e 6(^17, Tptcr/xvptovs 
jueV ye, ot /cat trpovOev tyoiruv npos v/aa? /xto-^o- 
<opot aXXot 8e /cat raif ouSeVore e^eX^d^TCDi/ TTpoor- 
15 epvovrat rcoi' ojutort/xcov. 

Capture of Sardia 



/let' out' rat' wf ex<uy TO rpirov 

/caTe/xevev, w? jit^Se TO, ot/cot ep~Y)p.a ur). 6 8e 
Kvpo? cTropevcTo w? ^Swaro Taxto-Ta. 

Kpoto-o? juo/Tot eu^v? eVt ^apSewv e<f>evye crvv TW 
20 o~T/>arv/xaTt TO, 8' aXXa <^>uXa OTTOI eSwaro irpocroy- 

TOLTO) f.V TYj VVKrl TT^<? 67T* OLKOV 68oO e/Cao~TO5 Ct7T- 

^ 8e T7/xepa eyefTo, v0vs eirl SapSet? 
Kvpo?. a>5 8' eyeVeTo TT/JO? TOJ rei\.i TO> e^ 
Ta? TC ^yaivas avlcrT^ w? 7T/ooo~y8aXaip Trpos 
25 TO Tet^o? /cat /cXtjota/ca? Trapecr/cevct^eTO. TavTa 8e 
7roiaji> KaTa TO. diroTO/xwTaTa 8o/covz/Ta et^at TOV Sap- 



CYROPAEDIA OF XENOPHON 17 



XaXSaiof9 7e /cat rtepcra?. rjyrjaaTO 8' av7ot9 
Hep 0-77 9, SouXo9 yeyei'rip.eVog TOJI> eV 777 d/cpO7rdXei 
7tfO9 (j>povpa)v /cat KaTajJijJLaOr]Kcb^ Kardftao-Lv ets 
7oz> TTora^tof /cat a.vdftaa'LV Tr)v O.VTTJV. 

5 'fl? 8* eyevero rovro 8^X0^,071 et^ero ra a/cpa, 
Tra^re? S^ <j>evyoi> ol AvSot a?ro rait' ret)(w^ OTTOI 
e'Sv^aro e'/cacrro? 77^5 TroXeajg. Kvpo? Se a/xa r^ 
7}fj.pa L(rr)L et9 rrp TroXtv Kal Trap^yyetXe^ eic 7779 
7aea;? jLti^SeVa KLvelcr0aL. 6 Se Kpotcro? Kara/cXet- 

10 crayaevo? ef 7015 /8a<rtXtot5, Kvpov e^oa 6 Se Ki^po? 
7ov jae> Kpoi<rov (^uXa/ca? Ka7e / Xt7re^, av7O5 Se 
cr7pa7O7reSev(ra5 70 vg eav7ov OTTOU eSd/cet 70 
Seto7a7ov etfat 7rJ? TroXeco?, /aeVetv CTTI 7019 077X015 



Cyras and Croesus 

15 Tav7a Se StaTT/ja^a/zevo? ctyayet^ e/ce'Xeucre^ av 
7oi> Kpotcrov. 6 Se K/ootcro? 019 etSe 7Of Kvpoi^, 
Xat^e, w Se<T7ro7a, e</)?7 701)70 yap -^ 7^17 /cat e yeu> 
70 O-TTO 7ouSe StSwo~t o"ot /cat e'/xot Trpocrayop^veiv. 
Kat cru ye, e^, a> K|0oto"e, eVetTrep dvOpMTroL ye 

20 eo'/xet' d/x<oreyOot. drdp, e^7, a) Kpoto-e, ap' dz/ 7t 
jaot e^eX^crat9 cru/z/3ovXevo-at ; Kat ftovXoifjirjv y d", 
e</>i7, w Kvpe, dya^ov 7t crot tvpeiv 701)70 yap ctv 
dlfJLat, dyaffoi; /cd^aot yez/ecr#at. 

v A/covo-oi^ TOLVVV, (f)rj, a) Kpoto~e- ey&) yap opwf 

25 7OV9 o~7part&j7a9 TroXXd TreTTOvrjKOTas /cat TroXXct /ce- 
/cat i^v^ vo 



e 

ATTIC PROSE 2 



ATTIC PROSE 
rovg or/oartwra?. ytyi>cucr/cco yd/3, $77, 

OTI L [Jit] TWO. KapTTOV \TJ\lfOVTCLl T(t)V TTOVCDVy OV Swrf- 

cro/xat avTovs iroXw ^povov Tret^o/AeVou? e\iv. diap- 
Tracrat fjitv ovv avrots l<f>elva.L rrjv TTO\IV ov y8ov\o/xat 

5 TT\V re yap TTO\LV , vop-ifa av 8ta<^^a/3^at, ev re rfj 
apirayy ev oIS' on ot Tro^/aorarot Tr\eoveKT)j- 
veiav av. 

'A^ovo-a? ravra 6 K/ooto-o? eXefev, 'AXX* e/xe, ^17, 
CL(rov Xe^at Trpo? ovs w eyw AuSaii/ e^eXw, on 

10 Sta7T7r/)ayju,at irapa o~ov JU,T) 7rot^o- 

eao"at a(f>avi(T0r)vai TratSas /cat ywcu/ca?, v 

Se crot dvn rounw, ^ JL/,^ Tra/)* ZKOVTUV 

ecreaffcu TTO.V o n KaXof KayaOov ecrnv a/ 

^v ya/) ravra d/covcrworti/, oIS' on 17^61 o~ot Trav o n 

15 eo~rlv v6d$e KOL\OV KTTJfJLa d^Spl /cat yvvaiKi ' /cat 
6/xowos et? ^eiwra TroXXoi^ /cat /caX<ui> iraXiv o~ot 
17 TroXt? eo-raf ^ Se StapTracnj?, /cat at 
o~ot, as Tr^ydg (^aat rwi* /caXwy el^at, Sie<f>0ap- 
jiieVat eo-ovrat. e^eVrat Se crot t8oi/rt ra e\06vra, 

20 en /cat Tre^ot riys dyOTrayiys y8ovXevo~ao"^at. Trpurov 
oe, <f>ir)) eVt TOVS fj.ov<5 Orjcravpov? Tre/ATre /cat Trapa- 
ot crot (^uXa/ces irapa ratv 



Tavra /xei^ 077 airavra. OVTO) crvvjjveo'e iroitlv 6 
25 Kupos, cocrTrep eXe^ev 6 Kpotcro?. 



TdSe 8e /xot irdvTax;, e^, Kpotcre, Xe|ov, 770)9 crot 
rd e/c rou eV AeX^ot? 



CYROPAEDIA OF XENOPHON 19 



yap ST) Xe'yerat TTOLVV ye TedepaTrevcrdai 6 
/cat ere TrdVra eKeuvco TfeiOo^vov 7rpdrTe>. 

'E^ouXo/xTp our, e</>?7, a) Kupe, ovrw? c^ew i/uV Se 
TrdVra ra.va.vTia. ev6v<s l dp^rj<; irpaTTuv Trpoa"r)ve^0fjv 
5 TO> 'A7roXXa)i/t. Hois Se; e^ 6 Kvpo? StSacnce- 
yap TrapaSo^a Xeyet?. "Ort Trpa>Tov p.v, ^ >7 ?5 
g epajrav TOV 0eov, et rt eSed/xi^^, aTreTretpaj- 
aurou et Swatro aXrjBeveiv. TOVTO Se, 6(^17, /XT) 
ort ^eos, dXXa /cat a.vdp<t)Troi /caXot /cdya^ot, eVetScu/ 
10 yvwcriv (XTTtcTTOvjae^ot, ou <^>tXoucrt roug aTrtoroi't'Ta?. 
erret ^teVrot eyi>&> /cat /zdXa aroTra e/xov TTOIOVVTO? 
/cat irp6<T(jD AeXc^wf a7re)/ovro9, ourw 8- 



6 8e /XOt TO /Al/ TTptoTOV Ov8' a.7TKpLVaTO ' 

t S* eya> TroXXa /xei^ TTCfJLTrajv ava^/xara 
15 TroXXa 8* dpyvpa, Trd/xTroXXa 8e Ovwv, 
TTOTC O.VTOV, a>5 e8o/cou^, Tore 8?^ /xot 
epuTwvTL Tt aV /xot TTOtT^crat'Tt TratSe? yevoivro- o 8e 
etTre^ ort eaoivro. /cat eyevovTO yu,eV, ou8e yap ouSe 
TOUTO ei//evo~aTO, ytvo^evoL Se ouSeV tovfjcrav. 6 /xe^ 
20 yap Kco(j>b<s &v SteTe'Xet, o Se apto-T05 yevo/xe^o? eV 
TOV yStou ctTrwXeTO. 

Se Tat9 Trept TOV? TratSa? orvfj.(f)Opal<s 

TTCfMTTCt) KOL Trep(OTO> TOV 06OV-, Tt CtV TfOLtoV TOV 

\oiTfov PLOV evSaL/JiOvecrTCLTa StaTeXe'crat/xt o Se /xot 
25 ctTre/cptvaro, 

Savrov yiyvcoo-Kwv cvSat/itov, Kpoi(rc, 



'Eyw Se a/covcra? TT)^ ^avTeiav r)o~0riv evofJLL^ov yap 
TO paoToV /xot avrw irpocrTd^avTa TYJV evSat/xoi'tai' 



20 ATTIC PROSE 

StSoW. aXXovs fJifv ya/o yiyvtao-Keiv, rou? /xeV olov 
T elVat TOUS 8' ov' eavrov 8e ocm? e'ori, iravro. nva 
Ivo^ov avOpconov etSeVat. /cat roV /xera raura ST) 
Xpoi'ov, lius /xe^ etxov rjcrvxtav, ovSef eVe/caXow /xera 
5 TOI^ rou TratSos ddvarov rats rv^at? eVeiSr) 8e ai/- 
TreC(T0r)v viro rov 'Acrcrvptou e</>' v/xa? o-Tpareveo-Qai, 
et? Trai/ra KIV^VVOV rf\6ov - eVw#rp /xeWot ovSei/ 
/caKW Xa/Swi'. OVK: atrtai/xat 8e ovSe ra8e TOV ^eoV. 
eVet ya/) eyixw*' e^avrov ^ IKO.VOV vfj.lv /xa^ecr^at, 
10 ao-^aXais crui/ ro> 0e< anrjXBov /cat avros /cat ot 
(7W e/xot. 

Nw 8' av TrdXiv VTTO re TrXourou row 
s /cat UTTO raif Seo/xet'cuv /aov Tr 
/cat V-JTO rwi' Scapwv a)v e8t8ocrdV /xot /cat 
15 VTT* av0pd>TTO)v, ot /xe /coXa/cevovre? tXeyo^ as t eyw 
e^eXot/xt ayo^etv TraWes at* e/xot irtiOoivTO KOI /xe- 
ytcrros av eti]^ avBp^Trwv^ VTTO TOLOVTCOV 8e Xoywi/ 
ava.(j>v(T(t)[Jiei>os, cog et'XovTO ju,e Tra^re? ot /cu/cXw ^Sacrt- 
Xets irpocrTdTrjv TOV TroXe/xov, VTreSe^a/x^v TT)^ (rrpa- 
20 TTjytai', a>s t/cavos ait' /xeytcrros yeveaOaL, ayvoa>v 
dpa e/xavrw, ort orot aVriTroXe/xeu/ t/ca^bs w 
/xo> e/c ^ewi/ yeyo^drt, eTretra Se 8ta 
OTLj eiretra 8' CK TratSos aperyv CLCTKOWTL- TO>V 
8* ettait' irpoyovwv a/covw TOV TrpaTov /SacrtXevcraMTa 
25 a/xa re /8ao~tXea /cat eXevdepov yeveaOai. raur* ovv 
dyi^o^cra?, 8t/catws, e^, e^to r>)^ SLKTJV. 

'AXXa i/Ov 817, (77, ai Kvpe, ytyvwa/ca) /xev e/xaurdv 
cru 8', e<->7, 8o/cet? ert aX-rjOeva-eiv TOV 'ATro'XXco, a>? 
ecro/xat yiyvuxjK(av e/xavroV ; ere 8* 



CYROPAEDIA OF XENOPHON 21 

Sta TOVTO, on aptoV OLV fJLOL Sonets et/cctcrat TOVTO eV 
T<*> irapovri' /cat yap Swacrat 



Exi6ai(xoy(a 

Kat 6 Kupo? etTre, BouX^ p.ou So? Trcpt rourov, 
a) Kpotcre- eya> yap crow evvotav rrjv irpocrOev evSctt- 
5 fjLoviav, oiKTeipa) re ere /cat a7roSi'Sa>/u 17817 yuvat/ca re 
e^ett' T)Z> elxe? fat rag ^uyarepa?, d/cova) yap trot et^at, 
/cat row? (^iXov? /cat rou? depdirovras /cat rparre^av crvv 
Oio-Trep e'^re- /xa^ag 8e (rot /cat 7ro\e/xov? a.(/>atyoc5. 

Ma Ata fj.^ev roivvv, e<j>r) o Kpotcro?, av e/xot ert 
10 ftovXevov aTTOKpivavOau irepl TVJS e/x-^5 evSat/xovta? 
eya> yap 17877 crot Xe'ya), -^v ravra /xot Tronjcrr)*; a Xeyet?, 
ort ^i/ aXXot re n-aKapLCDTaTyv eVo/Aiof elrat 
/cat eya> crvvzyiyvwcrKov avrot? ? Tavrrfv /cat ey&> 
e^ojy Sta^a). /cat 6 Kvpo? etTre, Tt? 817 6 
15 T^V /ota/capta^ ^orrfv ; *H e/x?) ywij, elirev, a> Kvpe' 
yap TOJV fj.ev ayaOvv /cat rwv /zaXa/c<z> /cat 
e/Aot TO tcrov /ueret^e, ^poz/rtS<wv 
8e OTTWS Tavra ecrrat /cat TTO\JJLOV /cat /xa^^? ov 
fjLT7Jv avTTf. ovTco 8^ /cat cry So^et? e/x /caTao~/ceua- 
20 ^ftv, c5o~77ep eyw ^v e^t'Xou^ /xaXtcrra a.v6p(i)Tra)v, OXTTC 
t aXXa /xot 8o/cco ^aptcrrr^pta o^etX-^o-eti/. 
8e 6 Kvpo? row? Xoyou? avrou, e 
/aef rr)^ evOv^Lav, r)ye 8e TO XOITTOV OTTOI /cat 

TropevotTO. 

The Taking of Babylon 

25 ITpot'&V 8e TT)^ eTrt Ba^SuXwt'o? KaTecrrpe^aro /xe^ 

Se 



22 ATTIC PROSE 



KaTTTraSo'/cas, VTrox^ptovs 8' eVoirj'o-aro 

8e dvro Trdvrwv TOVTWV Htpcrtov p.v i 

TTpa/ClO7<lVplOV9, TToXXoVS 8e ITTTrOV 

/cat Trdcri rots oayxttdxots SteSw/ce /cat 



TG>1> 



Se r 



^i/ 6 Kv/309, TrepteoTTT/cre /uei/ TTO-I/ TO o-rparev/xa Trept 
T^ TrdXti^, cTreira auro? Treptr/Xawe T^ 770X1^ <ru^ 

xs , /> \ 5 / / \ 

10 rot? mtAot? re /cat eTTt/catptot? TWJ; o~u^iju,aYaj^, /cat 
ra ret aTr'ae T>y <TTa.Tia.v ano 



t 8e /carO"TpaTO7re8evo~avTO, crwe/caXeo'ei' 6 
Kvpo? Tovg eVt/catptov? /cat cXegtv, "AvSpe? o-u/a/xa- 

15 ^ot, reOedfJieOa {Jitv KVK\O) rrjv 7roXti> eyw Se, OTTCU? 
|nei> ai/ rt? Tet^-ry ourw? tcr^upd /cat v^rjXa 7rpoo~/xa^o- 
fjievos eXot, ov/c eVopav /not 8o/ca> ocrw 8e Tr 
ai>0p<t)iroL iv rfj TroXet eto~tV, CTretVep ov 
efto^re?, rocrovrw ai^ OOLTTOV Xt/x<w aurov? 

20 aXaWi. et JUT; rti/' oui/ aXXof rpoirov e^ere Xe'yeti', 
Tovro) TToXiopK-rjTeovs <j>r)[jil et^at rov? d'^Spa?. 

Kat 6 Xpvcrdvra? etrrei', 'O Se Trorajutd?, ^17? ouro? 
ov Sid jaeo-^5 r^g TroXewg pet TrXdros e^cut' TrXcroj/ ^ 
eVt 8uo o-rdSta; Nat /xd At', ^17 6 Tw^pva?, /cat 

25 (3a0o<s ye 0*9 ot8' CIM 8uo dt'Spe? 6 erepo? eVt TOU 

TpOV O"TT7/CW5 TOV vSttTO? VTTp)(OLV ' O)(TT TO> TTOTa- 

/xaJ ert to-^uporepa eVrti/ 17 770X15 ^ rot? ret^eo-t. /cat 
o Kvpo?, Taura /aeV, 6(^17, a) Xpuo-dvra, eai/xej', oo-a 
/cpetrro) e'ort riys ^/oterepas Sv^ ditea>s Sta/xerp^cra- 



CYROPAEDIA OF XENOPHON 23 

Se x/ 07 ) 0)5 ra^tcrra TO fJLpos e/cdoroi> rjnuv 
opvrrtiv rd<f>pov a>5 Tr\arvrdr7)v /cat fia.6vrdrriv, 6Vo>5 
on e\a^C(TTa)v rjfjuv TOW <j)v\di<a)v 8e77. 

Ovro) ST) /cu/cXo) Sta/MT/377cra5 77/3t TO TCI^O?, dVo- 
5 XiTra)i> oo'oi' TvpcrecTL /LteyaXat? 0,770 rov Trorajutou, 
evOev Kai evOev rov ret^oug Tafypov vnep- 
/cat T^ yrj^ avefta.\\ov 77/305 eaurous. /cat 

7Tt T 



OTt fJLOLL(TTa OLKOL 

10 dvLCTTr) 8e /cat aXXous TroXXov? Trvpyovs eirt 
Xa8o? y^9, O7TW9 ort TrXercrra ^>v\a.KTijpLa. etry. 

Ot /u,ei> 8^ ravr' ITTOLOVV ot 8' > TW ret^et /care- 
yeXan> TT^? TroXto/a/cta?, a>5 e^o^Te? ra eVtrifSeta TrXeov 
et/cocrtv erw^. d/covo~as 8e raura 6 Kv/oo? TO crrpd- 
15 Tev/ota /caTO'et/xe SwSe/ca /u-e/)^, a>g fjirjva rov eviavrov 
fte/oo? <j>v\doi>. ot 8* au Ba/3vXwvtot d/coi;- 
TavTa TroXv ert /txaXXov rovratv /caTeyeXojj>, 

el o~^>as <I>/3vye? /cat AvSot /cat ' 
/cat Ka7T7ra8o/cat ^uXa^otev, ovs o~^to 
20 TraWa? ev/xevecrTepous et^at ^ Ilepcrat?. 

Kat at /u,e^ rd<j>poi 17877 6p&>puy/ua>at rjo-av. 6 8e 
776187) iopryv ev ry BaySvXwi't rJKovcrev ett'at, 
Wes Ba^8vXwi/tot 0X77^ TT)V VVKTCL Trivovo~i /cat 
vcrtv, v ravr-fl, 776187) rd^icrra o-vveo-Koraa-e, 
25 Xa/Scov 77oXXou? dv0pa)iTov<; dveo~To/x<uo"e Tas rd(f)pov<; 
77/365 TOI> TTorajJiov. a>5 8e TOVTO eyevero, ro vocop 
Kara rds rdtfrpovs e^copei ev rrj VVKTL, 77 8e 8ta T7^5 
77oXe&)5 6865 77o/3vo"tju,o5 dv0pa>7TOi<s iyiyvtTO. a5 8e 
TO TOV 77OTa/Aov OVTOJ5 77O/3crwero, 



ATTIC PROSE 



Kvpos 

Suo ayoi>Ta9 rr)^ ^tXtocrrw TrapeiWt TT/)OS avToV, row? 
8' dXXou9 o-u/x/xdxou9 /car' oupdv TOUTO^ eVeo-0at 
fjirep irpocrOtv Teray/xeVou9. ot /xef 8r) -rraprjcrav o 8e 
5 /cara/2 t/Sacras 19 TO l^/ooi/ rov vrora/xou rov? vT 
KCU Tre^ous /cat tTTTreas, e/ceXeucre o-/ce'i//a<j#ai t 



CTIU.OV eifj TO ea>os TOU 

I Se aTT^yyetXai' 6Vt Trope ucrt/xot' 117, 
rav 8e a,7ra^rwt/rcu^ ot /ae^ a-n 

10 TTOLLOfjievoi, ot 8' (f)6vyov TraXtv eto-a>, ot 8' e/3dwi/- ot 
8' d/x(^t r6f T*a)j3pvav (rwepocov avrot?, a>5 /cw/xacrrat 
oWes /cat avTOi- /cat toyres 77 eSuvatro Ta^tora eVt 
rot? /3ao-iXetot< eyeVo^ro. /cat ot /xef o~w rw FwyS/Jva 
/cat FaSara reray/xeVot /ce/cXetcr/xeva? evpia-Kovcn ra? 

15 TruXa? TOU ^ao~tXetov ot 8' C77t rou? <^>uXa/ca? 
TC5 eVeto'TrtTrrovcrti' avrot? TrtVoucrt TT/JO? (< 
/cat v0v$ cus TroXetuots e^pwfro. 

'O? 8e Kpavyrj /cat /CTU/TOS eyty^ero, atcr^o/xefot ot 
et'Sov TOU 6opv/3ov, /ceXeucrai/To? TOU ^Sao-tXeoj? cr/ce- 

20 \jj3.cruoLi Tt etTj TO Trpayttaj e/c^eouo~t Tti^e? dvot^ai/Te? 
TO.? TruXa?. ot 8' axi(t TW FaSaTaM a>9 eTSoi' Ta9 
TruXa? ^aXwo"a9, eto-TTtTTTOucrt, /cat Tot9 TraXtv ^>evyou- 
crtt' etacu e<^677o/xei/ot /cat ira.iovT<s aL^iKvovvTau irpos 
rov /3acrtXea- /cat 17817 eo-T~rj<6ra avrbv /cat eo"7racr/xe- 

25 voi' o> et^ev aKivoLKyv euptcr/coutrt. /cat TOUTOV /xe^ 
ot crw FaSdra /cat Fw^pua TroXXot e^et/oowTo /cat 
ot o-w auroj 8e o-TreOvrjarKov, o /xet^ 7T/3o/3aXXo/xevo9 Tt, 
o 8e (^euycejy, 6 8e ye /cat a(jiw6p.vos OTO> e'Su^aro. 
o Se Kupo9 8teVe/x7re Ta? TWV tTTTre'wf Tct^et? /caTO. Ta<? 



CYROPAEDIA OF XENOPHON 25 

oSous /cat Trpoeiirev ov<? /u,eV e^co Xayu,/3dVotef> /cara/cat- 
vetv, rot"? 8* If rats ot/aais KvjpvTreiv rovs Svptcrrt 
eVto-ra^ieVovs eVSoi> /aeVeu/- ei 8e rts e&> 
ort #ai>arwo~otro. 

5 Ot /xeV 17 ravra evrotou^. FaSara? 8e /cat 
rjKov ' /cat ueovs {JLCV TrpwTois TTpo&ZKvvovV) ort rert- 
/iwp^/xeVot v)(rav rov avocnov /8acrtXea 7 eTretra Se 
Kvpou /care^)tX.ovf /cat ^etpa? /cat TroSa?, TroXXa Sa- 
KpvovTes a/xa X a P^ Ka ^ eu^pati^o/xet'ot. eVet Se r 

10 eyeVero /cat ri&OovTO ot ras a/cpas e^ovre? 

re r>)^ 770X11^ /cat roz^ ySacrtXea re^Ty/cora, TiapaStSoacrt 
/cat ra? a/cpa?. 6 8e Kvpo? ras /aey a/cpa? ev0v<; 
uapeXa/iySa^e /cat <f>povpdp)(ov<s re /cat (frpovpovs et? 
Tavrag a^eTre/xTre, rov? Se re^^/cora? 6a.7TTiv l(f>rJKe 

IS TOtS TTpOO'TfJKOVa'L. 

Cyrus' Dower 

'Erret Se Tro/sevo/xe^ot yiyvovrai /caret 
rpeVerat 6 Kvyao? Trpo? Kuafapr^. evret Se T^ 
cravro dXX7yXou? ? Trpwro^ /xev ST^ 6 Kvpo? etTre rw 
Kva^dprj ort ol/co? aurw l^rjprj/jievos eirj zv Ba/3vXai^t 

20 /cat cxp^eta, OTTCU? e^ /cat orav e'/ceto-e eX^ry et? ot/ceta 
/carayecr^at. evretra Se /cat aXXa Saipa eSw/cei/ avrw 
TroXXa K"at /caXa. 

*O Se Kua^-ap^? ravra jaei/ eSe'^ero, Trpocre-rrefjujje 
Se avraj TY]v 6vya.Tpa, (TT.^)a.v6v re ^pvcrovv /cat 

25 i//eXta <j)povcra.v /cat a-TpeiTTOV /cat crro\r]v 
a>S Sui^aro^ /caXXtcrrr^v. /cat 17 /xei^ Sr) Trat? 
TOV Kvpov, 6 Se Kvadpr)<; elrre, AtSw/xt Se' orot, ^17, 
c5 Kvpe, /cat avrr)v Tavrrjv ywat/ca, e/x^v ovcrai' dvya,- 



6 ATTIC PROSE 

repa- /cat 6 0-05 8e Trarr/p eyri/xe T^V TOV epov irarpos 
OvyaTepa, eg 779 o~v eyevov avrrj 8e ecrrtv ty o~v 

TToXXa/ClS 7TCU9 &V, OT6 TTap T^/Atf rj<r0a, TL0r)VTJCr(a ' 

Ko.1 OTTore TIS epaiTUT) oivrriv rlvi ya/xotro, eXeyev ort 
S Kvpa)- cVtSiSw/xt 8e aur^ eyw at fapvyv 



Trei'' 6 8e Kv/309 aireKpivaTo, 'AXX', 
to KvagdpT), TO re yevos e-rraiva) /cat r^v TrcuSa /cat ra 
8ai/)a ftovKofJiCLi Se, e(/>7/, o-ui/ T^ TOV Trar/DO? 
10 /cat 777 7775 [AyTpos TdVTa crot (rwdivecran. etTre 
ovt* ovrw? 6 Kvpos, o/x,w5 8e TT} TraiSt ircivTa e 
o-aro OTroa-a a>ero Kvagdpy ^aptetcr^at. ravra 8e 
Trotrycras et? 



The Charge of Cambyses 

t 8' eTTt rot? ne/xroii/ optots eye^ero iropevo- 
15 jaevo?, ro /x.ei' aXXo crrparei'/xa auroi) /careXtTret', auro? 
8e crw rot? <^tXots et? r^f 77oXtv eTropevero, tepeta jitei' 
ayco^ a>s Tracrt Ilepcrat? t/cai^a ^ueti^ re /cat ecrrtacr^at ' 
8a>pa 8e r^yev, ota /xet' eirpene TOJ Trarpl /cat r^ ja^rpt 
/cat rot? aXXot? ^tXots, ola 8' eirpeirtv appals /cat 
20 yepatrepot? /cat ro?? o/nort/xot? Tracrti/ e8a>fce 8e /cat 
Tracrt ITepcrat? /cat Tlepcrtcrtj' ocraTrep /cat i>Df ert 
Si8a><7tv, oravirep a^t/c^rai ^SacrtXeus et? Tleptra?. e/c 
8e Tovrou crv^eXe^e Ka/x^uo-r;? rous yepatrepou? 
Ilepcraji' Kat ra? dp^a?, otVep rail/ /xeytcrrajv /cvptot 
25 etVt- Trape/caXecre 8e /cat Kvpo^, /cat eXee rotaSe. 

v A^8pe? IIep(rat /cat av, w Kvpe, e'yw a/x<^ore'pot? 
etK-oroj9 cwovs et/w,t' v^cw /xei' yap 



CYROPAEDIA OF XENOPHON 27 



(TV Se', c3 Kvpe, TTCUS e'/ZOS L. St/CttlO? OW t/Xt, OCTtt 

ytyi/wo'/ceii' So/coi dyadd dft^oTepot?, raura ets TO 
Xe'yeti;. ra /xei' yd/) rra.pe\66vTa vjuet? /// 
rjv^TJcraTe crrpdrev/JLa ScWes /cat ap^ovra TOV- 

5 rov /caracrrTfcra^res, KU/DOS Se i^you/xet'o? rourou crw 
#015, evicXeetg /xef v/txa?, w Ileyocrai, ei^ Tracriv avOpat- 
TTOt? eTTofycrev, efrt/xovg 8' et r^ 'Acria irdcrr)' ruv 8e 
crvcrTpaTvcra.iJLV(Di> rov? /ueV aptcrrov? /cat TrevrXourt/ce, 
rot? Se TroXXot? ^icrOov /cat 

10 tTTTTt/co^ Se KaTacrTTJcras 

/cat TreStcu^ ett'at /xerouo-ta^. 17^ /-leV ovi^ /cat TO 
OVTCU ytyva>CTKr)T, TroXXaif /cat ayaOan' amot 
ecrecrde ' et Se 17 cru, cu Kvpe, eTrap^et? Tat? 7ra/3ovo~at<j 
Tv^at?, eTrt^etpi^cret? /cat IIepo-a)i/ ap^etv eVt TrXfove^ta 

15 (jjcnrep /cat TWI^ aXXwv, ^ vjaet?, &> TroXtrat, (f>0ov'ijo'OLi>- 
Tes TovTw Trj5 Svj/ot/xeoj?, /caTaXuetf Tret/aacreo'^e TOVTOV 

9, CU tC7T OTt e'jLtTToSwV dXXl^Xot? TTOXXWV /Cat 

eo~eo~$e. 

'n? ow /u.^ TavTa yty^Tat dXXa Taya0d, e/xot 
20 So/cet, 6^17, OvaavTas VjLtag KOLVYJ /cat #eou? e?rt/xap- 
, <Tvv9e(r6ai, ore /aeV, a) Kvpe, ^v Tt? eVt- 



t, /3or)0r)crLV TTOLVTI cr0ei>L' v^ta? Se, ai Ileporat, 
^ Tt? ^ ^PX^ ? Kupov Tri)(ipfj /caTaTravetv ^ a<t- 
25 (TTaaOai Tt? TO>V VTro^eipiwv, /3orjOTJcreLi> /cat v/xtv 
avTbt? /cat KV/JOJ /ca#' o Tt av OVTO? eTrayyeXX^. /cat 
ews /xev av eyw 4^? ^^ yty^eTat 17 e^ Ilepcrat? 
/SacrtXeta- oYaj/ 8' eyw TeXeuT^crft), 8^X0^ ort Kvpov, 
ectv ^. /cat oTav ju,e^ OUTO? d<f)LKrjT(U et? Ilepcra?, 



2 3 ATTIC PROSE 

6(7t&>s av v/xu> e^ot rourov #ue> ra iepa virep v/xaiy 
aVe/o J^ e'ya> #v&> orai> S' ovros e/cSr/jiios 77, /caXais 
a^ oT/zat ujutz' e^eu/, " e>/c TO ^ 7 e/ ^ ou? ? ? ^ u So/c^ u/xt^ 
a/)t(rro5 eT^at, ovro? TO. raw 



5 Tavra etTroWog Ka/x/3vcrov cru^eSo^e Kupw re ical 
rois Hepo-cov T\ecTL' Kol (TwOe^fvoi ravra rore /cat 

JiapTVpdfJiVOL, OVTO) Kal VVV TL 8ta/ieVoU(Tt, 

7T/)o? aXXi^Xov? Ile^crat re /cat /3aor/Aevs. 
8e Trpa\6evTwv anyei 6 KU/DO?. w? S' a 
10 eyei/ero eV M^Sois, crv^Sofav rw irarpl Kal TTJ 

ya/x,et r^ Kva^dpov dvyarepa.^ rjs ert /cat t'O^ Xoyos 



Length and Breadth of the Empire 
'E?r:t Se 7repirj\.0ev 6 ei'tavro?, crvvrfyeipe crrpaTtav 



et? Ba^SuXaiya, /cat Xeyerat aura; yei^ecr^at et? owoe/ca 

15 /xez> iirirea)v )Ltvpta8a9, et9 Sicr^t'Xta 8e ap/xara SpeTra.- 

vy^opa., 7recoz> 8e etg jauptaSa? e^TjKovTa. evret 8e 

ravra <rv^ecr/ceva(7ro avra), wp/xa 8^ roLVTrfV rrjv crrpa- 

reiat' <V ^ Xeyerat /caracrr/3ei/;acr^at TraVra ra ^^77, 

ocra Hvpiav e/c/3cum ot/cet p-^XP L tpvQpa-S ^aXarr^g. 

20 juera 8e ravra 17 et<? AtyuTrroi^ orpareia Xeyerat 

yet'ecr^at, /cat /cara0T/oei/;acr#at AtyfTrro^. 

Kat e/c rovrou r^y apxyv a)pitf.v avrat npos ea) {lev 
V) epvupa 0aXarra, TT^O? cLpKrov 8e 6 Eu^eti^o? 770^105, 
TT/oo? (T7repav 8e KuVpcK /cat AtyyTrro?, TT/JO? /aecr^/x- 
25 fipiav Se AiOLoma. TOVTCDV Se ra Tre'para ra /xei/ 8ta 
^aXyro?, ra Se 8ta r//u^o5, ra Se Sta v8o>p, ra 8e 
St OLWOpiav Sucrot/c^ra. avros S' e^ /aecrw TOVTWV 



CYROPAEDIA OF XENOPHON 



2 9 



TI)I> Suurw Troirycrd/xet'o?, TOV jaeV afjL<j>l TOV 

eV Ba^iAaii'i eVra /zTyz/a? avrrj 
' TO '^ *^ d/x<t TO 

Se d/c/xT)^ TOV 0epovs Svo (Jifji>a<s ev 
S 'E^/Sarat'ot?. OUTW ST) iroiovvra O.VTOV Xeyovcrw ev 
eapwco daXnei KCLL ^v\ei Stayeti/ dei. oura> 8e Ste'- 

KCLVTO 77/305 OLVTOV Ol O,V0pa)1TOL, OJ<S TTO.V p.V C0VOS 

/jLeiovexTtlv eSd/cet el jjLrj Kvpco Trefjiifjeiev o TL Ka\bi> 
avrots ev rfj X^PZ V <f>voiTO rj rpe(f)OLTo T) Te^^wro, 
10 Trctcra oe 770X15 ajo~avra>5 ? 770-5 oe t8twr>^5 7rXouo~to5 
OLV wero yevecrOon el n Kvpa) ^a/)to~atro* /cai yap 6 
Kvpos \afJLJ3oii>a)v nap 3 eKacrTcov & 
ol StSo^re5 aWeSi'Sou a)v 



, S Kvpe 

Ovra> Se TOV atcui'O5 TrpoKex^pf) KOTO'S, /xdXa S^ 
6 Kvo5 aLKvetrou, et5 necras TO 



v en rrs CLVTOV apx??- Ka fjitv Trarrjp /cat 
77aXat 8^ a)O"irep et/co5 eTeTe\evTYJKeo~av 
6 Se Ki)po5 edvcre TO, ^o/xt^o/xei'a lepd, /cat TOU 
20 xPv rf/TjcroLTO EUpcrai? /caTa TO, TrctTpta, /cat TO, 
Saipa 7rao~t Ste'Scu/cev atonrep ela)6ei. 

Koifj.r)0el<; S' e^ TO> /8ao~tXetaj wap eTSe 
eSo^-e^ auTft> Trpoo~e\0a)v KpeLrrcov Tt5 ^ /caTa 
TTOV eiTrelv, Svcr/cevd^ou, a) Kvpe- 17817 yap et5 
25 a77et. TOUTO Se tSa^ TO wap e^yep^ry, /cat 

eSo/cet etSei/at oTt TOV /8tou 17 TeXevT?) Trapeir). evffvs 
ovv \a(3a)v tepe?a e^ve Att Te 77aTpww /cat 'HXta> /cat 
TOt5 aXXot5 ^eot5 CTTI TO>Z/ a/cpcof, a>? Ilepcrat 



ATTIC PROSE 



Zev Trar/xue /cat "HXte /cat TraVres 
0eot, Se'xeo-0e ra8e /cat TeXeorrf/oia TroXXaii/ /cat /caXaii/ 
irpdgeuv /cat xap^rfp 1 *' n eV^/x^Vare ^ot /cat eV 
tepois /cat eV ovpav'iOLS (Tty/xeiots /cat eV ot&wots /cat 
i/ rxat? a r' e'^i' irotcti/ /cat a ou/c e'xp^. 



5 i/ ^ry/xat? 

8' V/AU' x^/ 019 ' rt ^^ tyiyvva-Kov rr)v 
/cat ovSeTTWTrore eVt rats 
typovrjo-a.. atrou^tat 8' Vju.a9 Sowat /cat 
/w Trawrt /xet' /cat ywat/ct /cat </)tXot? /cat TrarptSt 
10 euSat/xo^tav, e/xot Se, olovirep alwva SeStu/care, rotau- 
T>yv /cat TeXevrr?*' SoGt'at. 

Last Words of Cyrus the Great 

HatSe? e/xot /cat Traces ot trapovTes <^>tXot, e'/xot 
ju.ei' TOV /Stov TO reXo? 17817 TrayoecrTiv e/c 
rouro <ra^>ojs ytyt'cucr/cw v/za<? 8e XP 1 ?? or 

15 rrjcrw, a>s 77e/ot evSat/xoi^os e/x,ou /cat Xeyetf /cat 

Trafra. /cat ^w KaraXetTra) jote^ v/xct?, a> TratSe?, 
^ait'Ta?, ovcr7re/3 eSocrdV /aot ot ^eot yefecr^at, /cara- 
Xetxra) 8e TrarptSa /cat <tXov9 evSatjitot'oO^Tas 
TTWS ou/c ay eya> 8t/catws /ta/capt^Ojaet'OS r6i> del 

20 pvTJiJirjs ruyxaVotjiu ; 8et 8e /cat XT)^ y8ao~tXetay 
via-avra /caraXtTret^, wg ai/ /x^ d/x,(^tXoyo5 
Trpay/xara v/xt^ irapdcr)(rj. 

Kat crv /LteV, a> Ka/xy8uo~^, r^v ^8ao"tXetay 
re StSd^Twv /cat e/xov, ocrov e^ e/xot' crot 8e, a Tavao- 

25 ^apr;, a~aTpa.7Tr)v et^at 8t8(w/xt M^'Sw^ re /cat 
/cat TpiTtDV Ka8ovo~tcoy raura 8e crot 8180^9 

/ /x,t{a> /cat TOVVO^JLOL rijs ySacrtXeta? 



CYROPAEDIA OF XENOPHON 31 



/caraXtTreu', euSat/xoi'taz' Se o~ot dXvTro- 
repav. O7rota5 fJLv yap avOpomivTys eixfrpocrvvrjs 
eVei, ou^ 6pa>, dXXct Travra crot ra So/coiWa 
ev(f>paLveLv vrapecrrat. olcrOa ptv ovv /cat 
5 crv, o) KafM/Svcrrj, OTL ov rd8e TO -^pvcrovv (TKrjnTpov 
TO T^V jSacriXeiav Siacraj^oV lariv, dXX' ot Trtcrrol 
^8acrtXei)crtf dX^^ecrTaTo^ /cat dcr^a- 
ot Se (XTTO TOU avTou o-rre pharos 
/cat VTTO Try? avT^? /A^Tpo? TjOa^eVTe? /cat eV T 
10 ot/cta augrjpevTe? /cat UTTO Taiv OLVTWV yoveaiv 

fj^evoi /cat T^ avTrjv /x^repa /cat TOV avrov Trarepa 
irpocrayopevovTes, TTOX; ov TTOVTOIV OVTOL ot/cetoTaTot TC 
/cat Trto-ToYarot ; 

'AXXa, Trpo? ^ewt' Trarptocov, a> TiatSeg, n^are d 

15 Xou?, et Tt /cat e/xot ^api^ecrBa.L /xeXet v/xti^- ou 

SryVou TOVTO ye o~a<^cu5 SoKetre etSeVat, w? ov8eV et/xt 

eyw ert, eVetSctf TOU av0pct)TTi,vov /Stou TeXevTrycrw 

ot8e ya/3 ^w Tot 717^ y' e/>t^ \JJV\T)V ewpaTe, dXX' 

of? St7r/3ctTTTO, rot/rot? avTrjv o>5 oucrav KaTe<j>(i)pa.Te. 

20 ourot lywye, w TratSe?, ovSe TOVTO TTCUTTOTC eirei(T0r)v, 

0)5 17 I//WXT;, ew? jLtei^ av eV 0vr)TO) o"w/>taTt 17, {17, oYai> 

Se TOVTOU aTraXXay^, TeOvrjKev StaXvo/xeVou 8e avdpu- 

TTOV SrjXct ecrrtv e7cao~Ta d;rto^Ta 77/305 TO 6/xo^uXov 

7rXr)v Tij5 i//u^T75, avr7 Se /AO^ ovTe Trapovcra ovre 

25 aTTtova'a oparai. IvvoijcraTe Se r , e^, ort eyyvrepov 

fjii> ru>v a,v9 paiTrivoiv 6ava,T(o ovoev ZCTTIV VTTVOV 17 Se 

TOV OLvOptoTTOV ^fV^T] TOT6 S^TTOV deLOTOLTrj /CttTa^at- 

i^eTat /cat TOT Tt Tail' yu.eXXo^Twt' irpoopa TOTC 
0)5 eot/ce, /xdXtcTTa 



32 ATTIC PROSE 

Et /xeV ow OVTCOS ej(et TaOra, axnrep lya) oto/xat, 
/cat 77 i/'i'X^ /caTaXeiTret TO o~a>/xa, /cat Ti^f e/xrp 
/caTat8ov/xei/ot vrotetTe a e'yw 8e'o/xat et Se /XT) 

5 dXXd #eov? ye TOUS del oVra? /cat TravT e<j 
/cat irdvTa Swa/xeVous, ot /cat Tifi'Se 
Ta^ (Tvve^ovcrLv dTpLJ3f) /cal dyrfparov /cat di 
TrjTov /cat VTTO /caXXovs /cat /xeye'^ou? dSt'^yy^Tot', TOV- 
TOVS (^OySou/xei'ot /XT^TTOT' dcre^e? p.r)$ei> /x^Se dvocrtov 

10 /x,->7Te 7706170-77 re /x^re fiovXevcrrjTe. 

MeTa /xeWot 0eov<;, /cat dvdpwTTfov TO Trdv yeVos TO 
del TnyLyv6^e.vov at8eta"0e. ou yap eV o~/coraj 
ot ^eol aTTO/cpuTTTOvrat, dXX' e/x^avry irdcriv dvd- 
del ^77^ TO, v/jLerepa. epya* a 771^ /xef /ca^apd /cat 

15 TWV doiKajv <f)a.wr)Tai, Sui^aTov? v/xd? et* Trdorti/ cti^ 
Trot? d^-aSet^ef et Se et? dXXr^Xou? d'St/cdi' Tt i 
e/c TrdvTotv avdpatirajv TO d^to77to~Tot elcat < 
ovSet? yap at' en Trto'TeOo'at Sv^atTO v/xtf, ov8' et 

TTCtt'V TTpoOv/JiOLTO, IBoJV dSt/COV/XCf OJ^ TOl> /xdXtO"Ta 

20 <f)iXia TrpocnJKOvTa. 

Et /xet ow eya> v/xd? t/ca^w? StSdcr/cctJ otov? x/ 3 '? 
dXXr^Xou? eu>ai, et 8e /xr7, /cal vrapd TOJ^ 
f pavOdvere' avrrj yap dptcrT^ StSa- 
o~/caXta. ot ju.ei^ yap TroXXol Stayeyef^vTat (hiXou /xet* 
25 yo^et? 7rato-t, </>tXot Se dSeX^ol dSeX^ot? 77877 8e' 
Ttfe? TOVTOW /cat Ivavria dXXijXois Trpaav. OTTOTC- 
pot? av ov^ al(T0dvr)a-06 rd Trpa.\6evT 
Tavra 8r) atpou/xei^ot op^w? ai/ /3ovXeuoicr#e. 
Kat TQVTOIV ttef to"ws 77877 ctXts. TO 8* tuibv 



ANABASIS OF XENOPHON 



33 



<o TratSe?, orai' reXevr^crco, pyre eV ^pucrw drjre 
eV dpyvpco /x^re iv dXXo> /x^Sevt, dXXa TTJ yfj &>s 
ra^tcrra aTroSore. rt yap rourov jua/captwrepoi', rod 
y?7 fUy^ffvaAy *l TrdVra p.tv TO, /caXa Tratra Se raya^a 
5 <vei re /cat rpe^et ; eya> Se /cat aXXw? (friXdvOpanros 
eyei>6[Ji'Y)v, /cat i^w T^Seo)? aV /xot So/cai Koiv(^vr\<ra.i rou 
eve/oyeroiWos dvOpcoirovs. 

'AXXa yap ^S"^, ^T?? e/cXet7retf /tot ^atVerat 17 
ty v X"li oOei"jTep, a>5 eot/ce, Tracriv a/r^erat avT-oXetVoucra. 
10 et ri5 oS^ v/u.wi' i} Se^ta? /3ouXerat r^s e/x^? ai//aa-^at, 
-^ o/x/xa TovfJibv ^aji^ro? ert TrpocrL^elv e'^eXet, Trpocrtra) 
ora^ 8' eyw ey/caXvi/>a>/xat ? atrov^at v/xa?, <S vratSe?, 
/z^Sets er' dvOpdnrcov rov^iov crai^ta tSe'ra), ^178' avrot 
u/xet?. Ilepo-a? /xe^rot Travra? /cat rov? 

15 77t TO fJU'Tf) fJLOL TOV/JLOV 

ejitot, ort eV TO> do-(^a\et 77817 eo-Ojaat, wg (jLrjSev av ert 
ira.9t.iv., fjnjTe rfv jjiera Tov 06Lov yeVco/xat yar^re 
ert a)- 6;roo-ot 8' ai/ eX^wcrt, rourou? eu 
oTrocra eTT* d^S^ot evSat/xovt ^o/xt^erat, 
20 aTroTre^Trere. /cat rovro, 6^)17, ^e/z^cr^e jitou reXeu- 
ratot', rov? (^tXou? evepyerovi^re? /cat rot"? e^0pov<; 
SvvTJcrecrQe KoXd^eiv. /cat ^atpsre, ^ ^>tXot TratSe?, 
/cat r?7 jJLrjrpl aTrayye'XXere cog Trap' e^tov ' /cat Travre? 
Se ot vrapwre? /cat ot aTro^re? </>tXot ^atpere. 
25 Tavr' Lira)i> /cat Trdi^ra? Se^tajcrd/x-ei/o? e^e/caXvv//aro 
/cat 



The Death of Cyras the Younger 
Kat 77877 re 771^ d/x^)t dyopav Tr\TJ0ov(rav /cat 



ATTIC PROSE 3 



34 ATTIC PROSE 



7r\'r)(riov yv 6 o-Tafyto? ev0a ejaeXXe KaraXvtiv, -fjVL 
UaTyyvas, avrjp IIe/>o-7?g, TMV d)U<t Kvpov TTICTTCU^, 
7T/3o<atVerat e'XavVw*> dVa /cpdVos tSpoiWt TO) tWar 
/cat ev#vs Tracrti^ of? ivervy \avtv e/3da /cat fiapftapv 

5 Kw? /cat 'EXX^i/tfcctJ?, ort /3a<rtXeu? crw err/) are u/x art 
77oXXw irpoo-epxeraL 015 et? po-X^ 7ra/3ecr/ceuao-^eVo9. 
e^^a 8>) TToXv? rapa^o? eyevero* avrt/ca yap eSo/covi' 
ot ""EXXr^i/e?, /cat Trdvres Se, dra/crot? C7^>tcrti/ eVtTre- 
cretcr^at' Kvpd? re /caraTr^S^cra? avro TOU ap/Ltaro? 

10 TCM> OwpoLKa eve'Sv /cat aivafias CTTL TOV ITTTTOV ra TraXra 
et? ra? ^etpa? eXa^e, rots re aXXots Tracrt TrapTJ-yyeX- 
Xev f^oTrXi^ecrOaL /cat Ka.0icrTao-@aL et9 r^v eavrov 
Tct^-ti/ e/caarov. eit'^a Sr) crvi/ TroXX^ <nrov$r) Ka6i- 
(TravTo, KXeap^o? jaei/ ra Se^ta row /ceparo? e^w^ 

15 Trpo? TO) Ev(f)pa,Tr) Trora/xw, Ilpd^e^o? Se e^d/xei/o?, ot 
S' aXXot jLtera rovrot' ' MeVcyy 8e /cat TO o~r/3arv/xa TO 
pag eo~^e TOU 'EXX^^t/cov. TOV 8e /3ap- 
tTTTret? juez/ IIa(^Xaydve eis ^tXtov? Trapa 
crT^o-at' eV TW Sc^tw /cat TO 'EXX^vt/coy 

20 7reXTao-Tt/cd^, ev 8e TW evojw/xw 'Aptald? TC 6 Kvpov 
vTrap^os /cat TO aXXo /3ap/3ayot/coV. 

Kat 17817 Te ^i/ fJL(roi> y/jiepas /cat OUTTW 
^o-ay ot TroXe^tof i^i/t/ca 8e Set'X-jj eylyvero, e^d 
Koviopros OMnrep v(j>\rj Xeu/cr;, -^pova) Se o'u^i'w 

25 va-repov tocnrep /xeXai^ta Tt? eV TW TreStw em ?roXv. 
ore oe eyyvrepov iyiyvovro, Ta^a 877 /cat ^aX/cd? Tt? 
fja-rpaTTTe /cat at Xdy^at /cat at Ta^et? 
eyvyvovro. /cat Kupo? 77-apeXauVwi> avTo? 
TW pp.yjv6i /cat aXXot? rpicrlv YJ rerTapcri, TW 



ANABASIS OF XENOPHON 35 

J36a dyeiv TO o~rpdrevfjia Kara /uecrov TO ra>v TroXe- 
jLtttut', oYt KL 6 /3acrtXev? 117 ' Kav TOVT', e<i7, VLKO>- 
fiev, rrdvd* T^LIV neTroL^rai. 

Kat eV TOUTO) T&J /catyow TO /xe> j3ap/3apii<bv crrpd- 
5 revfjid ojotaXcog TrpoTyet, TO Se 'EXX^i't/coi', en eV T&> 
avT&> /xe^of, crvverdrrf.ro e/c TOJI/ ert Trpoo-iovraiv. /cat 
6 Kvjoo? Trapekoivvaiv ov Trdvv npo<; avro) TO) o~Tparev- 
jiiaTt KareOearo, eKarepcacre a,77-o/3XeVw^ et? TC TOW? 
TroXe/xtoi;? /cat TOU? <f>i\ov<s. lowv oe avrbv avro TOU 

10 'EXX-^vt/coO Se^o^ait' 'A^^ato?, VTreXao-as ws o-vvav- 
T^o~at, TJpero et rt TrapayyeXXot * 6 8' eVtcrTrycra? ewe 
/cat Xeyeti/ /ceXeuo"e 7rao~t^, oYt /cat TO, te/ja /caXa /cat 
TO, cr<j)dyLa /caXa. ravra oe \4ya>v Bopvftov TJKOvcre 
Sta TOH> Ta^ewv tdi^ro?, /cat ypero TI? 6 06pv/3o<; irj. 

15 6 Se KXeap^o? ctTret' oTt TO trvvOrj^a. 
oevrepov 17817. /cat og eBavfjiacre Tt? 
/cat ypero o n 117 TO o~vv0r)[jLCL. o 8' aTre/cptVaTO 6Vt 
Zev? SooTTyp /cat Nt/ciy. 6 8e Kv/oo? a/couo"a5, 'AXXa 
Se^o/Aat T, 6(^17, /cat TOVTO corco. Taura 8' etTrwv et? 

20 Tr}^ eaurou yupav aTTi^Xawe. 

Kat ov/cert Tpta ^ rerrapa o~TaSta Stet^eV^y TO> 
(frdXayye air' dXXi^Xeyv, rjViKO, eTrandvi^ov re ot '"EXX^- 
i/es /cat TrpoTjpxovro dvrioi ievai Tot? TroXe^atot?. a>s 
Se 7ropevojaeV&>i> e^eKv^aLve n rrjs <^aXayyo9 ? TO UTTO- 

25 XetTro/xefov rip^aro opo/Jia) Oelv' /cat d^aa e^dey^avro 
irdvres olovnep rco 'EwaXtw eXeXt^oucrt, /cat TraWe? 
8e e^eo^. \eyovo~L Se Ttve? wg /cat Tats ao-TrtVt 77/009 
TO, SdjoaTa e8ov7r77O~a^, <f>6fSov TTOIOWTC? Tots tTTTrot?. 
Trptv Se ro^evfjia e^LKvelcrOai, eKK\ivovo~w ot (3dpj3apoi 



36 ATTIC PROSE 

/cat <evyouo-t. /cat evravda ST) eSiWov /xe> /cara 
/cpdros ot ""EXXrpes, tftocov 8e dXX^Xots /xr) ^eti/ 8yoo/xa>, 
dXX' eV ra^et evreo-^at. ra 8' ap/xara ra Speiravr)- 
cf)6pa IffrepovTO ra /xei' 8t' ai>Ta)i; TWV TroXe/xtiwi', ra 
5 8e /cat 8ta rait* 'EXXryt'a)!' Ktva, r^vLo^wv. ot o erret 
-7r/3ot8ote^ ? 8tto~ra^ro- ecrrt 8' ocrrts /cat KC 
atcnrep iv tTTTroS/yo/xaj e/CTrXayets* /cat ovdc 
ovSe rovroi' TraOeiv <L<j)acrai>, ou8' aXXo? Se raiv '. 



10 ra) va)vvfi(t) To^evBrjvai rt9 e'Xeyero. 

Ku/)o? 8' 6/oa)i> row? ''EXX^va? viKw^ras ro 
aurou? /cat 8ta>Ko^ra5, T^So/xe^o? /cat 



/, dXXa 

15 eaurw e^aiKocriwv iTnrtutv rd&v, eTre/xeXetro o n TTOI- 
ifcret ^SacrtXcvs. /cat yap iJ8et aurof ort /xe<ro^ 
rot) IIe/3O"t/coi} o~r/oarev/u,aros. /cat Tra^re? 8* ot 
(3ap/Sdp(t)v ap)(ovTe<s jjLto'ov e\ovres ro 
rat, vop.L^ovT6<; ovra> /cat ef do-<^aXeo-rara> ett'at, ^ 
20 -fl rj tcr^v? OLVTWV KaTepa>0v, /cat ct rt irapayyetXat 
, T7/xtcret a^ ^pwa) o.la'ddvedOa.i ro crrpa- 
/cat /3ao"tXeus 8^ rare ^ecrov e^oiv r>7? avrou 
o~rparta,5, o/x&>5 ea> eyeVero roO Kvpov eixovvfj-ov 
/ceparo?. CTTCI 8e ovSet? avra) e/xa^ero e/c roG dvriov 
25 ovSe rots aurou reray/xeVots 

OJ? 15 KVK\0)(TIV. 

8r? Kvpo?, 8etVas 
y ro 'EXX^^t/cdi^, e'Xawet ai/ri'os /cat 
rots e^a/cocrtot? i/tKa rows vrpo /3ao-tXe'a>s reray- 



OECONOMICUS OF XENOPHON 37 



/cat et? (frvyrjv erpeifje row? e 
XcyeTat auTos T^ eavrov 
CTTyf TOJ^ dpxovTa, ai>TO)v. a><? 8' ^ rponr) eyevero, Sta- 
cnreipovTai /cat ot Kvpov e^a/cocrtot, et? TO Stw/cetv 
5 OjOyarfcra^re? ' 7r\7p Travu oXtyot a^t<^' OVTOV /careXet- 
<f)0r)(rav, cr^e^bv ot o^orpctTre^ot /caXouyaei'ot. crvi/ 
Tourot? 8e aii^ Kadopa /SacrtXeia /cat TO d/x^)' exeivov 
O-TIC^O?- /cat eu^i)? ou/c -fjveo-^TO, dXX' etTrojv, Toz^ 
av$pa opw, tero CTT' avrbv /cat Tratet /caTa TO arepvov 

10 /Cat TLTpUKTKL Sttt TOU ^O>/3a/CO?, W? ^)77O*t KT^Q-ta? 6 

iarpos, /cat tacr^at auTo? TO rpav/jid (fryjcri. TraiovTa 
CLVTOV d/covTt^et TI? TraXTOj VTTO TOZ^ o(j)0aXfjibv 
/Stataj? /cat evTdvOa fjLa^6fjLvoi /cat y8ao~tXeu5 /cat 
Kv/oo5, /cat ot d/x^)' avrov? v;rep tKarepov, OTTOCTOL 
15 /xef TWI' d/>t^)t /3ao~tXea aTreOvycrKov KT^cria? Xeyet 
Trap' e/cetf&) yap ^v Kvpo? Se auTo? TC atreOave /cat 

6/CTO) Ot CtplCTTOt TO)^ TTC/Dt aVTOV CKCLVTO ilf 



Traits of the younger Cyrus 

<I>acrt Se Tii/e?, OTOV Swpa StSa> 6 /8ao-tXev?, 
p,ev eto-/caXetv TOV? TroXe/xw dya^ou? yeyovoTa?, on 

20 ouSet' o^eXo? TroXXd apow, et /u,^ ete^ ot aprf 
SeuTepov 8e TOV? /caTao'/cevd^ot'Ta? TCI? -^(op 
/cat e^epyou? TrotoiWa?, Xeyovra OTt ou8' av ot dX/ct/xot 
SwatvTo ^t', et JU.T) ele^ ot epya^o^e^ot. XeyeTat Se 
/cat Kvpo? 7TOT, ocnrep evSo/cijuwTaTO? ST) jSacriXtvs 

25 yeyev^rat, etTretv Tot? e?rt TO, Swpa /ce/cX^/zefot?, OTt 
avrog av St/catw? T<X d[Ji(j)OTep(t)v Swpa \afjLJ3dvoL 
&iv re yap dptcrTO? eTvat e</n7 \<upav /cat 



ATTIC PROSE 

rots /careo-/cevao-/xeVots. eV^ydXXero roivvv 
ovSev rjrrov eVt ra> x^P a<s ^ V P7^ Tfoieiv /cat /cara- 
crKevd^eiv r) eVt r< TroXe/xt/cos etz/at. 

Kat Kvpd? ye, et efiicocrev, dpto-ro? av So/cet dp^wv 

5 yeveo-Oai, /cat rovrov re/c/x^'pta aXXa re TroXXd Trape- 
o-vr/rat, Kat oTrdre Trept rij? /8ao~tXetas ra> dSeX^>a> 
erropevero /aaxov/xe^o?, irapd fjiev Kvpou ovSet? Xe'ye- 
rat avro/xoXTycrat Trpo? /SacrtXea, Trapa Se ^acrtXeiw? 
TroXXat /xvptdSes Trpo? Kvpoi^. e'ytu Se /cat rovro i^yov- 

10 /xat /xe'ya reK^piov dp^ovro^ dperrjs eti/at, w a?/ 
e/cd^re? rreidwvrai /cat ei^ rot? Set^ot? rfapa^eveiv eOe- 
Xajo"tv. eKeivo) Se ot (^>tXot "(Jwvri re (Tvve^axovro 
/cat drroOavovn o-vvarreBavov, rrdvres Trept rof veKpov 
(jia^oyuevoi TrXrjv 'Aptatou 'Aptato? S' erv^^v em ru> 

15 evoivv/JLO) Kepan reray/xeVo?. 

Ovros TOLVVV 6 Kupo? Xeyerat AvcrdVSpaj, ore ^X^ei* 
dycov avrw rd Trapa TWV (Tv^d^v Saipa, aXXa re 
(j)i\o(j)poveio~dai ) a)<s avro? e^>^ 6 Auo~a^Spo5 fv<p rrore 
nvi ev Meydpots St^yov/xei^o?, /cat rw eV SdpSeo~t 

20 TrapdSetcrov eVtSei/cpwai avrov e<f)j). ezret Se eOav- 
p,a^ev avrov 6 Avo'at'Spo?, a>s /caXd /xe^ rd Sei^Spa 
eti^, St' to~ou Se ra 7re<vrv/xeVa, 6p6o\ Se ot crrt^ot 
ran/ SeVSpcov, evyatvia Se rrdvra /caXoi*, etry, 6o~/xat Se 
TroXXat /cat i^Setat crv^Tfapo^apro'iev. aurots TreptTra- 

25 rovcrt, /cat ravra Oavjj^d^v elnev, 'AXX' eyw rot, a) 
Kvpe, rrdvra ^iev ravra Oav/Jid^a) errl ral /cdXXet, 77oXv 
Se /xdXXov dyajitat roO /cara/xerpr^o-avrd? o~ot /cat 
os e/cacrra rovrwv. aKovcravra Se ravra 
Kvpoi/ yo-0r)vai re /cat eirrelv, Tavra TOLVVV, & 



OECONOMICUS OF XENOPHON 39 



Avcrcu/S/>e, eyoi iravra /cat Ste/Acr/a^o-a /cat Stera^a, 
eicrrt 8' avroJv, <dvat, a /cat e'<vreucra avrc>9. 

Kat 6 Avcrai/8/ao9 (17, d7ro/3Xei//a9 et9 aurot/ /cat 
tSaV raw re l^aTLfov TO /caXXos aV et^e /cat 7-779 ocrjarj? 
5 ato"#d/uevo9 /cat raw o-rpeiTTcav /cat rail/ \lfe\iajv TO 
/ca\Xo9 Kat TOV aXXou /cocr/xou ov eT^er, etTreti', Tt 
Xeyet?, ^>avat, ai Kupe ; -^ ya/3 crv rat? crats X 6 / 30 "^ 
rt e^i/revcra? ; /cat rot* Kvpoi/ a.TTOKpiva(r6ai, 
rovro, 6(^17, a) Avcra^Spe ; o/x^v/xt crot ro^ 
10 ^li0pr)v, oTavTrep vyidivo), p,r}7ru>iroT oetTT^rycrat irpiv 
rwt' TroXefjiLKotv rt ^ ra>^ yeaipyiKwv epyoiv 
TOIOVTMV ye rt <tXort/zovftei'O5. 
Kat avros /aeVrot (^17 6 Avcrai'Spo? d/covcra? raura 
Se^twcracr^at re CLVTOV /cat etTret^, At/catco? ^toi SoKetg, 
15 e^>T7, w Ku^e, evSat/xa)^ el^at* dya^os yap ai/ d-^p 
evSat/xoi'et?. 

KaXoKdyaOta 

Tt ow, 171^ crot e'^ apx^ ? Sii7y>7cr6J/>iai, w? cru^eyevd- 
/x>7v Trore dVSp! 09 e/xot eSd/cet et^at rw oz^rt rourouv 
roit' avSpuv (}>' ot? rovro ro ovofjia St/catw? ecrrti/ o 
20 /caXetrat /caXo<? re /cdya^og df^p ; 

Ae^o) ToLvvv a9 /cat rj\0oi> eVt r^v cr/ce'i//!^ avrov. 
rov? yuei> yd/3 dya^ov? re/crova?, ^a\Kea<; dya#ovs, 
coypd(f)ov<; ayaOovs, dt'Spta^roTrotou?, /cat rd ctXXa 
rd rotavra, Trd^u 6Xtyo9 /xot ^povo<; eyeVero t/caw? 
25 i/cai/ais TrepieXQeiv re /cat #eacracr#at rd SeSo/ct/xacr- 
/caXd e/>ya avrot? eti^at. OTTWS Se Sr) /cat rov? 
ro cre/.tvoi' ovo^a rovro, ro /caXo9 re /cdya#o9 ? 
7rtcr/cei//at//,T7^, rt iror* epyadjiievot rovr' d^totvro 



40 ATTIC PROSE 



KaXeto-#ai, iravv (JLOV 17 $vx?) eVe#v/x,ei OLVTMV TLVL 
crvyyevecrdaL. 

Kal irpuTov /xeV, on TT/oocre'/ceiTO TO /caXog T<W 

dya#w, ovTiva tSot/xi /caXoV, rovrai 7rpoO"fl6Li> /cat 

5 tTreipw^v KaTapavddveLV, et TTOU i'Sot/xt 

pivQV TOJ waXw TO dya^w. dXX' ov/c apa etx ei/ 

dXX' eviovs tftoKovv KaraavOdveLv ra>v /caXwi/ 



ow /xot, d(f)efjievov T>y5 KaXrjs ot/iewg eV ai>TO)v 
10 ikOelv Ttov KaXovfLtva)!; Ka\wv re Kaya.6)v. eirel ovv 
TOP 'Icr^o/xa^o^ T^/COVOZ^ 77/369 TrdvTwv Kal avSpuv KCU 
yvva.iK<i)v KOL ^evaiv Kal dcrrwi/ /caXot 1 TC Kayadov 
eSofe jaot TOUTW TreipaOrfvai crvy- 



15 'iSco^ ow 77OT avTov iv rrf TOU Ato9 TOV ' 

oroct KaOrf/Jievov, entl JJLOI eSo^e cr^oXd^eti', 7rpoo"rj\0ov 
at"To> Kal Trapa/ca^t^o/xevo? elirov, Tt, a) 'Icr^o/xa^e, 
ov fi-dXa eiuOcos o~^oXd^ei^, /cd^crat ; evrel Ta ye 
7rXeto~Ta ^ Trpdrrovra TL opa> ere rj ov TTOLVV cr^oXd- 

20 t,ovra ev Trj ayopa. Ov8e at' ye ^w, e^>^ 6 

et /AT) ^eVou? Ttvd? crweOejiv d^axeVet^ eV^dSe. " 



oe /XT) irpaTTr)*; TL TOIOVTOV, Trpo? Twt' 0ea)v, efyrf 
TTOU 8taT/3t/3et? /cat Tt Trotet? ; eya> yap TOI 
fiovXouai (Tov irvOecrdai, TL wore irpa,TT(Di> /caXo? Te 
25 KayaOos /ce^X^crat, eVet ov/c eVSov ye StaT/ot^ei?, ouSe 
TOLavr-rj crov r) e^t? TOV o~w/>taTO? /caTa^atVeTai. 

Kal 6 'Icr^d^a^o?, yeXdo-a? eVt TW Tt TTOIWI/ /caXo? 
Kaya#o? /ce'/cX^crat, /cat ijo-^cts, w? y* e'/iol eSo^ei/, 
? 'AXX' et ju,eV, oTai/ crot StaXe'ywfTat Trept e/xov 



OECONOMICUS OF XENOPHON 41 

, /caXoucrt /xe TOVTO TO ovo/Jia, OVK otSa. ov yap 
817, OTO.V ye fj.e et? di>TiSo<Tu> /caXaWat rpt^papxta? 
j) ^o^T^yta?, ouSei?, e^? ^Tet ro^ /caXoi> re /cdya- 
0oi>, dXXd cra<ws, e<>75 6f OjLta^ovres" /x 
5 TTO-TpoOev TT/aocr/caXout'rat. eyw /xet' TOLVVV, 
Scu/cpare?, o /xe eTTijpov, ovSa/xw? eVS 
fcal yap 817, 6(^17, TO. -ye eV r^ ot/cta /xou Trai^u /cat 
aurr) 17 yu^ ICTTLV LKavrj 8ioiKeti>. 



Ischomachus 1 Instructions to his Wife 

*AXXa /cat rovro, 6(^17^, eywye, w 'Icr^o/xa^e, 
10 cu> T^Seiwg crou TrvOoL^Vj irorepa avros crv eVatSeucras 
T^ yvi^at/ca, wore eii/at otaz/ Set, ^ eVtcrra/xe'^t' eXaySeg 
irapa TOV -Trarpo? /cat rrjs /x^rpo? Stot/ce^ ra Trpocnj- 
KOVTCL avrf). Kat rt aV, 6^17, w Sw^pare?, eTno-ra/xeV^^ 
avTjjv TrapeXaflov, r) err) /xei/ OUTTCO TretreKatSe/ca yeyo- 
15 vuta ??X#e Trpo? e//e, rot' 8' e^-n-poa-dev "%povov etfl VTTO 
eVi/xeXei'as OTTOJ? w? eXa^tcrra /xez-' OI//OITO, e'Xa- 
8' d/covcroiro, eXa^icrra 8' Ipoirj ; ov yap ayan^- 
TOV crot So/cet eu'ai, et [LQVOV rjXdev e77"to"raju.eVi7 epta 
TrapaXa^ovcra t/xdrtov aTroSet^at, /cat ewpa/cuta as 
20 epya raXd<Tta ^epaTratWi? StSorat ; Td 8' dXXa, e^f 
eyajj co 'icr^o/xa^e, auros eTratSeucra? r^f yv^at/ca, 
wcrre t/cap-rp ett^at aj^ Trpocny/cet eVt/xeXetcr^at ; Ou 
jitd At', (/>T7 6 'Icr^Ojaa^o?, ou Trpt^ ye /cat eOvcra /cat 
evd[j,r)v ep.e re rvy^dveLf StSdcr/cotra /cat e/cet^v 
25 iJLO.vddvova'a.v rd ^eXrtcrra dp.<^orepotg T7/uz/. IIpos 
e^v eyw, <5 'Icr^o/xa^e, rt 7rpa)Tov 8iSdcr/cetv 
avTTJv, 8t7^yoO p,ot a>? eyw ravr' a^ T^Stw crov 



42 ATTIC PROSE 

StTjyov/xeVov d/couoi/xt, ^ et /-tot yvfivucbv 77 I 
dywi'a rov KaXkicrrov StTyyoto. 

Kat 6 'Icrxd/xaxos aTreKpivaro, Tt S', e</>77, w 
K/3aT5, eVet 1787; /act x 61 / 007 ?^ 7 ? 5 ^ Kc " 
5 WO-TC SiaXeyecr#at, ^po^iqv avTTJv, 6(^77, aiSe 
EtTj-e /iot, a> yv^at, apa 17817 Kara/operas rtVos TTOTC 
eyw re <re eXaftov /cat ot crot yo^et? eSocraf are 
I; /SovXeuo/xew? /u,f ya/3 eywye vvrep e/aou /cat ot 
(rot yo^et? vTrep crov, TtV at' KOIVMVOV 
10 ot/cou re /cat reKvoiv Xa/Soi/xev, eyco re ere e' 

/cai ot o~ot yofet?, wg eot/cao~t^, e/c rwt' SwaTCt>i> e/x,e'. 
^vjf 8e ST) oucos ^^Iv o8e /cot^d? icnw. eyw re yayo 
oaa /u,ot eoru' aTravra ei? ro KOLVOV OLTro^aiva), o~v re 
ocra rjveyKO) TrdVra et? TO /cotyoi' /care'^ry/ca?. /cal 
15 ou roDro 8ei Xoyieo-#ai, Trorepcx; apa apifffjia) TrXettu 
^/xw^, a,XX' e/ceti^o Set eu etSeVat, ort 
ySeXrtaiv /cotvwi'o? ^, ouro? ra 



Se /xot, w Sw/cpare?, Trpog ravra 77 
7, Tt 8' av eyw o~ot, ^17, ^vvai^v crvfjiTrpa^aL ; 
rt5 8e 17 e/x77 Swa/xt? ; dXX' ev crot TrdVra ecrrw' [JLOV 
8' <f>r)<Tv 77 n-iJTrjp epyov eivai o-M^povtlv. Nat /xa 
At', e^t' eyw, <S ywat, /cat yap /cat e/xot 6 TraTTJp^ 
dXXa (ra)(j)p6va)v rot eort, Kat dv8/oog /cat ywat/cos, 
25 ovTw? TToteti/ 6Vwg ra re o//ra a>5 ^e'Xrtcrra e^et /cat 
aXXa ort TrXetcrra IK row /caXov re Kat St/catov 
Trpocrye^Tfcrerat. Kat Tt Se', (77, opag, 77 ywT;, o 
Tt a.v eyw 77otoOcra o~wavot/u TOV ot/cov ; Nat 
/xa At", l<^r;i/ eyw, a TC ot ^eot e^vcrav ore SuVacr#ai 



OECONOMICUS OF XENOPHQN 43 

/cat 6 vogues crvveTTCLivel, ravra Tretpoi (u? ^S 



Kal Tt Sr) Tavra ICTTLV ; .^>-q IxeLvr). Oljaat /oieV 
tycuye, t<f>r)V) ov ra eXa^tcrrov ata, et /XT? irep ye /cat 
5 rj eV TOJ a-^rfvei ^ye/xwv /xeXtrra eV eXa^tVrou dftot? 
e<j)ecrTr)K6v. ejaot yap rot, l^ ^xxvai, /cat ot 
t, a) ywai, So/covert TroXv 8te(TKe/x,^te^a)5 yuaXtcrra 
TO ^evyo? TOUTO a"v^re^et/ceVat o /caXetrat ^Xu /cat 
oippei>, OTTCOS art ci^eXt/xajTaroi/ ^ avrw et? rip KOIVO*- 
10 vtav. /cat ryp fyv&iv v6v$ Trapecr/cevacrei' 6 
a>S e/xol SOKC?, TT)V /xeV r^9 yvt'at/co? CTTI ra ei'Soi' e 
/cat eVt/LteXif/xaTa, r^f Se TOV d^S/ao? eVt ra ew epya 
/cat e77t/xeXi7/xara. /oty7 /"e^ yet/) ^ctt OaXmr) /cat 
6Soi7TO/>ta<? /cat orpareta? TOU d^Spo? TO a-ai/xa /cat 
15 Tr)i^ \jjv\r)v fj,a\\ov Bvvacrdat KOLprepeiv KarecrKevacrW 
T<X e^ft> eTreragev avTw epya' TT; 8e yv^at/cl 
TO crujjia Sui/aTov vrpo? TauTa <uo~a5, TO, IvSoi' 
Ipya avrf), (f>dvcu e^T), TrpocrTa^ai /xot So/cet 6 #605. 
Sta Se TO TTp <f>va-iv p-r) upos iraLvra. ravra 
20 eu Tre^u/ceVat, Sta TOVTO /cat Seo^Tat fjiaXXov a 

/cat TO ^evyo? at^eXtja&JTepov eavTW yeyeV^Tat, a TO 
e'XXetVeTat TO erepov Svvdpevov. ravra Se', 
, Set T7/xa5, w ywat, etSoTa?, a e/caTepw rjfjLaiv 
VTTO TOV 0eov, ireipa.a'da.i OTTOJ? &>? /8eX- 
25 Tto-Ta TO, TTpoartJKovTa eKarepov T}puv Sta7r/3aTTeo-^at. 
Se', e^ ^>ai/at, /cat 6 vo/xog avTa, 
ai^Spa /cat ywauca' /cat /caXa Se ea/at 6 
vo/xo? d7ro8et/cvuo~tv a 6 #e6? e</>vo~ev eKarepov fjiaXXov 
rrj /xef yap ywat/ct /cdXXto^ evSov 



44 ATTIC PROSE 

77 OvpavXelv, rw Se avSpl atcrxtov eVSov pivuv r) 
TWV ea> eVtjueXetcrtfat. el Se' Tts Trap' a 6 0eos e^vcre 
n-otet, to-ws Tt /cat dra/crwi/ rov? #eous ov Xr?#ei ? /cat 
St/ajf StScucru/ d/xeXwz' ra)v epyav rvv eavrov 17 TT/DCIT- 

5 rwi^ ra T7)9 yv^atKo? epya. 8o/cet Se /not, ex^i/, /cat 
17 rail' /ueXiTTaii> -rjye^v rotavra e)oya UTTO rov ^eou 
Tr/aocrreray/xeVa StaTTOfetcr^at. 

Kal TTOtct S' ? (^17 e/cetVr;, epya exovo-a 17 TWV 
p,6\LTT(t)v -fjyep.aji' e'fo/xotovrat rots epyot? ot? e/xe Set 

10 Trparretv ; "Ort, ex^ e'yw, eVetVTy re eV TW cr/A^Vet 
/xeVouaa ou/c ea apyou? ra? /xeXtrra? et^at, aXX a? 
/xeV Set e^cu epya^eo-^at e/CTre/xTret CTTI TO epyov, /cat a 
cb> avTtov 6Kd(TTrj elcr(f>prj otSe' re /cat Several, /cat 
0-&jet ravra ear* a^ Se'jy ^prjaBai. eTietSai' Se 17 

15 wpa TOU ^prjcrOai rJKr), Stat'ejaet TO St/catot' e 
/cat eVt Tot? eVSoi' S' e'^v^ati/o/xeVot? /c^ptot? It 
oj? KaXws /cat Ta^ew? vc^atV^Tat, /cat TOi/ 
TOKOV eVt/xeXetTat a>? e'/CTpe'^Tat * eTretSai^ Se 6KTpa<f)f) 
/cat d^toepyot ot VCOTTOI yeVw^Tat, a,7rot/ci^et 

20 crui> TCUV eTTOjLteVcui/ TW/I i^ye/Ao^t. 

^H Kat e'/u,e ov^, e</)i7 17 yuf 77, Sei^cret TavTa 
Aer^o-et /xeVTot ere, e^M eyaj, e^Sof Te p.eveLi>, /cat ofs 
/xey ai/ e^w TO epyov 17 TWI/ ot/ceroiv, Tovrovs o~we/c- 
7re)a7ret^ ol? S' a^ eVSoi> epyov e'pyao-Te'ov, 

25 o~ot eTrtcrTaT^reof ' /cat TCI Te etcr^epo/xeva a 
/cat a /xez^ av avraiy Se'iy SaTrava^, crot St 
a o av TrepiTTCveiv Sej7, Trpovoir)T.ov Kat <f)v\a.KTov 
/x^ 17 et? TOV eVtauTOf /cet/xet^ Sairavr) et9 TOV 
SaTra^ctTat. /cat OTa^ epta eta-ere^]} o-ot, eVt- 



OECONOMICUS OF XENOPHON 45 

[j,e\r)Teov OTTCDS of? Set t/xdYta ytyz'Tirat. /cat o ye 77/309 
o-tros OTTO)? /caXws eSojSi/xos ytyfTiTat, eVt/u,eXr;reW. eV 
[livroi r&v croi TrpocrrjKovTaiv, e(f>rji> eyw, eVt/xeXTi/xct- 
TOJV tcra>9 d^aptcrroreyaov Sd^et et^at, on o? ai/ /cd/xi/rj 
5 TOJI/ ot/ceraii/, Toura>i> <rot TTLfj,e\r)Tov TTOLVTOIV OTTCO? 

TaL. Nr) At', e<^r; 17 yvft 
out', ^ /xeXXwo"t ye ot KaXai? 
iv zlcrea-da.1 /cat evvovcrTepoi rj Trp6(rdev ecrecrOai. 
Kat eycu, e^r; 6 'Icr^djaa^o?, ayacr^et9 avTrjs rfy 
10 oLTTOKpia-iv, LTTOV' 'Apd ye, w ywat, Sta rotaura? 
riras Trpofoiag /cat r^? ei^ rw cr/x^et ^ye/zoi/os at 
/xe'Xtrrat OVTOJ Start^eirat TT^O? aur^v (yore, orai^ 
e/cetV/7 e/cXtVr;, ovSe/xta oterat rait' /aeXtrrw^ d?ro- 

\LTTTOV Ctt'at, dXX' llTOVTO-l TTOLCTaL ; KOI T) JVVIT) fJLOL 

15 a.TT.Kpivaro av/za^ot/A* a^, e^, et /x^ TT/OO? o~e 
fji.aX\ov reivoi ra rov rjyefjiovos epya ^ 77-^005 e'/xe'. 
17 yctjO C^IT) <^>uXa/cr) TWI/ eVSov /cat Stai^o^i^ yeXota rts 
av, ot/xat, <^atfotro, et //,r) cru ye e^t/xeXoto OTTOJ? eaj- 
^ev rt eicr<j)6poiTo. FeXota 8' av, (^17^ eyw, ^ e'/x?) 

20 elcr(f>opa ^at^otr' ai^, et /XT) etry ocrrt<? ra 
o*a;^ot. ou^ opas, e^v eyw, ot ets roy 
irWov avrXelv Xeyd/ae^ot a>5 ot/cretpo^rat, ort 

elv So/covert ; NT) At', e<^r; 17 yvvr\^ /cat yap 
eto~tv, et rouro ye Trotoucrtv. 

25 "AXXat 8e rot, e^r;^ e'yw, tStat eVt/xe'Xetat, a) ywat, 
T^Seiat o*ot ytyi/oirai, OTTOTOV avGina'T'ijfJiova raXacrtas 
Xa/3ovo~a eVto'Tif/xoi'a TTOLtjcrr}? /cat St7rXao~tou <rot 
d^ta yeV^rat, /cat OTrdrav ave7rL<rTTJ[j.ova ratitetas /cat 
Sta/covtas TTapaKaftovcra, e'7rto~T7^/xo^a /cat TTL<TTT}V 



4 6 



ATTIC PROSE 



Kat Sia/co*'t/a?z' 7rotT70-a/ueV>7 Trai/Tos a^iav e 
OTTOTav TOVS jj.f (yax^pova.^ re /cat atc^eXt/xov? raJ o~a) 
ot/ca> e'^TJ ~ ot e ^ Troirjcrai,, e'cti' Se rts irovypos <j>alvr)Tcu, 
e'?7 o~ot /coXdo~at ' TO Se TTO-VTW T^StcrTO^, eai/ fifXriwv 

5 e/xou <^a^7j? /cat e'/xe cro^ Bepd-rrovTo. 7701^0-77, /cat /XT? 
Ser; ere </>o/3etcr^at, /u,r) Trpoiovcr^? TiJ? -^Xt/ctas drt/oto- 
Tejoa ey TO) ot/cw yeV^, dXXa Triorevo"^? ort TrptcrfivTepa 
yiyvop.iwr), ocra> av /cat e/xot /cot^wvos /cat Traicrtv ot/cot 
<f)vXa aptLvuv ytyvr), TOCTOVTW /cat rt/atwrepa ev TGJ 

10 ot/cw etret. ra yap /caXa re /cdya^a, eyw tyrjv, ov 
8ta ras wpatdr^ra?, dXXa Sta rag dpera? et9 rw 
/Stoi' rols av0pcoTTOis e 



Learning Homer 

'E/c rovrou Se TrctXti' elvre^ 6 Sw/cpctr^?, 
817, w d^Spe?, et ^178' TTi)(Lp'rjcrofJiv crvvovTes a>< 
15 rt r) ei>(f)paLi>eiv dXX^Xovs ; evrtWev etTrov TroXXot, Sv 
TOWW "r^^lv e^yoGj TTOIO)^ Xoy&ji' aTTTO^te^ot ^tdXtcrr* 
ai^ ravra TToioi^ev. 'Eyw /zeV rolvvv, e^ry, T^Star' ay 
a7roXa/3otjiit Trapa KaXXtov T^ V7rdcr^e<Tty. e^ yap 
SryTrou, et crt>f8et7r^otju,ey, eViSet^etf r-^v aurou crofylav. 
20 Kat evrtSet^co ye, ^17, eaz/ /cat u/Ltel? aTrai^re? ets 
jjiearov <j)pr)T6 o rt e/cacrro? eTTtcrracr^e aya.B6v. 'AXX' 
ovSet? crot, ^17, di/rtXe'yet TO /x^ ov \e^eiv 6 n 
e/cao-TO? i^yetTat irXeto-Tou atoi> eVto-Tao-^at. 

*Eya> jaey TOLVVV, t<f)r) 6 KaXXta?, Xeyft) v/atv e(/>' w 
25 /xeyto-Tov fypovw. avdpaiTrovs yap oT/xat t/cai^os eti/at 
TTotett'. eTretSdv roivvv /cat rjfjiwv e/cao~TO5 
o Tt ft)<e / XijUoi> e)(et, TOT /cdyw ou <f>0ovrjo'(i) 



SYMPOSIUM OF XENOPHON 47 



et77etv Tvjv T)(i>r)v St' -^9 roOro d77e/oydojuat. dXXd 
crv av, e<f>rj, Xe'ye, a) Nt/cr/pare, eVt 770 ta eVto-TT?'/^ 
/u,eya </30vet9. KOI 09 et77ev, 'O Trarrjp eVt/u,eXov/xevo9 
O77W9 dv77/3 dya#o9 yei>ot/r>7v, ??vdy/cacre /u,e 7rai>ra TO, 
5 'Ofjiijpov 7717 jjiaOelv KO! vvv SwaifJi7)v av 'iXtaSa 
0X17^ /cat 'OSvo'cretat' dvro crro^aro? etTret^. d/covotr' 
av ow /cat e'uxov a ecrecrOe /3eXTtoves, ^ e/xot (rv^re. 
tcrre yap 8177701; on "0/^117/009 6 cro<wraro9 776770117 /ce 



j3ov\r)TOLi 17 ot/covojai/co9 77 orjfjLrj'yopLKO'S 17 
crr/3ari7ytK69 yevecr^at, 17 0/^0109 'A^tXXet ^7 Aiavrt 
-^ Necrro/ot 17 'OSuo-cret, e/xe OepaTrevera). eya> yd/> 



ravra 



Beauty of Socrates 

'O Se KaXXta9 6(^17, Su 8e 817, cu K/otrdy8ovXe, 19 

15 TOV 77e/ot rov /cdXXov9 dywva 77/309 ^(OKpdrrjv OVK 

avOia'Ta.cra.L ; 'AXX' OVK dvaSvojaat, 6(^17, a) 2ajK/3ar9 ' 

dXXa St8ao-/ce, et rt ex et? o'o^o^? ^? KaXXicov el e/otov. 



i9 v/c/otcrtv rowv o~, e<)i7 

81/^179 /caXov/xat dXX' airoKpivov. Sv 8e ye e/o<ura. 
ow ev dvOpuira) povov i/o//t^et9 TO /caXov 
etvat, ^ /cat ev dXXoj rtvt; 'Eyw /Aez/ vat ^td At', ^17, 
/cat ev t7777aj /cat /3ot /cat ev di//v^ot9 77oXXot9. ot8a 
yow ovcrav /cat 0.0-77 t'Sa /caX^v /cat t(f>os /cat Sd/>v. 
25 Kat 77W9, ^17, otov re raura, /a^Set' o/Ltota oWa 
dXX>7Xot9, 77avra /caXct eti^at ; *Hv VT) At', e<^i7, 77/309 
rd epya wv eve/ca e/cacrra /crw/xe^a ev et/3yao-/xeVa ^, 



48 



ATTIC PROSE 



77 ev Tre^vKora 7r/>os a av Seoj/i0a, Kal raur', fyrj 6 
K/HTo/SouXos, /caXa. 

Ola-da ow, (77, 6</>$aX/i6tt> rtvo? IW/ca Seo/xe^a ; 

A^Xof, (77, on TOU 6y3cu>. OUTW /u,eV roivvv 17817 ot 

5 e/AOi 6(j)6a\fJiol /caXXto^eg a^ raif traiy et^crai/. Htog 

8r? ; ^Ort ot /xei^ o~oi TO /car' ev^v povov 6y3wo"tv, ot 

8e e/xot KOL TO e/c TrXaytov Sta TO eTrtTrdXatot et^at. 

Aeyet? cru, ec^, KapKivov evo^^aXjaoTaTov ett'at TCOV 

{ojwz' ; Hctf rw5 STJTTOV, ^77 CTret /cat 7T/)O5 tcr^w 

10 TOV? o(j)0a\iJiov<; apicrTOi Tre^v/coTa? e^et. 

Eter, 6^)17, Twt' 8e pivuv iroTtpa. /caXXta>^, 17 0*7) 7^ 77 
6/^77 ; 'Eyw jaeV, ^77, otftat TT)^ ^^ ) etTrep ye TOU 
6cr(})paivea-0ai e^e/cet' Troi^cra.v rftilv plvas ot ^eot. ot 
/u,ef yap o"ot [jiVKTTJpes ets yT^f opaicrt^, ot 8e e^iot 
15 a.vaiTTrTavTai, wcrre TO.? TrdvToOev 6crfj.a<s TrpocrSe- 
To Se 877 crt/iov TT^? ptvo? TTW? TOU opOov 
"OTL, ^77, ovv avTL<f)pdTTt 7 dXX' ea ev0i)$ 
Ta? ot/;ets 6/)av a av ySouXait'Tat 17 Se tyrjXrj pis 
axnrep Inrfped^ovara StaTCTet^t/ce TO, Oja/xaTa. 
20 Tov ye JU,T)I> crTo/xaTo?, (^77 6 KpiTO/3oi>Xo5, vc^tf/xat. 
et yap TOU a.TroSa/cz'eti' eVe/ca TreTrot^Tat, TroXu a^ o~u 
77 e'yw a,7ro8a/cot9. 



Xanthippe, his Wife 

Kat 6 SwK-yoaTT?? etTre^, 'Ew TroXXot?, 5 oVS/aes, 

077X01^ ort 77 yui/at/ceta <ucri5 ou8ev -^eiptav TT)? TOU 

25 avopos ovcra Tuy^avet, yva)^*; 8e /cat tcr^uo? SetTat. 

wcrT et TI? u/iojv yvvalKO. e^et, 0appa>v St8ao"/ceVw 

o Tt ^ouXotT* ai/ auTTj 



MEMORABILIA OF XENOPHON 49 



Kat 6 'Av7to~0eVr75, IIw5 ovv, ^17, <5 
ovT(o yiyvto&Kwv, ov Kat arv 7raiSevt5 B 
dXXd xp?? ywatKt rail/ ovcraiv, olfj.au Be Kat TCOI> yeye- 
w)H.ev(i)v Kat Taif e'o-o/zeVa>i>, ^aXeTrwrar^ ; ""Ort, (17, 
5 opw Kat rou? tTrirtKou? ^Sof Xo/^eVof? yevecrOai ov TOU<? 
dXXa TOV? ^u/xoetSet? tTTTrou? 

yap, ^ TOU? rotovrous 
', paSuu? rot? ye aXXot? 17777015 
^ /3ouXdjU,evo? avOpwiroi^ xprjcrflai /cat 6/xtXetv 

10 TOLVT'YJV Ke/CTT^/Xat, U t0)9 OTt, Ct TCLVTrjV VTTOtVw, 

oaStcu? rot? ye aXXot? airacriv av6pa>TroL<s crwecro/JLCLL. 
Kat ouros /aei/ 8^ 6 Xdyos OUK 0,770 rou crKO77oO 



Filial Gratitude 
8e 77ore 
15 rarov vtov avrov, 77/005 



w 77at, 
/oto"TOV5 KaXovfjiCvovs ; Kat /aaXa, <tj>7y 6 

ovv TOV5 Tt 77Otowra5 TO 6Vo/xa TOUTO 
ywye, ^17 rou5 yap 
20 orai' SwdfjievoL \dpiv aVoSowat /XT) a77o8wcrt^, d 

v^ 8oKovo~t o~ot ef rot5 d8t/cot5 



8e 77or' eV/ce'i/;a), et dpa, axnrep TO d 
rov5 /xev <tXou5 d8t/co^ elt-at So/cet, rov5 8e 

25 77oXejU,tOV5 StKtttOV, Kttt TO d^aptO"TtV 77/305 /XV TOU5 

^>tXou5 cxStKov eo-Tt, 77^05 8e TOV5 77oXe/xtoy5 St/catoi'; 
Kat [jidXa, e(j>rj /cat SoKet /u,ot, v<' ov a^ Tt5 eu iraOtov, 
etre 77oXeju,tou, /u 

ATTIC PROSE 4 



^o ATTIC PROSE 

Swat, aSi/cos etvat. Ou/cow, et ye ovra>? l^ct TOVTO, 
ei\LKpLVTj<> Tts av efy dSt/cta 17 axa-picrria ; CTVVCD- 
jutoXdyet. 

Ov/cow, oo-G) dv Tt<? /xet<u dya#d iraOuv pr) diro- 

5 8tSw xdpw, TOO-ovTO) dSt/caJTe/509 aj/ 117 ; (Twfyl) Kal 
TOVTO. TtVag ow, ^>r/, vrro TLVOJV evpoi^v av /aei^w 
euepyeTrjiJievovs rj TratSa? UTTO yoveoiv ; ou? ot yo^ et? 
e/c fj,ei> OVK OVTMV eVot'^crav ctfat, rocraura 8e /caXa 
tSetf /cat rocrovTcoi' dya^ait' ^eracr^etr, oo~a ot ueot 

10 irapeyovcri rot? av0pd>7roL<; a Sr) /cat ovrw? T7/AU> 
8o/cct TTavTog a^ta et^at, a'xrre Trcttres TO /caraXtTretf 
aura TTOLVTW /ActXto'Ta (^evyofjiev /cat at TrdXet? 771 
rot? juteyto-rots dSt/c^/xacrt r)p.iav Odvarov TreTronj- 

KCLCTLV, 0)S OV/C CIV /ACt^O^O? Ktt/COV <f)6ft(p T^V CtSt/CtttV 

15 Travcra^re?. 

Kat 6 /u,eV ye Trarrfp TT^V re eaurou ywat/ca rpet^et, 
/cat rots ^teXXovo-tv ecrecr^at Tratcrt 7r/3O7rapao"/ceud^et 
TrdWa 6Va a^ ot^rat crvvoifreiv avrots TT/DO? rot* ^8tov, 
/cat ravra a5 at' Sw^rat TrXetcrra. 17 Se p.tJT'rjp <rvv 

20 TroXXw TTO^W re/covcra rpe<^et re TO fiptyos /cat e7rt/xe- 
XetTat, ov yiyvua-Kov v$ orov ev TrdVxet, ouSe 
t'eiv Swdfjievov OTOV SetTat dXX' avT>) 
Ta TC crv/jL^epovTa. /cat /ce^apto-/oteVa TretpaTat e 
povv, /cat Tpe'^et TroXw y^povov /cat i^jLtepas /cat I/U/CTO? 

25 V7ro/x,evovcra TTOVUV, OVK etSvta Ttva rovratv \dpiv. 
a7roXT7 / i//eTai. /cat ov/c d/3/cet Optyai povov, dXXct /cat, 
eVetSd^ 8d|-6>o"tv t/cai^ot el^at ot TratSe? /Jiav0dvLV TI, 
a /xev av avTot e^coo~iv ot yover? dyaOa 7rpo5 TOP 
jStov, 8tScto"/coi>crtv a 8' av otwvTat dXXov i 



MEMORABILIA OF XENOPHON 51 

elvaL StSd^at, Trefnrovcri 77/309 TOVTOV Sa7raz'aWe9, /cat 
eVtjueXoiWat irdvra Trotowre? oVw9 ot TratSe? atTot9 
tu? SwaTW /SeXrtcrrot. 
ravra 6 i>eai'icr/co9 (^17, 'AXXct rot, et /cat 

5 TraWa raura TreiroirjKe /cat d'XXa TOVTMV TroXXaTrXacrta, 
ouSet? cu> Swatro aurrj? a^acr^ecr^at r^ ^aXeTror^ra. 
/cat 6 Sw/cyoar^?, Ilorepa Se, ^17, otet, Orjpiov dypto- 
rryra Sucr^opwrepav elvai, f) ja^r/ao? ; 'Eyca /x,e^ ot/xat, 
6^)77, 7779 (jLyrpos, T 1 ^? ye rotavr^?. v HSi7 7rcu77ore ou^ 

10 ^ Sa/coucra /ca/cof rt crot ISw/ce^ 17 Xa/crtcra<ja, ota 
VTTO 0r)pia)v 17617 TroXXot enaQov ; 'AXXa i>i) Ata, e^, 
Xeyet a ov/c dv rt? eTTt rw /8ta> Trairt /SovXotro d/coucrat. 
^v Se vrocra, 6(^17 6 Sw/cpdri^?, otei Tavry /cat 717 tfxovfj 
/cat rot? epyotg e/c TratStou SiKT/coXatfwi' /cat Y)fJi,pa<s 

15 /cat pv/CTo? IT pay para Trapacr^et^, Trocra Se Xuvnjcrat 
KOL/JLVUV ; 'AXX* ovSeTT-wTTore aurr^, ^17, ovr' etTra 
our' eVoti/cra ouSe^ e^)' w ijo-^v^^. 

Tt 8e; otet, 6^17, ^aXeTrwrepo^ eu'at crot d/coutv 
wf avriy Xeyet, ^ rot? V7ro/cyotrat9 orai^ eV rat9 rpay<w- 

20 Stat? dXXiyXov? rd ecr^ara Xeya)o~t^ ; 'AXX', ot/xai, 
CTretSi) ov/c olovrai TWV Xeyd^rw^ ovre ro^ e'Xey^o/^ra 
e'Xey^etv ti'a fyfjudxry, ovre rov aTretXotWa aTretXet^ 
ti/a KOLKOV Tt 770117(717, /5aStw9 <f)epovcrL. ^v 8' eu 
et8a>9 ort a Xeyet crot 17 fitJTrjp ov H,OVQV ouSe> KO.KOV 

25 i/oovcra Xeyet, dXXa /cat ftovXopevT) crot dya^a et^at 
ocra ovSevt dXXco, ^aXe7ratvet9 ; ^7 vo/xt^et9 KOLKOVOVV 
T7]v fjLTrjTcpa crot eu'at; Ou Si^Ta, ec/>i7, TOVTO ye ov/c 
oto^aat. 

Kat 6 Sa)/cpdri79 Ov/covi', ^17, crt> TavTTjv, tvvovv 



52 ATTIC PROSE 

re o~ot ovo~af, /cat eViju-eXo/xeVtyv cfa /zaXtcrra Sv^arat 
/cduvoj>TO5, 077&)5 vytat^5 Te /cat 0770)5 ro^ eVtr^Setwr 
fjirjoevos eV8er75 ecret, /cat 77/365 rourot5 77oXXa rot5 
#eot5 ev^OjLteV^v dyaOd vnep crov /cat ev^a5 0770- 
5 StSovo-af, ^a\eTrr)v elvai ^175 ; e'y&> /xei^ otyaat, et 
TOLavmnv fj.rj 8wacrat (^epziv /xT^re^oa, rdya^a o~e ov 
8wao~^at (bepeLv. OVK olaO* ort /cat 17 770X15 dXXi75 
/Aef d^apiarta5 ou8ejatct5 eVt/xeXetr/zi ovSe 8t/cd^et, 
dXXd irepiopa rou? eu ireTrovBoTas ^dpiv OVK d;ro8t- 

10 8o^ra5, eat' 8e rt5 yoi/ea5 /M^ Oepanevrj, TOVTCO OLK-YJV 
re nLTi6rf(Tij /cat a77o8o/ct/xd^oucra ov/c e'a dp^eiv 
TOVTov, a>5 oure ctf rd tepct evcre^w? Ovo/Jieva vTrep r^5 
77oXea)5, rovrou OVOVTOS, ovre dXXo /caXw5 /cat 8t/catw5 
ov8ei/ a^ TOVTOU irpd^avTOS ; /cat VT) Ata e'di' rt5 TO)^ 

15 yoveotv Te\evTr)<rdvTa)V rov? rd^>ov5 /x^ /cocryu.^, /cat 
TOUTO e^erd^et 17 770X15 eV rat5 rai^ apyovTW OOKL- 
/xacrtat5. 

Sv ovi', c5 77at, af o~ax^po^5, rou? /xez^ 0eovs 
crvyyvajuLOvas o~ot eii'at et Tt ' 



20 ju.^r/005, ju,- o~e /cat ourot 



ov/c 

jLtTy o~e acro/jievoL TMV yovewv 



/, etra eV 

el ydp ere v77oXd^otei/ 77/505 rou5 ^0^615 
25 eti/at, ov8et5 ai> i/o/xtcretei/ eu ere iroLTJ(ra<s x<*-P LV 



Agesilaus in Asia 



>5 ert /xev ^05 wv e7vve r^5 ^8ao~tXeta5 
8e 6Vo5 avrou eV Tin dpvri, egnyye\@r) y8a<rtXev5 



AGESILAUS OF XENOPHON 53 



6 Tlepo-a>v dOpoifav /cat VO.VTIKOV /cat iretpv TTO\V 
CTTpdrev^a a><j eVt rou? "EXXi^a?. /3ov\evop,ei>a)v 
oe Trepl TOVTOIV Aa/ceSat/Aovtaji' /cat TWV cruju/xdyajt', 
'Ay^crtXao? virecrTY), eav Sajcrtt' avrw rpiaKovTa JJLI> 
5 ^irapTiaTtov, Stcr^tXtou? Se i^eoSa/u-wSet,?, et? e^a/ctcr^t- 
Xtou? Se TO crwray^ta roJt' cru/x/xaycov, Sia/3ij(Tecr0ai 
et? T^V 'Acrtai/ /cat 7retpacrecr#at elpT]i>r)i> Trot^crat, 17, 
av TroXe/xeu' /SouX^rat 6 fidpftapos, acr^oXtav avrw 
Trape^eLv crTpaTevew eVt row? "'EXX^i'a?. 

10 Ev^t>5 jaei^ oui^ TroXXot TTOLVV ^ydcrdrjcrai' auro rovro 
TO eTTt^u/x^crai, eTretSr) 6 ITe^cr^? irpoirdev eVt Tr)^ 
'EXXaSa Ste/^r/, ai'TtSta/^i'at CTT* avrov, TO TC alpelcrOai 
CTnovTa [jLaXXov r) VTrop.evovTa fjid^ecrBaL avTW, /cat 
TO Ta/cetvov Savrai'aWa j3ov\o-6ai /xaXXot' ^ TO, TOJ^ 

15 'EXX^wi/ vroXe/xet^. /caXXto-Tov Se TrdvTav et<pLv.To, 
jj,r) irepl TyJ? 'EXXaSo? dXXa 7re/3t Try? 'Acrta? TOZ^ 
dyaii/a KaBLcrrdvai. 

'Ev TOIVVV rrj 'Acrta T^Se TrpMTr) ny>ats eyeVero. 
/xef w^too-ez^ 'Ayi7o~tXaw, et cnreio-atTo 
ov? 7re)aT/te Trpos /8ao-tXea dyyeXou?, 



ecraL avra ftrvai avTovopovs TO,? 
'Ao~ta 7ToXet<? EXXri'toa? 'ATcrtXao? oe d 



. 6 /xey S^ Ticro-a(/>e / )oi'')75, a w/xocre^ ev0i>s 
25 ei//euo-aTO d^Tt yap TOU tipTJvriv irpdrTtiv, 
TroXv irapa /3ao-tXea)<> 77^05 o> TrpocrOev et^e 
vre)a7rero. 'Ayryo-tXaos Se', KaiTrep ato'^oju.ei'o? 



t ow TOVTO TTpuTov KoXov So/cet 



54 ATTIC PROSE 

on r Yi,(Tcra(f)e'pv'r]v /xeV clavier as eniopKOv, amcrTov 
iraviv eTTofycrev - eavrov 8' cu>T7rtSetas Trparov /xei> 
op/covs e/A7re8owTa, eVetTa a-wO^Kas /XT) i//evSo'/u,ei>oi', 
TrdWas eVot^cre /cat "EXXr^as /cat /3a/>/3d/3ov<? Bap- 
5 povvras a-WTidecrOai eaurw et rt )8ovXotro. 

'E/c 8e rovrov TrpoetTre rots crrpaTtwrats a>5 evflvs 
-fjyij(roiTo rrjv a-vvTO^<i)TaTr)v em ra 
^w/)a9. 6 /xeWoi Ttcro-a^e/)^? ravra 
Xeyetv avroi^ /3ouXo^ei^of e^aTrar^crat, et? Ka/Dtav Se 

10 T<U ovrt /A^8aXet^. TO re ow Tre^o^ et? Kapiav 8te/3t- 
ftacre /cat ro ITTTTIKO^ et9 TO Mata^Spou TreSio^ /caTe- 
crTr)(rei>. 6 8e 'A-yi7O"iXaos ou/c e^evcraro, dXX', axnrep 
TrpoeiTrev, ev6v<s et? TOI/ Sa/DStafOf TOTTOV e^co py o~e. 
/cat T/jet? ju,e^ ^/xejoas St' pr)p.ias iroXe/xteoi/ iro/aevo- 

15 fjievos, TroXXa TO. eTTtT^Seta T^ o"T/3arta napel^e ry 
Se TerdpTy r)fj,epa rJKov ol TO>V TroXe/xtcuv iTTTret?. 

Kal ot Ilepcrat a.vTLTraperd.^a.vro Trafj.Tr^.yOecrL T<OV 
Imreaiv rd^cnv. <iv9a 8r) 6 'A-yr^crtXao? yty^ajo~/cai^ 
oTt Totg /xet' TroXe/xtot? OUTTO; Trapeir) TO ir^ov, avrw Se 

20 ouSev a.TTirj rwv 7rapeo-/cevao")aeVaj^, Konpov rjyTJc 



if CTTI TOVS di/TtreTay/xeVov? tTTTrea?, e/c Se 
e/ce'Xevcre Ta Se/ca d^>' 17/8175 ^etv 6/xdo'e 
Tot? Se TreXTacrTcus etTre 8/)o/x<u u^^yeto-^ai, 
25 TraprJyyeiXe Se /cat Tots tTTTreGo-w/ e'jU/2dXXeu>, tu? aurou 
re /cat Traces TOU o~TparevjLtaTO5 InofJLfvov. rou? /zeV 
Sr) tTTTre'ag eSe^airo ot aya#o! Twt' Hepo' 
Se a/xa -rrdvra Ta Setva iraprjv eV avTov?, 
/cat ot /xe*> avrtov vOi>s ev TO) Ila/CTCoXaj 



AGESILAUS OF XENOPHON 55 

errecroi', ot Se aXXot e^evyoi'. ot Se "EXXrjves errd/x,/ot 
at/>ovo"t /cat TO ar/aaroTreSoi/ avro)v. 

'O Se 'Ay^crtXao? evBvs rjyev errt ^ctpSet?, /cd/cet 
a/xa /Ltev create /cat eiropOei ra ?rept TO acrrv, a/xa 8e 
5 Kat K-rjpvyiJLaTL eSrjXov, rovs /u,ei/ eXev^e/ota? Seo/xeVovg 
<o? Tr/ao? crv^a.'^ov avrbv Trapelvai" el Se Tti^es T^I/ 
'Acrtai/ eavraif Trotou^rat, TT/OO? rov? i\ev6epovvTa<; 
iv 077X01? Trapeti/at. eVet jueVrot ovSet? 
yL) dSew? ST) TO 0,770 TOVTOU IcrTpareveTo, TOV? /xe> 

10 Trp6cr0v TTpocrKwelv ^EXX^^as d^ay/ca^o/xeVou? 6/3wz/ 
Tt/xct>/xeVou5 v(^>' ait' vySpt^o^TO, TOV? S' d^tov^Ta? /cat 
TO-S T&it/ ^eaii/ Tt/xa? Kapirova'0a.i, TOVTOVS Trotrycr 
avTifiXeireLv Tot? "EXX-^o't Swacr^at /cat TT)I/ yue> 
(f>L\a)v ^capav aS^WTOv Trape^cov, TYJV Se TWI 

15 ovTO) KapirovfJievos atcrre iv Suotv eroti' 7r\eov rotv 
IKOLTOV raXdvTtov T&J ^ea> ef AeX<^ot5 Se/cciTTyi' oLiroOv 

*O y^teVTot IIe/3O" 

alnov et^at TOV /ca/cw? ^e'pecr^at T<X eavTov, 
orr)i> Kararrfj.\l)a<; dTrere^ev avrov rrjv K^aXrf 

20 Se TOVTO TO. /xei/ TW^ /3ap/Bdpa>i> ert d^vfjiorepa eye 
Ta Se 'AyqcriXdov TroXu epyow/xevecrTepa. dvro 
yap TO>V 0va>v e7r/3eo~y8euoi/To Trept <^tXta? ? TroXXot Se 
/cat d<f)iorTai>To Trpos avrov opeyo/xevoi 
a>o-Te ou/ceVt 'EXX^Vcov /MWO^ dXXa /cat 

25 TToXXwj/ rjyejjLwi' rjv ' 



Recalled to Hellas 



"A^toV ye /xr/v /cat evrevOev u7rep/3aXXovT(U5 dya<r^ai 
avrov, ocTTtg dp^oiv p.ev Tra/xTroXXwv ei/ T 



ATTIC PROSE 



T0 



avru 17 7rdXi9, av^aro/ie^os Se /cat ev/cXeta 
t Swa/Ai, TTapov 8' avra> TroXXots /cat dyatfois 
Xp7?o-0at o n c'/SovXero, Trpo? Se rovrot? TO /xeytcrroi', 
5 eVtvowv /cat ikTTL&v KaraXvcreiv TT)V eVt T^y 'EXXaSa 
a-Tparevovcrav trporepov a.pxn v ) opus vir ouSei/os 
TOVTWJ' eKpaTTjQrj ' aXX' eVetS^ ^X^ei/ avrw aTro TOJI^ 
ot/cot reXwi/ fiorjOelv rfj TrarptSt, eVet^ero r^ TroXet 
ovSei^ Sta<epoz'T<u5 ^ t eV rw e</>o/oeta> eru^ev ecrTT7/c&)5 
10 fto^o? Trapa rovg TreWe, /xaXa e^S^Xov TTOIWI/ a>s ou/c 
ai/ Tracrai/ TT)V y^ Se^atro ai^rt T^S TraryOtSo?. 

Twy jLtei^ ST) eV rrj 'Acrta Trpdgeaiv TOVTO reXos eye- 

V6TO. Sta^Sa? 8e TOI' 'EXX^CTTTOI'TOI' TTOpeVTO 8ta 

Tail' avTMV iQvtov (bvirep 6 nepcrry? TO> Tra/xTrX^^et 
15 crroXw ' /cat ^y evLavcriav 68ov 6 (3dp/3apo<; 770117- 
o~aro, raunyv peiov rj tv p-r^vi KaTtjvvcrev 6 Ay^crt- 
Xaos. eVet 8e e^a/xeti/;a9 Ma/ceSo^tW ets erraXtat' 
ac/)t/ceTo, v7rep[3a.X\(DV ra 'A^at/ca r^? O^ta? 0^017 
TTOpv6rj ets ra Botwrw^ oyota. evravOa ST) d^rt- 
evpaiv 77/3atovs 'A^^atou? 'Apyetov? 
Ati/ta^a? Eu/3oeas /cat Ao/cpov? d/x^ore- 
ovSev e/xeXX^o'ei', dXX* e/c TOU (fxivepov GL 
erarre, Aa^eSatjaovtwi/ /xev e)(6Ji> p.6pav /cat 
rS>v 8* avroOev cru/xjact^wt' 4>co/ceas /cat ' 
25 fj.6vov<;, TO T' aXXo o"TjoaTev/xa OTre/3 r)yayeTO 



Battle of Coronea 

T7- \ / 1 > (/ , 

Jvat rj jLta^i^ eyeveTO oiairep OVK 

ev yap ets TO KaTa 



AGESILAUS OF XENOPHON 57 

ol (J.CV crvv 'AyrjcnXda) dVo row Kry^tfrov, ot 
Se o~w rot? Q^ySatot? (XTTO rov 'EXt/caii/o?. ewpan/ Se 
rets re (^aXayya? aXXryXcJi/ fj.a\a tcrojaa^oi;?, 
Se /cat ot tTTTrets ^crav eKarepcov IcronXrjBel 1 ;. 
5 oe 6 'AyT^crtXao? yu.et' TO oe^tov roi) ^ae^' ecturov, 
'O/^o/zeVtot Se ecr^arot ^crai' avrw rou evuvv/jLOV. 
ot 8' av @77/3atot avrot /xef Se^tot rjcrai>, 'Ayoyetot 8' 
avrot? TO evtovvpov ziyov. 

^VVLOVTMV 8e, T60J5 /XCt' O~ty>) TToXXr) ^ ttTT* dfJi<j)O- 

10 Te3(uy -fviKa 8e aTret^o^ aXX-^Xwi' ocrot' o-Ta8tor, 
ot rjftalou S^oo/xo) 6/u.dcre e^epovro. a>s 



0,770 r^5 'Ay^criXaou (^aXayyo? w^ 'HyOtTTTTtSag e'^e- 
z/ctyet. T^o'ai' 8' ovTot TOJI^ re e^ ot/cou auTw avcrTpa- 

15 Tio"a/xefcov /cat roif Kuyoewyf Tti^e?, Kat *Iwve? Se 
/cat AtoXeT? /cat 'EXXTycrTrwrtot e^o/xi/ot. /cat TroWe? 
ouTot TW^ o"f^/c8pajuo^Tajy TC eyeVovTO /cat et? 8opu 
erpeijjavTo TO /ca^' eauTov?. 'Apyetot 
ou/c cSe^a^TO TOU? d/x^)' 'Ay^o-tXaoz', dXX* 

20 e^vyot' e?rt roy 'EXt/cwra. 

Kdi/Tav^a ot /a' Tti^e? T&iy ^zvuv e err e<f> avow 17817 
TOI> 'Ayryo-tXaov, dyyeXXet 8e Tt? avTOJ ort rjftcuoL 
TOVS 'Qp)(oiJ.evLovs 8ta/coi//avT5 eV TO?? o~/ceuo(/>o/3ot? 
eto~t. /cat o /xe^ ev0v<; e^eXt^a? Tir)f ^ctXayya -^yev CTT* 

25 avTou? ot 8' au rj/3aloL, a>? eTSov TOV? 
Trpo? TO> 'EXt^Qjvt 7re^>fyoTa?, StaTreo-ett' 
Trpo? TOW? eafTwv, l^aipovv eppwjuevaj?. IvTavOa 
'Ay^crtXaoi' di/8petoy juev e^ecrnv tiireiv d 
ov /xe'fTot etXeTo ye TO, do~(^aXeo"TaTa e^o^ yap 



58 



ATTIC PROSE 



TOV5 StaTTtTrroKra? eVo/xeW xetpovo-0at rovs 
oiricrBtv, OVK e7rouyo"e rovro, aXX a^rttterwTros crwep- 
pae rot? 77/3atoi5. /cat o-v^SaXoWe? ra? aaTrt- 
Sas, (D0ovvTo etta^o^ro aireKreivov aTreflvTja'Kov. /cat 
Kpavyr) /xeV ov8e/xta Traprp, ov p.rjv ovSe crtyry, 
Se' rts ip roiavTT) olav opyrf re /cat /xa^ 
av. reXo$ 8e r<wi> &rjftaia)v ot /xet Sta7rt7rrouo~t 
awa, vroXXot S' dTro)((t)povvT6<; a.ir4Ba.vov. 

Se 17 ttei' vt/CTy o'ut' 'Ay77o~iXaoj eyeVero, 
10 rerpw/xeVo? S' avro? irpoa-^ve^dr) Trpos rr)y ^xxXayya, 
7r/)oo"eXao~afres rtve? TQJI/ l-mreaiv Xeyovcrtv avrtu, ort 

TOJI/ TroXeLttajv oySory/covra (rut' rot? oVXot? UTTO rw 

\>/ / \ *' ' 

raw eto"t, /cat rjpaiTwv rt ^/3i7 vrotetv. o oe, /catTrep 

TroXXa rpav/xara e^wi' TravToae /cat TraKrotots 077X015, 
15 o/xws ov/c eTreXa^ero rov Oeiov, aXX' eav re ctTTteVat- 
OTrot /SovXowro e/ceXeve Kat aSt/cer^ ov/c eta, Kat ?rpo- 
7retti|;at eTre'ra^e rovs a/x^>* O.VTOV t7T7ret5, eo~re eV ra) 
acr^aXet eyeVovro. 

'Evret ye tu)i> eXrj^ev rj /".ct^, Traprjv S^ OedcracrOai, 
20 ev^a (TweTrecrov aXXr^Xot?, r^f /xe^ y^v at'ttart n<j)vp- 
fj.vr)v, vexpovs Se Kei/xeVov5 <^>tXtou5 /cat 7roXetitov5 
tier' aXXr^Xwv, ao-7rtSa5 Se Stare^pvtttteVa5, Sdpara 
eVa, ey^etptSta yv^jLva. KoXeaij^, TO. LieV 
ra 8' e^ o-a>/xao-t, ra S' ert /xera ^etpas. Tore 
25 /xeV ow, /cat yap ^i/ ^817 6i//e', avi/eX/cvo-a^re? rov? 

CTO.VTO /cat KOLfjLij0r)crav Trpwt Se FvXti/ rov TroXe- 
p>apXv Trapara^at re e/ce'Xevcre ro o~rparev/xa Kat 
rpoircuov to~rao-^at, Kat o"re<^avovo-^at TrdVras TO; 



AGESILAUS OF XENOPHON 59 



#eo>, /cat roug auX^rdg Traz'rag avXelv. /cat ot juev 
ravr' lirolovv ' ot Se r)fialoL e7re/ui//ai> KTjpVKa, VTTO- 
cnrovoovs rovg ve/cpovg atrovVreg Odfyai. /cat ovrwg 
Sr) at re <r77ovSat ytyvoi/rat /cat 6 'AyiycrtXaos ot/caSe 
5 a,7re^ wpei, eXo/aei/o? di^rt rov /^eyto-ro? etvat eV r^ 
'Atrta ot/cot ra vo/xt/xa /xev dp^euv ret vd/u-t/xa Se 

Panhellenic Patriotism 

, OTTOU wero rr)^ 7rar/3tSa rt a 
ov TTOVOIV v(^>tero ? ou KLVOVVOIV a^tcrraro, ov 
10 e^etSero, ov o^aj^aa, ou yfjpas 7r/oov</>ao-teTO, dXXd /cat 
dya^ou rovro epyov e^d/xt^e, TO roug a>px~ 
as TrXetcrra ayaOa troiew. et ye /u,^ aS 
EXX^z/a dvra (^tXe'XX^va elvai, TWO, rt? elSe^ 
dXXof <TTpa.Triyov f) TroXw OVK fOeXovra alptlv, 
15 orai' oiyTOLL irop6ria'f.iV) rj crv^opav vo^L^ovTa TO 

VIKOLV iv TO) TTyOOS "EXX^l'a? TTO\fJLO) / KLVO<S TOIVVV, 

dyyeXtag /xe^ \0ovcrr)S avra> w? ei^ T^ e^ Kopiv0a> 
OKTQ) fJikv Aa/ceoat/jto^twv eyyu? 8e [JLvpioi TMV 
tajv T.6vai.V) OVK e(j>rj(T0el<; ffravepbs tyevero, 
20 dXX' etTrev d'pa, <I>ei) w 'EXXdg, OTrdre ot I'v^ re^^/cdre? 
t/cat'Ot f)o~av ^wi^re? viKav TraVra? rov? j3ap/3dpov<s. 
Kopiv0L(t)v ye /u,^ rwt' (frevyovTcov \eyovro)v ort eVSt- 
Sotro aurot? 17 TrdXt?, /cat jui^ai'ds eVtSet/ci/WTW^ at? 
Trdi/re? 77X771^01^ eXeti/ rd Tet^^, ou/c -rj0\e irpo(r/3a\- 
25 Xet^, Xeywv ort ov/c d^S/>a7ro8t{eo-^at Se'ot ' 
TrdXetg, dXXd o-oxfrpovL^eus. Et Se row? 
6^)17, f)iJi(ov avT&v a^avtov/xev, opdt' ^p?) /AT) ovS* 
orou ra)i/ 



60 ATTIC PROSE 

Spartan Simplicity 

"Ayctjucu Se /cd/ceu>o 'AyTjcrtXaov, 6Vt ovx OTrdrepo? 
n-Xeuo re xpijfJiaTa e^ot /cat TrXetdz'au' ap^ai, TOUTOJ 
^yTycraro /x,etov (f>povr]Toi> elvai, dXX' OTrdrepo? avrds 
re apeivtov irj /cat ap..ivovuv -^yoiro. 6 /xef ya/3 
5 IIe/)cn75, vo[LitfDV, yv xPVP' aTa TrXeta-ra ex>7, Trat'^' 
u^>' eavTw TToirjcrea-OaL, 8ta rovro Trav /AO> TO ef 
avdp(i)Troi<s ^pvcriov, TTOLV Se TO apyvpiov, TTO-VTO, oe TO, 
TroXvTfiXecrTaTa eTretparo Trpo? ZOLVTOV aOpoi^iv. 6 
Se ovTO)? avTeo"/cevacraro TOV OIKOV OICTTC TOVTWV 

10 jn^Sevo? 7T/)ocr8etcr^at. et 8e TI? TavTa aincrTeL, tSeVcu 
jLtey ota ot/cta rjpKei avTw, Oeacrdcrda) Se Tas 0vpa$ 
avT^? et/cacreie yap at* Tt? Irt TO.VTO.S e/cetVa? et^at 
cicnrep 'Apto-ToS^/xo? 6 'Hpa/cXeov?, ore KarrjXOe, 
\a/3(*)i> e7reo-TT7cra.ro * 7retpacracr^&) 8e 0ea.aa.crO a i rrfv 

15 ei'Soi' /caTacTKeu^, Ivvorjo-aTa) Se a>s e^otVa^ev eV Tat? 
, d/covcraTaj Se a>? eTTt TroXtTt/cov Ka.va.upov 
et? 'A/xu/cXa? 17 Bvydrrip avrov. roiyacpovv 
ovrco? e'^apjLtdcra? ra? SaTrat-a? Tat? TrpocrdSot?, ouSei' 
^ay/ca^eTO ^prjfjLaTCDv eVe/ca aStK'o^ 

20 Katrot KaXoi> p,ev 8o/cet etfat 

KTacruai VTTO TroXe/xtw^ ' TroXv jLte^TOt eywye KaXXtoi' 
Kpiva) TO TI)^ avroi) \tyv\r)v dvd\u>Tov /caracr/ceuacrat 
/cat VTTO xp-r)p.dT(Dv /cat VTTO 7780^001^ Kat UTTO (j)6/3ov. 

Hunting as Part of a Liberal Education 

To jue> evprjfjia Oeuv, 'ATrdXXcDi'o? /cat 'Apre/xtSo?, 
2 5 aypai /cat Kui^e? eSocrav 8e /cat eTt^cra^ TOVTCO 
Sta St/catdrTa. 6 8e \a3a)V e'a TO> 



CYNEGETICUS OF XENOPHON 6 1 

Swp<w /cat e^prjro ' /cat lyevovro avraj jj,a07)Tal Kwrj- 
re /cat trepans /caXcw i^o-evs 'OSvcrcrev? 
Kacmop IloXuSeu/c^g Ati>eta<? 'A^tXXeu?, 
oDv Kara \povov e/cacrro? VTTO ^ecuv eTifjLtjOr). 770-61)5 

5 jueV yap TOV? r^? 'EAXaSo? e^6pov<s ndcrrjs 
a7ra>Xecre, T^ S' avroi) TraryotSa TroXXw juet^c 
ert /cat vw Ba.v^(itf.rai. 'OSucrcrev? Se /cat 

v /cat Ka#' ei^ e/cacrrov, TO Se oXoi' atrtot 
aXajvat- Kacrrwp Se /cat IIoXvSevK^?, ocra 

10 CTreSet^ai/ro ei/ r^ 'EXXctSt rwf Trapa Xetjowt'o?, Sta 
ro aftcu/xa TO e/c TOVTWI' dOdvaroi ela-iv. At^eta? 8e, 
crwcras /xei^ TOUS TraTpwov? /cat /X^T/OOJOV? 060VS, 
o~wo~a<? oe /cat Q.VTOV TOV TraTepa, Sd^ai^ eucre/^eta? 
e^^ey/caTo, wcrTe /cat ot TroXe/xtot yad^oj e/cet^ 

15 CKpaTrjcrav iv Tpota eSocrav yu,>) orvXrjdfjvai. 

Xet5 Se et' ravrr) rfj TratSeta Tyoa^et?, OUTOJ /caXa /cat 
jaeyaXa fjivrj/JLela TrayoeScu/cei/ ajore ovre \ey<av ovre 
dKova>v Trepl e/cetVou ouSet? aTrayopeuet. ovrot rotoi)- 
TOt lyevovTO e/c r^? eTTt/xeXeta? TI^? irapd Xeipw^o?. 

20 'Eya; ju,ei^ ouv TTapaLva* TOI? ^eots JLI^ KaLTa<f)povlv 
Kwyyecritov fJnqSe rfjs aXX^5 TratSeta? * e/c rovrwi' yap 
yiyvovTo.1 ra ets ro^ TroXe/jCof dya.6oi, et? Te ra aXXa 
ef oD^ dvdyKrj /caXwg ^oet^ /cat Xeyetv /cat Trpdrreiv. 
aK^eX^o~o^Tat 8' ot eTTt^u/x^o-a^Te? TOUTOU ToO epyov 

25 TroXXa vytetaz/ Te yap Tot? (rajfiacn Trapao-Kevdcrovcri 
/cat opaf /cat a/covets /xaXXo^, y^pacr/cet^ Se VJTTOV 
TO, Se Trpo? TOZ/ TrdXe/xoi/ /xaXtcrTa TratSeuet. eupCDV Se 
/cat ot upoyovoi rm.a>v on TUP veairepcov rj rjftovr) fjiovrj 
avrrj TrXetora aya^a 7rapacr/cevaet. craj^pot'as TC 



w 



62 ATTIC PROSE 

yap TTOtet /cat St/catov9 Sta TO eV Try aXr^peta TTO.I- 
Seveo-0at. a/xetVou? Se /cat ot eWXewTes Trovtlv. /cat 
TOVTO eVtSe'Set/a-at /ueyaXa> TrapaSety/xaTt TWI^ yap 
7raXatoTepct>i> ot irapa Xetpcoi'i, aj*> eiTeiJivijo~6r)v ) veoi 
5 WTC? dp^dfJievoL diro TWV Kwriyzcntov TroXXa Kat /caXa 
epaOov ' eg wv eyevero avTot? /xeyaXi? dpeTtj, Si fjv 
/cat *>9z> OavfJid^ovTai. rjs oTt /ae^ epaio~t 7rai/T9, 
evSr^Xov ' OTt Se Sta TTOI/CDI' eo-Tt TU^etf avT-rjs, ot 
TroXXot a<^)tcrTai/Tat. TO /u,ei> yap /caTepyao~ao-^at 
10 avrrjv aSr/Xo^, ot 8e Trwot ot ev 



Se TOJ^ o~o</>to~Ta>f KaXovpevaiv, on 
uev CTT' dpTr)v ayetv ot TroXXot TOVS ^eov9 ? ayovo"t o 
eTTt TOVVOLVTIOV ' ov yap avSpa TTOV ewpa/ca/xe^ ovnv 

15 ot ^w o~o^tcTTat dyaOov eTrot^crav. eya> Se tStajT^? 
jote^ et/Ai, otSa Se ort KparidTov i*,ev ecrTt Trapd avrrjs 
TT)? <vo~&>? TO dyaObv Stao*/ceo-^at, Sevrepov Se 
Trapa TWI^ d\r)0a)<s dya06v TL eTTtcrTa/xe^wt', juaXXoi^ 
i^ U7TO TWI^ tgaTrarav T^yr)v e\6vTu>v. 10*009 ow Totg 

20 ju,ei/ ovofjiacriv ov o~eo~o^>to-/xeVw5 Xeytu ' ovSe yap 
^TW TOUTO ' oSi/ Se Seovrai etg dperrjv ot /caXws 
7r7rat8eu/xeVot, opBax; eyvwcr/ieVa 4 1 ? 7 "^ Xeyeu/. ot'd- 
/otaTa /otey yap ou/c ai/ TratSeucretai/, yi/a>/>tat Se, et 
/caXa>9 e^otef. \jjeyovcrL 8e /cat aXXot TroXXot TOU? 

25 i/w o~o<j)Lo~Td<; /cat ov Tot9 ^>tXocro<^>ou9, OTt et' Tot9 
OVOJJ,O.O~L o~o(f)iovTa,i /cat ou/c et* To?9 vo>^u,ao~tzA TO, 
/xe^ ovf TWf oro<f)Lo-T(ov TrapayyeXpara 



CYNEGETICUS OF XENOPHON 63 

Aoyot Se TraXatot /care^ouo'ii' a>s /cat #eot rovrw TO) 
e/oyw ^aipovcTL /cat Trparroj're? /cat opw^res' worre 

VTT(ip\.lV ev0V[J.OVfJLl'OV<; TOVTGJV 0O<f)L\l<; T elvdi /Cat 

evcre/8et? rov? ^eous rov? Trotout'ra? a eyw Trayoat^ai, 

5 oto/xeVou? VTTO ^eait' rof opa.<j6ai ravra. ovrot S' ai/ 

etef /cat To/ceucrt^ aya^ot /cat irdcrr) rfj eavraiv TrdXet 

/cat eia e/cao-roj rwv TroXtraiy /cat <$>i\o)v. ov IMOVOV Se 

ocrot aVSpe<? Kwr^yecritov r)pdcr0r)crav eyevovro dyaOoi, 

d\\d /cat yvt'at/ce? at? eSw/cet' 17 ^eos ravra, 

10 /cat II/30/cpi<? /cat et rt? 



vos exeinplaria. Graeca 
nocturnd versate manu, versate diurnd. 



EXERCISES AND GUIDE 

THE Greek language, like any other, is to be learned in the 
first instance through observation and use. Here, as elsewhere, 
empirical acquisition must be in advance of what is theoretical or 
systematic. The latter, however, should follow closely and attend 
5 constantly upon the former, to help in converting knowledge into 
power, and to lend the precision and fineness that are essential to 
scholarship. The observations of the reading mind need to be 
sharpened, checked, and, as it were, recorded upon the memory by 
the practice of the writing hand. All exercise of accurate writing, 

10 whether by way of simple copying, translation or re-translation, or 
original composition, encourages a habit of wholesome reflection, 
besides prompting frequent reference to system and principle as 
exhibited in the grammar and lexicon. 

Intuition and Imitation. The faculty of idiomatic expression is 

J 5 derived primarily, in great part, from imitation, conscious or uncon- 
scious. Mastery of a foreign idiom, in speaking or writing, can never 
be acquired by the way of abstract notions, but grows out of the con- 
templation of real phenomena. Thus, to make a sort of prose that 
would have been intelligible to Xenophon of Athens, one must first 

20 become familiar with the Attic mode of expression, as brought to view 

in the works of that author or of some other writer of his time and 

* class. Such familiarity is not to be gained by preparing analytical 

translations, deliberately framed to illustrate a set of rules that would 

have seemed strange and meaningless to the Grecian mind. It must 

25 come by a process that is mainly intuitive by the reading aloud 
and hearing read, the frequent reciting of Greek originals, unob- 
scured and unimpeded by the effort to construct a translation 
gathering the ideas synthetically, with imagination rather than by 
reason, and more through the ear than through the eye, in the 

30 Greek order of their presentation, with the indispensable help of 

ATTIC PROSE 5 65 



66 ATTIC PROSE 

the embodied rhythmical effects. The writing that follows or 
accompanies such practice will prove good and genuine in about 
the same proportion as the writer, when reading, has conned his 
models with sympathetic, true, and comprehensive insight. 
5 Rhetorical Articulation. The primal units of literary expression 
are single words ; and to accumulate a good working vocabulary in 
Greek there is need of clear discernment and alert attention on the 
reader's part, as well as much patient investigation and reflective 
thought. For idiomatic writing, however, we have to consider not 

10 merely the definition of words, but the Grecian way of combining and 
arranging them to form composite rhetorical factors of a higher grade. 
In fluent discourse, while the essential meaning of every word em- 
ployed is strictly essential also to the whole effect, the individuality 
of the words nevertheless comes to be modified and merged, to a 

15 greater or less degree, in the unity of larger constituents. The articu- 
lations which enable the speaker or writer to convey his thought 
with distinctness to another's mind are determined primarily for the 
most part by groups of words, not by words apprehended singly. 
The immediately effective masses are the larger and smaller sense- 

20 groups. Moreover, these masses are essentially and always rhe- 
torical, only occasionally and incidentally grammatical, units. That 
is to say, all complex intelligible utterance is addressed to the same 
powers as those from which it emanates to the constructive, not 
the destructive, powers of the mind. If the rhetorical or synthetic 

25 framework of a Greek period be overlaid upon the analytic or gram- 
matical framework, the two sets of joints will be found but partially 
to coincide ; and in living organic speech the former only are 
apparent. Thus, while a practical acquaintance with the funda- 
mental principles of grammar is indeed the Candida sine qua nan 

30 of intelligibility, skill and power of recognition or expression can 
advance only pari PO.SSU with the receding of grammatical con- 
sciousness. 

In the sphere of humane culture rhetoric, or the art of expres- 
sion, is the positive, grammar the negative pole virtus est 

35 vitium fugere. For reading or for writing, the Greek language 
must be observed and studied always with a rhetorical, never with 
a grammatical, purpose. Ideas are presented and apprehended 
humanly, not according to diagrams and formulas, but in waves and 
pulsations. The factors of discourse are units of perception and 



WRITER'S GUIDE 6/ 

feeling ; and whether the rhetorical unit happens to be also a gram- 
matical unit, a clause or a complete judgment, or not, is a matter of 
indifference to the genuine reader pr writer. The articulations of 
which he is primarily conscious are those produced by the succes- 
5 sion of rhetorical factors, as such. The internal constitution of these 
factors, however, as well as the massing of them to form the period, 
must be noted by the learner : he must understand the order both 
of words and of groups of words ; for in Greek the order is every- 
thing. This subject lies at the very beginning of Greek study ; and 

10 for first steps a fortunate field of observation is afforded by Xeno- 
phon, with his extreme simplicity of thought and manner, the absence 
of a conscious artistic purpose, his Athenian lucidity and neatness. 

Lesser Rhetorical Masses. The earliest groups to attract atten- 
tion are naturally those of an introductory or transitional character. 

15 These must be carefully compared and studied (always in intelligible 
combination, with their supplementary context) with regard to the 
usual idiomatic arrangement of the elements of which they are com- 
posed. Especially the so-called particles, which the Greek employs 
with such fluency to indicate the logical concatenation of the thought, 

20 should be observed with regard both to their mutual collocation, and 
to their position relatively to more prominent words that give the 
key-note as it were to a significant utterance. 

OLI yap TTO\V croi ra re yap aAAa Kai TratSas Se' (roi eyci Kai 
o /u.ev 877 Ivravda /aeVrot 77877 re'Aos 8' ovv Kai TO /xev 7rpu>TOv 

25 TOVTO yap av ouSe yap ov8e TOVTO on apioV av /xoi /x,a Ata 
jU/^Sev TOI'VVV ei p.rj nv ovv a>s ov8' av ovo oiaOa jU.ev ovv Kai cry 
aKOixravTa 8e TavTa TOV Kvpov /cai yap 817 TL 8 av eyai O"oi 
rfj /x,ev yap yvvaiKi 77 Kai e/Ae ovv Kai a /xev av avruv Kai o ye 
^T/pos O-ITOS oT8a yow ovVav ev TOIWV rrj 'A.<rfa TO re ovv TTC^OV 

30 evTa)$a 8^ 'A-yrjcri Aaov ci ye /U.T)V av KaXdv. 

Here note, for example, the position of yap, 877, ovv, relatively to 
each other and to /ACV or 8e. Observe the prominent position of 
words of negation, and the ways of placing particles in connexion 
with them. Observe also the frequent placing of one or more parti- 

35 cles in an inconspicuous and, at the same time, a sort of attributive 
position between article and noun, or between preposition and sub- 
stantive ; likewise between av and the relative pronoun or adverb 
to which av is regularly appended when the subjunctive mode is 
needed. Note especially the position of av in its potential use, 



r*-**^ < s^n^ 

68 ATTIC PROSE 

occurring as it mostly does early in the sentence and closely joined 
to some highly significant word, a negative, or an interrogative, or a 
prominent adverb, often, however, with some particle intervening. 
Similar effects to those of the particles are to be observed in the 
5 placing of enclitic pronouns, cro/, TWO., and the like. 

Larger Rhetorical Masses. By continuing these initial groups 
with their appropriate context we obtain larger effects of unity, more 
or less complex. The articulations indicated by the dividing line 
are sometimes to be marked by a perceptible pause in reciting, 

10 sometimes merely by the inflection or intonation of the voice : at 
any rate, on the part of a sympathetic reader a feeling for the right 
division and disposition of the masses is never absent ; nor does 
he ever fail instinctively to lend to this feeling some intelligible 
form of oral expression. 

15 Ou yap TroAv VOL OOKU eivai KaAAtov 89 ra re yap aXXa | crow 
KaAAiov olvoxorjo-w 4 15 Kat Trai8as 81 (rot eyw crv/u.7raicrTOpas Trap Jf to 
64 Kal o JMCV 8^ VTrpxaipV 9 II IvTavOa. /A-'VTOI 77817 I Kai 6 
0tos avTw fAoiSopfiTo 9 19 re'Aos 8' ovv \ iroXXa 6r)puj. l^wv 6 
Ao~Tvay77S \ a.Trr)(.i 12 1 9 /cal TO (jifv TrpwTOv ot Tratozs ecrKWTrrov 

20 avrdv 13 27 TOVTO yap av ol/u-at dya^ov /cd/xot ytviaQM 17 22 
oiioe yap ov8e TOVTO tytvcraro 19 1 8 OTI apiar' av JJLOL SoKfTs eiKao'ai 
TOVTO 21 I (no. Ata firj&tv TOLVVV a~v e/xot ITI flovXevov aTTOKpLvaaOai 
21 9 ci /AT; TLV ovv aXXov rpoTrov fX T ^ V etv ^2 20 a>s ov8' av 

8l>0 dv8pS | 6 TpOS 7Tl TOV TpOU EQ-T^Kcbs | TOU vSaTOS VTTfpe^OtEV 

25 22 25 oi<Tua fjikv ovv Kal crv \ OTI ov ToSf TO ^puaovv o~KrjTTTpov \ 
TO T^V /3ao-iXf.Lav StacraJ^ov fcrTtv 31 4 aKowravTa Sf Tavra TOV 
Kvpov | fio-Ofjvai TE Kal elireiv 38 28 Kat yap 817 | Ta y ev rfj 
OIKM p.ov | TTO.VV Kal avTr) r) yw?7 IQ-TW iKavr) StotKfiv 41 7 TI 8' av 
yw o-oi ovvaip.r)V o-v/X7rpa^ai 42 20 rfj p.fv yap yvvaiKt | KaAAtov 

30 IvSov /tevav 43 29 rj K al E'/AE ovv Si^o-fi Tavra TrouTv 44 21 Kai a 
//V avavTwv Ofy SaTravav | o-oi 8tavp.r;Teov 44 26 Kat o y ^pos 
ortTos | 6Va>s KaAais eSwSt/xos yiyvr)Tai \ em[J.eXr)Tfov 45 I oT8a 
yovv ovcrav | Kat do-Tn'Sa KaXrjv Kal ft'<^>os Kat 8dpv 47 23 ev TOI'WV 
rfj 'Acrta | TySf TrpwTi7 Trpa^ts eyevero 53 18 TO TE ovv Treov s 

35 Kapt'av 8t/8t/3acr 54 10 ivraWa. 8^7 'Ay^o-t'Xaov | dvSpftov /lev 
I&o-Ttv eiVav 57 27 el yc p.^v a5 KaXov | "EAA77V* ovTa ^LXfXXrjv 
eTvat 59 12. 

Responsiveness of the Greek Language. The saying, "Well 
begun is half done," has a peculiar aptness to the task of writing 



WRITER'S GUIDE 69 

Attic prose. The learner who promptly starts his Greek sentence 
in the right way, impelled by a true synthetic feeling, must have 
already conquered in great measure the difficulties of the finish. 
For in a language where the arrangement of the words is largely 
5 independent of the grammatical construction there must be a 
facile comprehension of the grammatical form before the mind 
can deal freely with the effects of order. As regards the larger 
groupings, in good writing, the arrangement is mainly the same in 
English as in Greek, when the intention is the same; hence in 

10 translating, the order of the principal masses must usually be pre- 
served, with such shifting of the grammatical construction as the 
difference of idiom may demand. But in dealing with words, the 
subtle effects of position are elusive, sometimes fairly untranslatable ; 
and here the writer of Greek has, in the direct and immediate re- 

15 sponsiveness of the instrument at his command, an advantage over 
the writer of a modern analytical language, for which only rare power 
and consummate skill can even partially compensate. In English 
the order of words, individually considered, is hampered by the law 
of intelligibility ; rhetoric is at the mercy of grammar : but in Greek, 

20 where grammar and rhetoric are rather harmonious than inter- 
dependent, there is, from the largest to the smallest element, a well- 
nigh perfect freedom of arrangement. 

The Greek Order. The Greek principle of order is that of natural 
suggestiveness and succession of ideas, as determined, for any given 

25 moment, by the mood and purpose of the speaker or writer. The 
thought which first arises before his mind first finds expression; the 
next arising is next expressed ; and so on through a series of ideas, 
simple and complex, until the last that mentally presents itself is 
presented also verbally as the last. We cannot say that in Greek the 

30 thoughts are arranged in the direct order of their importance, since 
there are various phases of importance, variously interpreted ; nor in 
the order of emphasis, as the word is now commonly understood. 
In the antique sense of the term, however, an emphatic position is a 
position of priority ; and such a place in the series may at any time 

35 be held by a member which, from some point of view other than 
that of natural suggestiveness and straight-forward mental move- 
ment, is of inferior importance. The power of ideas their ethical 
character of force, weight, color is inherent in the symbols chosen 
to represent them ; but the order in which they occur to the mind, 



70 ATTIC PROSE 

and are arranged in Greek writing, is not conditioned by these 
qualities as such. The beauty of the Greek order consists in its 
spontaneity, due to the mutual independence and harmonious co- 
operation of rhetorical and grammatical form. The sequence and 
5 involution of the words reflect intimately the sequence and involu- 
tion of the thoughts ; and the flow of the thoughts is determined, in 
any given situation, by a power evolved, according to laws which can- 
not be precisely formulated, from the author's intention and state of 
mind. To know the author and his language, to be educated by 

10 him, to fall under his spell, and finally with some measure of success 
to imitate his art, the learner must, as far as possible, make that 
intention and state of mind his own. 

The arbitrary restrictions of our idiom are such as to produce 
regularly, in certain forms of expression, the effect of an ascending 

15 scale. Hence often in translating from the Greek the only arrange- 
ment permissible in English prose exhibits an inverted order of the 
words : e/a^erat MavSav?^ ws r/SicrTa SeiTrveTi' crov KaAAiov oivo^o- 
ri<T<j) tTTTrots rots exacts xp7/(m. Similarly in dependent clauses: 
on fjifvuv (3ov\otTO tva i/cavta? ouca.Se atriXBrfi CTreiSav Ta^iora 

20 iTTTreueiv fiABr) 1 ?. In Greek, however, the order is variable. 'H fj.r}rr)p 
87pwTa TOV Kvpov | Trdrepov ySowAoiro jue'vetv 17 airievai 6 7. In the 
mother's question /SovXetrOai, the thought of preferring one thing to 
another, is foremost and precedes /xc'vetv, in the utterance as in its 
position before the mind of the speaker. But in the child's reply, 

25 ra.yy flirev \ on /xe'veiv /3ou\oiTo 6 9, the same ftovXea-Oai, having 
been once presented and having served its turn, has passed into 
the background of thought and expression, while yu-e'veiv has come 
forward. The English order in both question and answer must be 
the same ; but in the answer we indicate the natural priority of the 

30 idea to remain by a somewhat sharper intonation there is an 
ascending scale. But in pronouncing the Greek, where the order 
shows everything, no change in the tone-levels would be needed. 
Again, after 7rei8av Ta^iora imrf.vf.iv /xa%s (' learn to ride ') 6 2, 
we find fy /j,dO<a 'nnreveiv (' do learn to ride') 6 15: a change of 

35 word-sequence in the Greek answering precisely to the change of 
thought-sequence ; while in English, where the order of the words 
is constant, the re-arrangement of the thoughts is shown as usual 
by the tone or by a modified form of expression. 

First come, first served. In consequence of the frequency of 



WRITER'S GUIDE 71 

the ascending scale in our idiom, the Greek is apt to convey to us 
correspondingly the effect of a descending scale. Since, however, 
the Greek order of words is not fixed, but adjustable to the order 
of ideas ; and since, assuredly, the flow of human thought may fairly 
5 be conceived rather as a forward than as a downward movement 
therefore we ought to term the Greek order neither ascending nor 
descending, but simply direct. The question of arrangement is 
essentially not a question of higher or lower, stronger or weaker, 
worse or better, but of sooner or later for the nonce. First come, 

10 first served ! a democratic principle that recognizes no privileged 
right to the same order of precedence on separate occasions ; and 
each rhetorical unit offers a new occasion. 

Ilarpos /AZV Br) 6 Kvpos AcyeTcu yevtcrftu Ka/x/3vcrea) Htpcrfav 
/?ao-iA.e'a)s, l the father of Cyrus is said to have been Cambyses, king 

15 of Persia, 1 1 I. 1 In the work of Xenophon entitled The Education 
of Cyrus the principal personage is of course everywhere Cyrus him- 
self. But at the point where the passage above quoted occurs, the 
hero, who has already been introduced to the reader, while main- 
taining the dignity of grammatical subject, falls behind, so far as 

20 the order of words is concerned, to give precedence in this regard 
to his father, who is here for the first time presented. As usual, 
the new thought, as first-comer, assumes the first position. 

1 As Greek can be intelligently written, so it can be really translated, 
only-j^ith due regard to the order which is equivalent to saying that it 

25 cannot be translated until it is fully comprehended. The passage above 
quoted can be turned into English in but one way. It should be noted 
also that real translation demands not -merely the sacrifice of grammar to 
position, but often the replacing or the suppression of certain elements, as 
of yevtffffcu in the present passage. Compare the beginning of the Anaba- 

30 sis, Aapdov Kal Uapvo-driSos ylyvovrai iraldes 860, ' Darius and Parysatis 
had two sons,' where, again, the construction must be deferred to the order, 
and the specific meaning of ytyvovrai replaced. In fact, while grammar 
holds the key to interpretation, with translation it has no concern whatever. 
Act TTJV /3a<ri\eiav tra^viffavra. KaraXiTreu', ' I must indicate with certainty 

35 the succession to the throne before I leave it,' 30 20. Tt &v firiffTa^fnv 
avTT)v iraptXapov, 'What could she have known when I took her (irap4\a- 
POV #i<) ?' 41 13. Tt 6pq.s & TI &v tyw iroiovva <rvvatoi/M rbv O'IKOV, ' What 
do you see that I can do to help in increasing the estate?' 42 27. All 
translation that deliberately aims at reproducing the grammatical form as 

40 such and the specific meaning of every word, since this can be done only 
at the risk of falsifying the sense, is pseudo-translation. 



72 ATTIC PROSE 

Xenophon has composed what purports to be the charge of Cam- 
byses, formally addressed to the peers of the Persian community 
and to his son, when the latter returned to his native state after the 
capture of Babylon. First touching briefly the mutual services of 
5 these two parties, and the sentiments which ought respectively to 
animate them, Cambyses then goes on to say : yv p.ev ovv KCU TO 
AOITTW OVTCU yiyvwo-KrjTf. \ TroAAoiv /cat dya0wv atrtot dAAr?- 
Aois o-o-0c ('ye will be to one another authors of many blessings ') ; 
d oe YI o~v (Cyrus) . . . 7rt^pi;o-is Ilepo-wv ap^av eVi TrAeovefta | 

10 . . . r/ V/AUS (Persians) . . . KaroAvetv Treipdcrecrde TOVTOV Trjs dp^s | 
. . . e/XTToSwv dAAiyAois TroAAuiv Kat dya#u>v eorea^t ('ye 
will hinder one another from many blessings') 27 n. Here the 
English shows the ascending scale at the close of the first member 
of the period, but not of the second ; the tone is shifted, while the 

15 order remains the same. But it is the order that changes in the 
Greek : e/A7roSwv comes to the front as the new thought, while TroA- 
Aoiv xal ayaOuv, already once presented, falls behind. Likewise, the 
suggestions of contrast have been at work here (e/ATroSwv the oppo- 
site of amot), to produce the so-called chiastic arrangement : ayaOwv 

20 airtot ' e/ATToSwv ayaOwv. Also, 7rt;(ipi;(ms apxv ' KaraAvciv Treipd- 
o-o-#e. Cf. 17 24-18 i, the two positions of TOUS o-Tpanwras. 

The Group as Unit. It is essential to a sound comprehension 
of the principle of the Greek order that the rhetorical precedence 
of the complex factor over the individual word should \# clearly 

25 recognized. The order is revealed by counting units ; and the 
sensible unit is in the first instance not the word, but the group. 
Occasionally, though rarely, the waves or pulsations of thought 
proceed with perfect regularity and simplicity in the form of single 
words, so that in counting the words we count also the units : 

30 IwOovvTO | e/jLa^ovTO \ CLTTIKTUVOV \ aTriOvrjaKov 58 4. But commonly 
the undulations are of varying length and volume, and, genetically, 
anything but simple. They might be conceived as successive rings 
or spirals, which have a distinct unity of their own, while within 
them the individuality of many a word, otherwise significant enough, 

35 becomes rhetorically submerged and subordinated. MiKpov ex <av 
Xirwva, 'wearing a small tunic': first count one; the group is the 
unit, to begin with. When next, however, we consider the arrange- 
ment of the words inside the group, we find /ztKpdV taking prece- 
dence of x6Twra, because the small size of the tunic is the new and 



WRITER'S GUIDE 73 

foremost thought in the premises, the presence of the garment itself 
being taken for granted. Secondarily, therefore, we may count one, 
two: (i) (unpov, (2) x"wva: but not one, two, three; for the word 
lx<uv is not co-ordinate with p.. and ^., but rather subordinate to 
5 their collective notion so that we might count one, two in another 
way: (i) /u/cpov X tT ^ va > ( 2 ) *X WV - Why, then, did not Xenophon 
write fUKpov \iTwva xa>v? Simply because Ix 10 ^ ^ an individual, 
was swept away and lost to view, under the unifying power of the 
stream of thought. 

10 Take, again, ws S' d^ucero Ta^iora, ' as soon as she arrived,' 2 i. 
In such a complex are we to begin by counting the words, and try 
to explain matters by insisting that d</>:Kero stands before Ta^tora, 
or Toyuna. after afy'-KiTol Certainly not. Here is a question not 
of one, two, or of one, two, three, but simply of one. By the driv- 

15 ing of a(f)iKTo into the centre of ws Ta^iora the double purpose is 
served of expanding the phrase and minimizing the individuality 
of the word. We may not say that Ta^tcrTa is emphatic (supposing 
some invariable meaning of the word emphatic to have been agreed 
upon) because it is placed last ; for then what right should we have 

20 to deny that the last word must be emphatic in ws Se Ta^tcrra d<i- 
KtTo? Nor may we say that Ta^ioro, in <us 8' dc/>:/<To Ta^to-ra, is 
emphatic because it holds an unusual position (supposing some 
particular position to have been agreed upon as the usual one) ; for, 
by the same token d^'xtTo would be emphatic also. We may, 

25 however, affirm that the unit <I>s S' d^'Kero Ta^wrra is more impos- 
ing than the unit <Ls ra^ara would be ; and that ws 8' d^'Kero 
Ta^iora, though composite in nature, is nevertheless, for the main 
effect, one and indivisible, while ws Se rd^io-Ta d<^r*cTo would 
be more readily suggestive of subdivision. We might fancifully 

30 say that the idea <!>s rd^to-Ta, as it rose swiftly before the writers 
mind, acquired such momentum and volume as to swallow its parent 
d</>iKTo and bear it along in a position of comparative helplessness 
and obscurity. 

Figurative language apart, the phenomenon under consideration 

35 is really a phase of periodic structure. As the whole period, a com- 
plex organism, derives its name from the inevitable tendency of 
synthetic utterance to hold thought in suspense until an effect of 
unity be secured by coming round again as it were to the point 
of departure, so within the several word-groups, practically indi- 



74 ATTIC PROSE 

visible, of which the period is composed, the same tendency is at 
work to produce an involved and rounded form. In //.tKpov l^wv 
XITWVO. and ws S' a<iWo raxto-ra the grammatical nucleus is 
the verb itself; its position in the rhetorical mass which has grown 
5 out of it is due to the periodic impulse. From first to last it holds 
true, that the Greek order strictly reproduces the natural sequence 
and involution of ideas, from the largest to the smallest element. 

Yet one more illustration. Socrates, bent on making out a defi- 
nition of KaXoKa.ya.6ta., finally determines to give over following after 

10 fair faces, and test the matter in the concrete, by going straight to 
one of the people who in fact received the appellation "fair and 
good " : 8oev ovv p.oi \ a^^fvov rfjs KaA^s OI/KOUS | fir auraiv nva 
f\6eiv TW Ka\ovp.f.vu>v /caAcov re KayaOwv 40 8. The compact unity 
and imposing figure of the last colon or comma strike the hearer at 

15 once. The grammatical nucleus e\6flv is linked to the surrounding 
envelope by the preposition and its immediate object nva, the latter 
being similarly involved as eA&iv itself. Here again we can count 
only one, to begin with. Probing farther, however, more deeply than 
the speaker can consciously have gone, we may count two : (i) avrwv 

20 TU>V KoAov/xeVw Ka\!av Tf. KayaOljJv, (2) tiri nva eXOtlv. Analyzing 
(i), we find it double, the intensive avrw naturally taking the pre- 
cedence. Dissecting its latter portion, TOV KaAov/nei/wv xaAaiv re 
KayaOtav, the principle of priority is confirmed to the last : KaAeto-ftu, 
newcomer for the nonce by contrast with o</Ko>9, is emphasized, 

25 while the appellation itself falls behind. It is instructive to com- 
pare with this the arrangement of another passage, Oav/j,d<a TWV 
o-o<icrT(ov KaXovfjifvtav 62 12: here the appellation cro<icrTai is the 
newcomer and takes precedence of KaXeio-Oai. 

Period, Antithesis, Chiasmus. The processes of human thought 

30 are marvelously fine, subtle, and intricate. The psychologist may 
explain them, if he can ; skill and power in language consist in the 
ability, not to explain, but to follow them. Good writing comes 
rather from frequent practice, together with the contemplation of 
worthy models, than from any habit of speculation or analysis. Yet 

35 it can hardly be denied that the Attic Greek, by reason of its flexi- 
bility, clearness, and simple precision, affords a more instructive 
opportunity of observing some of the primary mental movements 
underlying literary expression than could elsewhere be gained from 
the phenomena of mere written language. Period, antithesis, chias- 



WRITER'S GUIDE 75 

mus these and other technical terms, albeit as names often highly 
artificial, stand in fact for natural impulses of the most elementary 
character. As a brief illustration we may take the period which 
presents Xenophon's statement of a certain case at law, celebrated 
5 for the decision rendered by the boy judge, Cyrus, 7 i : 

(1) Trais /xtyas iMKpov t^wv XITWO. 

(2) TratSa fiLKpov p.iyav l^ovra 

(3) c/cSuo-as avrov 

(4) TOV ftev eavro9 e/ceivoi/ 

10 (5) TOV 8f cKctvov avros tvc'Su. 

Perfectly natural is the mutually antithetic arrangement of (i) and 
(2), and again of (4) and (5), shown with great clearness, as here 
printed, in consequence of the equal numbers of the antitheta, 
one picture of the two litigants as they confronted each other in the 

15 original scene ; another, of the two final high-handed acts of the 
aggressor. But no less natural, and equally far from any artful 
design on the writer's part, is the chiastic order seen in (i) and in 
(2), and again in (4) and in (5). 

A chiastic arrangement may result, not from a suggestion of con- 

20 trast, but merely from the due recession of some word or phrase, 
when the mean terms are like or synonymous. Thus, ot>S' av ol 
aA/a//.oi Svvaivro T}V | d fi-rj e?ev ot epya^d/xevoi, 'the valiant them- 
selves would be unable to live, were the tillers of the soil not there, 1 
37 22. Order, abbe. The mean terms, T?V and e?yat, are brought 

25 into juxtaposition (very neatly, to be sure) merely by the receding 
of 01 epyao/xevoi, which would have no right to an emphatic place 
immediately after the same thought has been explicitly enunciated, 
TOVS /caTao-KuaovTa? ras x^P as KT ^-- ^ 2I< Such is chiasmus. 
Antithesis, on the other hand, is not of contrast and recession, but 

30 of simple opposition. Another series, of similar but new members, 
is brought ' face to face ' with the first series. 

Antithesis 5 7mTs "~ / *^ ots >< /U " /) V ~~ X L va : chiasmus ) 
AntiineSis -\ ^ x / /* , . 

( Trcuoa fJLiKpov ><- fjieyav ^trcuva : cniasmus > 

fa b b' c ) 

35 1 a' b' b c' } 

Finally, it is worthy of remark, that when chiasmus occurs in Eng- 
lish, as not infrequently in poetry, it affords relief from the rather 



76 ATTIC PROSE 

tiresome ascending scale imposed by the limitations of prosaic 
speech ; as in the closing line of Milton's Lycidas : 

To-morrow to fresh woods and pastures new. 

Euphony. A sense of euphony often appears to be the final 
5 determining motive in the arrangement of words. Among several 
possible positions, any one of which would convey the whole intended 
meaning with sufficient precision, the choice is apt to be made (that is 
to say, the thoughts are prone to flow) in obedience to an instinctive 
desire to avoid harsh or disturbing sounds, and secure agreeable effects 

10 of melody and cadence. Even in the selection of the words them- 
selves the same motive is ever at work, under the same limitations. 
But euphony of language is only part of a greater harmony ; it is 
not of the ear alone, but of the soul. Sense and sound are in- 
separably bound together, particularly in a dialect moulded by the 

15 use of a sensitive artistic people. Hence, if at any time the Greek 
which we have written seems to sound badly, the reason is probably 
that we have not succeeded in saying exactly what we meant to say : 
some word has been wrongly chosen, or a false or unusual form 
employed ; or we have not arranged the words idiomatically, as an 

20 Attic writer would have arranged them in the order adapted to 
the most direct and telling presentation of the thought. 

Rhetoric and Grammar. Underlying the rhetorical art, and 
intimately associated therewith, are the principles of grammar. 
Grammar is to the writer what drawing is to the painter. In order 

25 to achieve desired effects of color, grouping, and imagery, the 
artist must be able to draw correctly. There are certain well- 
defined laws of delineation and perspective which he may not 
violate and with which he ought to be acquainted, although the 
mere understanding of them would never enable him to paint a 

30 picture. So closely are rhetoric and grammar bound together 
that at some points of contact their respective functions are hardly 
distinguishable. But the learner should be warned against the 
danger of confusing them. The fundamental principles of gram- 
mar are absolute, and capable of exact definition; but the ways 

35 of applying them are manifold and various, subject ultimately 
to no limitations other than those of common sense. Thus, for 
example, the several forms of conditional clauses in Greek may be 
classified and defined with strict precision ; but conditional sentences 



WRITER'S GUIDE 



77 



are not amenable to scientific classification and definition. The 
meaning of the whole sentence, or hypothetical period, as it is some- 
times termed, is the result of combining a condition and a conclu- 
sion ; and this meaning changes as the combination changes, while 
5 the inherent value of either member, considered apart from guiding 
suggestions of context or environment, remains simple and constant. 
Ei dvcurrcur/Te op-^ao^fvoL does not admit various definitions and 
assume various meanings because the conclusion appended to it 
may at one time be ovS' opdovaOai iSvvacrdt 5 7, at another time OVK 

10 av Svyaio-df, or ov Bvmrja-evde, or ou Svvao-Ot. The truth is that in 
passing from conditional clauses to conditional sentences we have 
virtually crossed the boundary line which divides science and art ; 
and if we fail to realize the fact of this transition, we run the risk 
of misunderstanding the nature of both elements of viewing 

15 grammatical principles which are absolute as if they were variable, 
while perversely attempting to fix by rule the shifting and arbitrary 
combinations of rhetoric. If, however, the distinction here pointed 
out be fairly borne in mind, there is secured, on the one side, a true 
grammar, a standard of first principles, for our guidance ; while, on 

20 the other side, it becomes highly interesting and instructive to 
observe the numerous combinations that are rationally admissible, 
and to note the comparative frequency of their occurrence, as deter- 
mined, partly by the species of composition, partly by the idiosyn- 
crasies of the writer himself. 

25 Grammatical Terminology. A word of warning is likewise needed 
with regard to certain wrong impressions apt to be conveyed by the 
traditional terminology of the Greek grammars. Technical terms 
cannot, at the best, serve the purpose of definition ; as a rule, they 
can do no more than embody an appropriate thought for handy refer- 

30 ence. But names that are positively false lead the learner astray and 
work insidious mischief in his mind, even when they are flatly contra- 
dicted by the explanations offered and the examples cited under 
them. An illustration of this evil is afforded by the terms "pres- 
ent" and "imperfect," as commonly employed. There is, indeed, 

35 an Imperfect stem, well so named, upon which are built familiar 
forms of the Greek verb : Aenreiv, XetVet, eAetTre, XeL-rrr), Xeiiroi, XCITTC, 
AtiVtov are all true imperfects of the Active Voice ; and XetVei and 
AeAotTTt are both truly present, one of the Imperfect, the other of 
the Perfect stem. Yet we hear of a "present 11 Infinitive, or a 



7 g ATTIC PROSE 

"present" Subjunctive, as if any mode except the Indicative could 
express time as past or present ; while, again, the term " imperfect " 
is currently employed exactly as if some notion of past time could 
properly be conveyed by this word. Even the name "aorist" 
5 (do/noros, indefinitus) comes to be associated in the minds of 
learners with a notion of past time, although in fact the only past 
form of the Aorist stem is the one that bears the augment, namely 
the Indicative. 

In truth there are two tenses of present time, the Present-Imper- 

10 feet and the Present-Perfect. There are also the Past- Imperfect, 
the Past-Perfect, and the Past-Aorist. These are of the Indicative 
mode only. The properties and values of the several action-stems, 
clearly explained in the grammars, are common to all the modes and 
tenses formed thereon. The meaning of Aenray is 'to be leaving, 1 

15 while AiTreTi/ means simply ' to leave.' Whatever is true of AeiTreiv, 
as an Imperfect, is equally true of XeiTra, IA.CITTC, XttTrrj, AetVoi, XeTTre, 
AeiTTwi/. Just as we have the several modes of the Aorist or the 
Perfect stem, so of the Imperfect stem we really find a present and 
a past Indicative; and there is a Subjunctive, an Optative, an Im- 

20 perative, an Infinitive, a Participle, of the Imperfect, but of course 
not of the present. 

Temporal and Modal Expression. The phenomena of Greek 
temporal and modal expression are to be classified and defined 
separately, by their essential marks and attributes without con- 

25 fusion of the temporal and the modal principle. A conditional 
clause is essentially a modal form of expression, and the true 
division of conditions is according to the Modes employed in 
stating them. To refer ei Swarat or ct cSuva-ro to a class of 
"present and past" conditions, as is sometimes done, is to convey 

30 to the learner no new truth about the verbal forms Swctrot and 
eSwaro, and no truth whatever that pertains to the clauses as con- 
ditionals. Both clauses, since they are expressed by means of the 
Indicative mode, are suppositions of the actual or real : just as ^v 
SvvrjTai, by virtue of the Subjunctive mode, is a supposition of 

35 the possible or feasible ; and ei SuVatro, by virtue of the Optative 
mode, a supposition of the conceivable or ideal. Only secondarily 
and incidentally can a conditional clause convey a temporal idea : 
the Real Condition is the only sort of condition that can positively 
express time as well as manner, because the Indicative is the only 



WRITER'S GUIDE 79 

mode which has temporal forms, except upon the Future stem. 
Therefore the attempt to classify conditions according to the ele- 
ment of time leads to results which are partly gratuitous (in the case 
of the Indicative mode) and partly false (in the case of the Subjunc- 
5 tive and Optative modes), while containing no suggestion of the value 
and significance of the clauses in respect of their conditional nature. 
Pure Conditional Clauses. As original constructions,/.!?, when 
not so dependent as to have assumed a secondary form or phase 
under the influence of a verb of past time governing the sentence, 
10 there are three pure conditionals in Attic prose. 

I. Supposition of the Actual, or Real Condition. A supposed 
case, assumed or conceded as actual in present, past, or future time, 
is stated by means of the Indicative. 

II. Supposition of the Possible, or Circumstantial Condition. 
15 A supposed case is stated, not as actual, but as still possible, by means 

of the Subjunctive. 

III. Supposition of the Conceivable, or Vague Condition. A 
supposed case, conceived without regard to time or possibility, is 
stated by means of an Optative not of the Future. 

20 Pure conditional clauses once classified and defined, we are 
ready to consider the more or less usual combinations of them with 
other constructions to form the conditional sentence or hypothetical 
period. 

Real Condition. I. As regards the Real Condition, it is to be 

25 observed, in the first place, that the Greek has no separate form to 
express an unreal condition. If the supposition of reality is intended 
as a false one, this unreality is shown only by the context, usually by 
the presence of a Potential of the Past in the conclusion of the sen- 
tence. Ei oro<os rfv: 'if he was wise, 1 or ' if he were wise ? ' Which 

30 does it mean? Two forms in English, but only one in Greek ! For a 
specific interpretation of the supposition there is need of more than 
has yet been said. 'You are not often thus entirely at leisure,' says 
Socrates to Ischomachus, finding him seated in the portico of a 
temple. Ov8e av ye vvv, replies the latter, ci //.r) e'vous Tivas crwe- 

35 Qi.[vt)v dva/u.-'vav IvOdSe, 'No, nor would I be so now, had I not 
agreed (the Greek says, did I not agree} to wait for certain friends 
from abroad in this place,' 40 20. King Agesilaus, recalled to Hellas 
by an official dispatch, from a foreign campaign successfully begun, 
rfj TToAei ovSev Sia</>epoj>Tws ~rj i 



80 ATTIC PROSE 

/AOVOS Trapa TOUS -rrevre 56 8 : i.e. his obedience was as prompt and 
unhesitating as if, instead of being in Asia at the head of a victorious 
army, he had chanced (the Greek says 'if he chanced') to be stand- 
ing "alone in the presence of the five Ephors of Sparta. The precise 
5 interpretation of ' crux 6 " can only be got, yet is readily got, from 
the connection ; there is, after rj, an easy ellipse of the Potential, 



The Real Condition of future time has always a marked rhetori- 
cal significance, varying slightly in tone according to the circum- 

10 stances indicated. For it is only by an act of the imagination, the 
result of heightened feeling, that a future contingency can be sup- 
posed as real. Ordinarily, when the point of view is future, the 
Supposition of the Possible is employed, as a matter of course. The 
Real Condition of the future is never a matter of course, but always 

15 implies a greater than ordinary interest in the case supposed ; con- 
veying sometimes the effect of a threat or a warning, sometimes 
apprehension, dread, or anxious hope. 1 The difference between 
the Real and the Circumstantial Condition, rhetorically considered, 
is well shown in a passage already quoted from The Charge of Cam- 

20 byses 72 6. There, ty TO XOLTTOV OVT<O ytyvwcr/c^Te, the form of 
condition ordinarily to be expected when the point of view is future, 
exhibits no unusual color; but in passing to ct <rv 7ri^eip7/o-s 
dpXv tin TrXeove^ta, 17 v/xeis KaraXveiv 7mpao-ecr#e rovrov rrjs apx*??> 
the tone rises, and a note of warning is distinctly struck. See a 

25 precisely similar example in Last Words of Cyrus 32 14-17. Ad- 
monitory also is 59 26 f. Again, Socrates, in the Symposium of 
Xenophon, is made to remark with pleasantry, that his choice of a 
helpmeet, like the selection by jockeys of more than usually mettle- 
some animals for practice in horse-breaking, afforded him an 

30 excellent propaedeutic discipline for successful dealings with man- 
kind in general : cv eiSws on, ei rairriyv VTroi'cra) (' if I manage to 
endure her" 1 ), paS'ws rots ye aXXots awamv dv0pa>7rois owro/xai 49 
10. A matter-of-course yv ravrr/v V7ro<e'po> would have been feeble 
here ; the prospect of sustaining or continuing to sustain matrimo- 

35 nial relations with a Xanthippe might well impress itself upon the 

1 The Supposition of the Possible may he employed in connection with 
an idea of apprehension or dread, as seen in the construction of the Sub- 
jective Conditional 90 38; but this idea is not suggested by the form of 
the condition itself, when the Subjunctive is used. 



WRITER'S GUIDE 8 1 

mind with peculiar vividness of apprehension. Note that in this 
passage also the Real Condition is preceded by the Circumstantial 
Condition in mentioning the horse-breakers, the unremarkable rjv 
Swcovrai Ka.rf.\uv 49 7. 

5 Circumstantial Condition. II. The Circumstantial Condition 
is employed in combination with the Universal Present, or with 
some other form of expression in which the point of view is not 
past. A past point of view and the Singular Present are excluded 
by virtue of the essential meaning of the Subjunctive mode. While 

10 the uses of the Latin subjunctive, so-named, are only to a limited 
extent the same as those of the Greek mode (in conditionals, totally 
diverse), the English and the Greek subjunctive are alike in nature. 
But the obsolescence of a distinction of form between indicative and 
subjunctive in the English language has tended to obscure this truth. 

15 Vague Condition. III. The Vague Condition is exceedingly 
loose as to its rhetorical associations totd passim regione vagatur. 
There is no limitation of the temporal point of view, as to present, 
past, or future. The conclusion, however, must be of an indefinite 
or a universal character; a specific or singular form of statement 

20 in the apodosis (an Indicative of the future is not such) would be 
inconsistent with the essential meaning of the Optative mode. The 
conclusion is often a Past-Imperfect, of habitual action ; sometimes 
an Indicative of the future ; less rarely a Universal Present ; very 
often a Potential. But the characteristic vagueness finds expression 

25 in a great variety of ways through an Infinitive or a verbal sub- 
stantive, or something of an elliptical or exclamatory nature. The 
royal cupbearers of the Orient, as Xenophon affirms, regularly taste 
the wine which they have poured, before offering the cup, TOV orj ei 
(fxipfJMKa. eyxeoiev fir] \vo~LTt\eiv avrot?, ' to the end forsooth that, 

30 supposing them to pour in deadly drugs, it may avail them not,' 
4 19. Xapi'ev, exclaims King Astyages, on being asked by his 
grandson if he might take the other boys and go a-hunting ; x a P* v > 
f.1 fVfKa. Kpeaoioiv Trj Ovyarpl TOV TraLoa d.Tro(3ovKO\rjo~aifJii, ' A pretty 
mess, were I to let my daughter's child stray from the fold, for the 

35 sake of a few morsels of meat!' 11 26. Similarly, ovoev o<eA.os 
(' no use ') TToAAa apovv, ei // etev 01 dp^ovrcs 37 20. 

The Vague Condition is a tnere supposition, just the idea and 
nothing more : putting as fanciful or impossible a case as the speaker 
may see fit to put ; or, again, putting an ordinary case in what 

ATTIC PROSE 6 



82 ATTIC PROSE 

might be termed a non-committal way, when for any reason the 
speaker sees fit so to put it. In the Symposium of Plato 175 D, 
upon the playful suggestion of Agathon, that by reclining next to 
Socrates at the banquet he might derive somewhat of the philo- 
5 sophical through contact with the philosopher, the latter observes : 
Ev av x ot > TOIOVTOV tlr] 17 ao<f>ui WOT' ex rov irXyptartpov is rov 
Kvo>Tpov peiv I//AUJV, eav aiTTwfJLeOa dAA^Awv, ' It were a capital idea, 
supposing wisdom to be such a thing as to flow out of the fuller 
man into the emptier one among us, if we take hold of each other. 1 

10 Note that the fanciful and purely imaginary character of the first 
hypothesis is not shared by the second, eav airT(i>p.tda dAAr/Awv. 
In The Death of Cyrus the Younger, Xenophon mentions the custom, 
regularly observed by Persian military leaders, of holding the central 
position in the line : nyu^ovres OVTOJ Kai ev acr^aAfOTaTU) eivai, r)v 17 

15 -rj i<JX^ s airajv KaTcpa>0ev, cai ct TI 7ra.payyetA.cu ^pr/'^oiev, Tjp.ivf.1 av 
Xpov<j> aiV0aveo-ftu TO orpaTeu/na, ' believing that they are not only 
in the safest place in this way, if their force be on either hand, but 
also, should they wish to pass an order, it would take but half as 
long a time for the army to apprehend it, 1 36 19. There is in the 

20 second hypothesis, et rt TrapayyeiAai xpyt.oitv, nothing of a fanciful 
or extraordinary nature, nor is it by any means intended to suggest 
something unlikely to occur ; but the ideal form is appropriate to a 
supposed case not marked by the inevitableness, the purely circum- 
stantial or explanatory quality of yv y 17 to-^ws avroiv c/caTe'pwfov. 

25 Relative Indefinite. Relative clauses, not denoting purpose, 
introduced by relative pronouns or adverbs (except those meaning 
until and Trpiv before) referring to an indefinite antecedent, have 
the same uses of the modes as conditional clauses. The pro- 
portion of frequency of occurrence, however, among the different 

30 classes is, as might be expected, not the same in conditional 
relative clauses as in pure conditionals. The Subjunctive is ex- 
ceedingly common, 3 24, 4 17, 5 24. 25, 6 2, 5, 8 12. The Indicative 
is of far less frequent occurrence than the Subjunctive in indefinite 
relative clauses, 5 27, 10 1 1 ; the indicative of the future, exceed- 

35 m gly rare. The Vague Condition as a relative construction is fre- 
quent, more usual when the point of view is past than otherwise, 
1 14, 7 22, 8 2, 12 15, 21. An example in which the point of view 
is not past occurs in The Grand Hunting Party : Cyrus, to his grand- 
sire the king, Ei /8ovA, ^17, lySews p.t OijpZv, a</>es TOUS KO.T e>c 



WRITER'S GUIDE 83 

Travras SICOKCIV /cat 8taywn'r0cu OTTOS ocao-ros KpaTiora SWHTO 12 8 : 
/'.*. If you wish me to enjoy my hunting, permit my mates to vie 
with me in the chase, ' each one with all his might, as best he may ' 
(OTTWS e/cacrTos KpaTtcrra SWCUTO). The modal construction is the 
5 same as if ei TTO>S had been said instead of OTTOS, but there is no 
idiomatic equivalent in English, as far as the mode is concerned. 
In the Greek, the speaker does not commit himself to a real, or even 
a possible, supposition of ability and strength as variously to be 
manifested by his several companions : he merely puts the case 

10 hypothetically, in the vaguest manner. 

Original and Secondary Constructions. In dealing with the 
Optative mode it is necessary to distinguish with care between 
Original and Secondary constructions. There are only three ori- 
ginal constructions of the optative : the expression of a wish, the 

15 potential use (with av), and the pure conditional or conditional 
relative clause. In all other uses the optative is secondary 
theoretically replacing the indicative or the subjunctive in a sub- 
ordinate clause under the influence of a verb of past time governing 
the sentence. We find that all subordinate clauses in Greek are 

20 to be assigned to one or the other of two great classes, marked 
by a fundamental difference of character. In one of these classes 
the Optative may not replace the indicative or the subjunctive in the 
subordinate clause under the influence of a verb of past time in the 
superior clause; so that all optatives occurring in clauses of this 

25 class, when the verb of the superior clause is not itself dependent, 
are original constructions, 1 14, 2 23, 5 6, 7 22, 27. In the other 
class the Optative may, with certain limitations, be so generated 
under the influence of the past time of the superior clause ; and 
any optative not potential that occurs in a clause of this (second) 

30 class must be a secondary construction, 3 3, 4 24, 5 19, 7 7, 8. 
The principle underlying this division must be briefly explained 
before presenting a tabular statement of the classification itself. 

Subordinate clauses are of the First or the Second class, accord- 
ingly as they designate purely external circumstances and condi- 

35 tions, or pertain inwardly in some way to the active consciousness 
of the subject of the superior clause. Oi yovets cTrt/xeAovvrat OTTWS 
ot TraToes airots ye'vwvrai ws oWarov /3f \TKTTOI 51 2. 'O Trarrjp 
eTriju.eA.ou/Aevos OTTCOS avrjp ayuObs yfvoLfJLijv, ^vay/cao-t p.e Travra ra 
r) IUJ.QW 47 3. In these two sentences the subordinate 



8 4 ATTIC PROSE 

clauses, denoting finality of care, belong to the Second class. The 
thought ytviaOai /ScAriorous, ayaObv yevtvOai, pertains inwardly to 
the active consciousness of the parents, the father ; it does not con- 
vey a purely external circumstance or limitation, stated as such by 
5 the speaker or writer. The optative yevoifirjv is secondary, theo- 
retically replacing a subjunctive, and due to the past time of the 
superior verb lyvayKao-e. Again, tcrre on "O^pos TrcTrotr/Kt cr^eSov 
TTf.pl TravTwv Tov avO ptonrivwv 47 8 : in the subordinate clause of this 
sentence the thought TreTrouj/ceVai "O/xrjpov is not expressed as denot- 

10 ing a purely external fact, but as an object of perception on the part 
of the subject of Tore, the persons whom the speaker is addressing. 
Therefore, had this verb tore been of past time, it might have 
caused TrtiroirjKf. to be replaced by TTCTTOI^KOI. Such, in general, is 
the principle underlying all subordinate clauses of the Second class. 

15 Of the First class are the subordinate clauses of the following 
sentences : tSetv eirtdvfui, ort rjKouev avrov /caAov Ka.ya.0ov dvai 1 1 7 ; 
oVa irpa.yiw.Ta. x as > ' ovayK-q <roi lirl travra. raOra SiaTetveiv ras 
^eTpas 3 5 ; OTO.V TOJJTWV TIVOS ^tyvys, f.vOv<> aTroKa.6a.ipti rrjv X^P a 
3 25 ; ws is TO TreStW rj\0(.v, a/coi/rio-as KarajSaAAci T^V lAa^ov 9 9. 

20 Here, the causal on rjKovev, the pure conditional ti avdyKrj km, the 
indefinite temporal relative oYav OLyrjs, the definite temporal relative 
ws rjXOev, are seen to be merely explanatory or limiting terms or 
relations, stated as such by the speaker or writer, not as marking 
any effort or any act of perception or declaration on the part of the 

25 subjects of the verbs iiredv^u, x as > AwoxnflcupOj Kara/^aAAci. In 
no clause of this nature could an optative be produced by the past 
time of the superior clause, but when an optative occurs in such a 
subordinate clause, it must, unless the verb of the superior clause 
is itself in some way dependent upon a verb of past, time, be an 

30 original construction. Thus, the optative must be original in the 
sentence ci TIVOS Sf'oiro 'Aoruay^s, 7rpaTos rJo~0aveTO KCpos, ' sup- 
posing Astyages to be in need of anything, Cyrus was regularly the 
first to perceive it,' 7 27 : the subordinate clause; being a pure con- 
ditional, is of the First class. But in such sentences as the two 

35 following, the subordinate clauses, denoting respectively an object 
of perception and finality of fear, would be of the Second class, and 
the optative would necessarily have been produced by the past time 
of the superior clause : Trpwros ficrddveTo on Si'oiro TIVOS 'Aorvayiys 
(' that Astyages was in need of something ') ; ^>O/?ITO p-y TIVOS 



WRITER'S GUIDE 



85 



Se'oiro 'Ao-TvayTjs (f lest he might be in need of something'). In 
the former sentence Seoiro is theoretically the past phase of Setrai 5 
in the latter, of SCOTCH. 

Scheme of Subordinate Clauses. 



FIRST CLASS 

[_ 



SECOND CLASS 



_ 5 Causal ) , 

( Relative Definite > l 
( Relative Indefinite (except until') \ 
\ Pure Conditional > ^ 

r Objective Conditional (pr) or ov) -^ 
< Declarative and Perceptive > ou 

I Interrogative of the Actual 
Subjective Conditional 
Interrogative of the Possible 



Final 



I purpose 

care or effort 

, 

fear 

' expectation (until) 



The function of a subordinate clause of the First class is to com- 
5 plete the judgment begun in the superior clause, either by adding 
some explanatory circumstance or relation (negatively with ou), or 
by conveying some term of limitation (negatively with //,?;). 

The function of a subordinate clause of the Second class is not 
merely to complete the judgment begun in the superior clause, but 

10 also to mark some act of feeling, perception, or declaration (nega- 
tively with ov), or some effort of intention (negatively with fj.r]) on 
the part of its subject. 

A subordinate clause of the First class may have the Optative 
instead of the indicative or the subjunctive only when the verb of the 

15 superior clause is itself in some way dependent and the time of the 
sentence is past. In the Symposium of Xenophon, Callias had said 
to his guests *Hv trap 1/j.ol crvvBtnrvfjTe, CTriSei^o) TYJV t/x^v ao<}>ia.v. 
In due time Socrates reminds them of the promise of their host : l<^rj 
yap Srjirov, ei (rvvSairvOL/j.e.v, eVtSei'feiv rrjv avrov aofyiav 46 18. The 

20 pure conditional r)v crwSetTrv^re, a clause of the First class, has 
come to sustain, now that its superior verb em8ii<D has been made 
dependent on <r?, the same relation to the subject of Z<t>r) as a 
clause of the second class would sustain to the subject of its own 



86 ATTIC PROSE 

superior verb. Hence the Optative o-vvSeiTrvoT/xev. Another illus- 
tration occurs 53 19, quoted and discussed below 87 34, where 
<nr'<raiTo and ire^u are past phases of subordinate clauses of the 
First class. Cf. 29 8, 9; also below, 99 i, 8. The Optative 
5 is very rarely found representing an Aorist Indicative in a clause of 
the First class. Thus 53 20, if Tissaphernes had originally said, not 
ovs av Tre/At/'co, but ous tTre/xi/'tt, then the secondary form after W/AOO-CV 
would have been ore/x^e. For if the Optative could replace both 
the indicative and the subjunctive of the aorist stem, it would often 

10 involve a serious ambiguity of meaning. In no case can the Opta- 
tive represent a Potential of the Past, nor a real condition limiting 
such a potential. 

The Past Phase. The principle of the Past Phase is a principle 
of mental perspective. The idea conveyed by a subordinate clause 

15 is shifted to a position which, to the hearer or reader, shall be no 
longer merely the same as that which it must have occupied relatively 
to him who first conceived it. A new form enters to indicate a dif- 
ferent angle of vision, so to speak, at which the thought has come to 
be viewed. It is now seen in pr ofile. Callias had said ty o-wSeiTrv^re, 

20 looking forward ; Socrates says t o-wSeiTrvoi/Aei', looking back, but 
combining with this regard the original provision of Callias. Such 
is, in effect, the principle of the past phase of all secondary con- 
structions of the Optative mode. It is not enough, however, merely 
to recognize the nature of the principle and its unity as a law of 

25 expression : the student of Greek must familiarize himself widely 
with its concrete manifestations, and acquire, as can be done through 
sympathetic reading only, an appreciation of the human motives 
which at one time tend to call the law into active exercise, at another 
time to leave it inoperative. In formulating the principle as such, 

30 we can merely say that, in certain cases, the Optative may replace 
the indicative or the subjunctive when the time of the sentence is 
past. But to the author it is never a matter of indifference whether 
he avail himself or do not avail himself of this right ; he is guided 
by an immediate motive to make clear his exact intention, the 

35 feeling that dominates him and the point of view that he is led to 
choose in a given case. 

The facility with which an original construction is enabled to 
retain its primary form, by resisting the influence of the past time 
of the sentence, with the consequent effects of variety and liveliness 



WRITER'S GUIDE 8? 

of style, is one of the most striking characteristics of the ancient 
Greek language. Like the real condition of future time, like a 
present tense employed for the future, especially like what is known 
as the historical present, the idiomatic tendency which we are now 
5 considering is due to a quick and active imagination. Specifically, 
it evinces a ready faculty of recalling and reproducing the aspects 
of a former scene, the views and motives of a past occasion. The 
idiom manifests itself in varying degrees of force or frequency, 
according to the species of composition and the individuality of the 

10 writer. As regards the style of Xenophon, suffice it here to remark 
that he is not over-prone to resist the intrusion of the Past Phase, 
but betrays, comparatively speaking, a marked liking for the Opta- 
tive mode. Nevertheless, the idiom can be adequately illustrated 
from our models. 

15 In the year 396 B.C., three years after the Return of the Ten 
Thousand, when the Lacedaemonians and their allies were delib- 
erating in view of a public rumor that the Great King contemplated 
an attack upon Hellas, king Agesilaus wreo-ny, lav Swcrtv avrtS rpia- 
KOVTO. |aev 27ra/3Ttarwv, KT\., Siafiiijcrto-Oai ets rrjv 'Acnav /cat TTCI- 

20 pacreo-ftu dpijvTjV Trotr/crai, >/, av TroXeuuv flovXrjrai. o ftdpflapos, 
acrxoXiav avrtS 7rapeeiv orpaTeveiv CTTI rows "EAA^vas 53 4. The 
subordinate clauses eav Swcriv (Swre) and av (3ovXr)Ta.L are amenable 
to the law of the Past Phase, since the verbs of their superior clauses, 
8ia(3r)<rf.<r6ai (8ia/?^(ro/x,ai) and 7rapev (Traptfw), are themselves de- 

25 pendent upon {nrarrrj. But the extraordinary success known at the 
time of writing to have been attained by the Spartan king in making 
good the promise, along with the writer's warm admiration for the 
man, would naturally lead Xenophon to retain as far as possible 
the original form of expression. We seem to sit and listen, and 

30 are well-pleased to be present, while Agesilaus states about how 
many Greeks will be enough to keep the whole of Asia busy. The 
campaign opens with a characteristic piece of oriental diplomacy. 
Not the Commander of the Faithful in person, but \\\sfidus Achates, 
appears upon the scene. Tissaphernes wyitoo-ev ' AyrjatXdw, ei a-rru- 

35 OXHTO ews ZXdoitv cws Tre/x^ae Trpos /?ao-iAea dyye'Aous, Sia7r/aaecr$ai 
aura) a<f>e0rjv<u avTov6fj.ovs TO.S ev rf) 'Atria TroAets 'EAA^vt'Sas 53 19. 
The words of the oath were, yv cnrewrg ews av !A$wcriv cws av Tre/jnj/(a 
irpos /3a<TiAi ayye'Aou?, SiaTrpa^Ojuai' o-ot KrX. A ceremony of de- 
liberate perjury, soon revealed, at which most readers would not care 



88 ATTIC PROSE 

to assist. At any rate there are reasons why the writer here might 
well prefer to throw the words of the viceroy into a remote and, by 
implication, deprecatory form. For while neither the insincerity of 
a promise nor any sort of unlikelihood of realization can ever be 
5 distinctly conveyed by the secondary phase as such, yet in matters 
of this kind the use of the Optative is sometimes a step in the right 
direction just as, on the other hand, it behooves a writer to avoid 
the Optative when the absolute truth of a judgment transcends its 
relative value as a subordinate statement, 89 5. 

10 In the following passage of the eulogy of Agesiiaus certain ethical 
views of the Greek are offset against those of the Persian king. ' I 
admire Agesiiaus for the fact, 1 says Xenophon, oYt ofy oTrdre/aos 
TrAet'w re xpi/joaTa e^ot /cat TrAeioi/wv ap^oi, TOVTW i^y^craTO /u.iov 
<f>povr)Tfov eivai, dAA' OTrorepos avrds re d/xeiVwv 07 /cat d/xeiyoVcov 

15 lyyotTo 60 i. The question that presented itself to the mind of the 
Spartan was, whether of the two ought to be the prouder, he who 
possessed the greater amount of property and ruled the greater 
number of subjects, or he who was the better man, with better men 
under his command. The clauses of this sentence assume the past 

20 phase naturally enough ; the more readily, perhaps, in consequence 
of the negation of the first member. But the optative serves as a 
foil for what immediately follows : 6 /u.ev yap Ilepo-r/s, VO/AI'WV, f/v 
XpT/jnara TrAetora e^r], TTO.V& vc/>' eavraJ 7roti;o-o-0ai, 8ta TOVTO TTO.V fj.ev 
TO fv dv$pw7rots xpvcriov, TTOLV Se TO dpyvptov, TravTa 8e TO. TroAu- 

25 TfAarraTa eVftpaTo Trpos eavrov aOpoi&iv. Here, not only does the 
retention of the primary phase, yv xp^/mTa TrAfurra l^?;, point the 
contrast with oTroYf/aos d/AtVtov 117, but there is a touch of satire in 
the vivid presentation of crude sentiment, just as it was entertained 
by the despot himself. Similar, but with very different feeling, is 

30 the realization effected by retention of the primary phase in the 
proclamation and challenge issued by Agesiiaus in Asia. All who 
craved deliverance and independence were to rally under his stand- 
ard ; t Se Tti/s T)V 'Ao-tav eWraiv Trotoi'i/Tai (' are disposed to claim 
as their own'), TTJOOS TOUS fXfvOcpovvTas tv OTrAots Trapuvai 55 6. 

35 The time of the sentence is past ; but the writer does not give us 
et TroioTvTo he has forgotten that he is not even now present at 
the scene. 

Primary and secondary phase may appear in different clauses of 
the same sentence. Cyrus, now a conqueror, ITT TO Kvadpr) on 



WRITER'S GUIDE 89 

O?KOS aura) cgrjprjfJifvos eir) iv Ba/?vAaij/i rat appeal, OTTWS )(r) KO.L oVav 
e/cetare IA% eis ot/cetd /carayeo-^ai 25 18. Note that at the time of 
Cyrus' speaking the setting apart of the mansion was an already 
accomplished fact, while the purpose of it all (OTTWS txi) ^A.), though 
5 past to the writer, was to the speaker yet unfulfilled. There is, how- 
ever, not always a distinct ethical significance, nor even any note- 
worthy imaginativeness, attaching to the choice of alternate modes 
of expression ; but the motives for retention of a primary phase are 
often eminently practical and obvious. To revert to the lesson in 

10 justice impressed with the aid of birch upon the mind of the youthful 
Cyrus by his preceptor: OTTOTC Be Kplvai Se'ot Trorepov 6 ^trwv efy, 
TOUT' e<J>r) o-KCTrreW etvat, TIS /crijo-ts StKata eo-Tt', KTA. 7 8. The 
teacher said, oirorav 807 Kplvai, Trorfpov 6 ^LTWV eon, TOVTO fTKarriov, 
TI'S KTT/O-IS StKata cort. In the first two clauses the past phase enters 

15 by presumption and in accordance with Xenophon's prevailing man- 
ner; but the last clause, the question, What is rightful possession?, 
retains the original construction, as well as the direct form of the 
interrogative word (TI'S, not rj Tts), in consequence of the universality 
of the sentiment and its typical importance in illustrating the doc- 

20 trine to be inculcated. Cf. 8 24-27, where the Gnomic Aorist 
&Lc<f)0tipav and the Universal Present ao-tvets W are constructions 
that strongly resist the influence of a governing verb of past time. 
In the next sentence of the same passage the past phase asserts 
itself, DTI 8/ot 8 28. C/., further, 20 2, 61 29. 

25 It remains to explain and illustrate the nature of the clauses 
designated in the tabular scheme as Objective Conditional and Sub- 
jective Conditional. These are idiomatic uses of the Real and the 
Circumstantial Condition, wherein the connection of thought is such 
that the conditions, instead of denoting purely external limitations, 

30 have come to pertain inwardly to the active consciousness of the 
subject of the superior clause. When applied in this manner they 
may take the Optative, if the superior verb is of past time, and thus 
fall in the second class of subordinate clauses. The terms objective 
and subjective are accommodated to the fact, that of these construc- 

35 tions one is virtually equivalent to a clause denoting an object of 
perception or feeling, the other to a clause denoting an effort of 
intention. 

Objective Conditional. With verbs of surprise, indignation, pity, 
and other emotions G conditional clause ivith the Indicative (Real 



9 o 



ATTIC PROSE 



Condition 79) may denote the object of feeling, but negatively 
oftener with py than ou. 

' Did you impart all this useful knowledge to your wife,' asks 
Socrates of Ischomachus, ' or did she bring it from the home of her 
5 parents?' 'No, indeed!' replies Ischomachus; ou yap dyair^Tov 
croi SOKC? elvai, et p.6vov rj\0f.v eTrioTa/xeVr^ tpia 7rapaXa/?ovcra t/xartov 
a7ro8aai; 41 17: i.e. 'Are you not content, that (if) when she 
came to me she should have known (knew) no more than how to 
weave a garment, etc. ? ' Cf. OVK ato-^pdv, ei /n??8' eTrc^etp^ao/xev (' if 

10 we will not even attempt') o-wdvres ox^eAe'iv TL r) eic^oatveiv dXA^- 
Aous; 46 13. In either of these sentences the condition, by virtue 
of the peculiar application of it, would be amenable to the law of the 
past phase; practically, however, in the former the Aorist Indicative 
rj\0fv could not be replaced by the optative, were So/cei to become 

15 tSoKei, cf. 86 4 ff. There is a wavering between ^ and ou in this 
construction (the sole instance in which the subdivision of the two 
Classes is not precisely determined by the particle of negation), 
accordingly as the conditional meaning of ct or the objective char- 
acter of the clause as a whole is uppermost in a given case. When 

20 ou is employed we should hardly expect to find it placed very near 

to ti: cf. Isocrates I, 44 p.r) tfav/wur^s, ei TroAAa TWV ct/o^/xe'vwv or 

Trpora <roi Trpos TTJV vvv Trapoixrav ^Xi/ctav, ' do not be surprised if 

many of my precepts are unsuited to your present time of life.' 

Learners must give careful attention to the past phase of the 

25 Real Condition of Future time, when applied as an objective con- 
ditional clause. A familiar illustration is from the Anabasis, I. 4, 7. 
Xenias and Pasion had absconded. A report went abroad that 
Cyrus was in pursuit of them. Of the Greeks, some prayed that the 
cowards might be captured; ot 8c wKrcipov, ci dXwo-otvro, ' while 

30 others thought it too bad if they should be taken.' With the sym- 
pathizers the realization of the future contingency, ei dAwcrovTat, 
becomes an object of feeling. Again, in The Taking of Babylon, 
the city is invested with the aid of races whom the besieged regard 
as at heart well-disposed toward themselves: TOUTWV KareyeAwv, 

35 evvoovfjifvoL i <r</>as ^pvyes Kai AuSot <f>vXdottv 23 17. 'The very 
idea, that Phrygians and Lydians are to watch us (i//xas 
ovo-iv) ! ' That is what the Babylonians were really laughing at. 

Subjective Conditional. A conditional clause with the Sub- 
junctive (Circumstantial Condition 79) or the Future Indicative 



WRITER'S GUIDE 91 

(Real Condition 79, 80 8) may be used subjectively, when some 
design or some feeling of apprehension is implied with reference to 
the supposed case. 

The first time Cyrus goes out hunting, Astyages sends guards 
5 along with him (<vAa.Kas (jv/XTre/XTret), OTTWS OTTO TO>V Sixr^wptaJv 
(f>v\a.TTOiv avrov KO.I i TWV dypiwv TL <f>avir) OrjpLwv 8 19. One 
of the dangers that presents itself to the mind of the king and of 
the guards in their solicitude for the lad's safety, is the possible con- 
tingency ty TU>V dy/>iW TL <J>avfj ( make its appearance ') $?7piW. 

10 Under the influence of the past time conveyed by the historical 
present av/jLTrt[jnrtL, this i^v <j>a.vfj becomes ei ^ai/et"^. Socrates 
describes his method of investigating KaAoKaya$ia : irptarov /xeV, on 
Trpoort/ceiTO TO /caAos TO> dya$a>, ovriva iSotyu KaAdv, TOUTO* Trpoo"fl(.iv 
/cat eTreipwfjLrjv Ka.rafjia.v6a.vew, et TTOU tooijiu Trpocrrjpr-rjfjievov TW /caAa> 

15 TO dya^dv 40 3. 'To begin with, seeing that u fair" was added to 
" good," whomsoever I saw that was fair, him I would approach and 
endeavor to make him out, hoping perchance to see the good 
attached to the fair.' While ovrwa. iSoifj-L is an original construction 
of the optative, the vague conditional relative clause, in c? TTOV i'Soi/u 

20 we have the past phase of r/v trov t8o>, Subjective Conditional. 

A subordinate clause of the First class may not have the Sub- 
junctive when the time of the superior clause (being also principal 
clause) is past. But with the Subjective and the Objective Con- 
ditional the Subjunctive, or even the Future Indicative, may appear 

25 when the superior verb is of past time, by retention of the primary 
phase. Thus, ei -dAwo-ovTai, ci <uAdowti', r]v <av//, ryv iSw 91 14 
(but not ovnv av io\o 91 13), might have been written in the several 
passages quoted above, 90 29, 34, 91 5. Cf. Thucydides VII. 59 KO.I 
TaAAa, rjv Ti va.v/j.a.x&v 01 'A^vatoi ToA/u,y/o-<oo-i (' in view of the 

30 Athenians still finding courage to fight by sea'), Trape<TKtvdovTo. 
Demosthenes 19, 317 rjv 8' ov&ev /xaAAov /xe'y' atiTw KO.&" V/JLWV ot>S' 
OWTO) irpa.ai, ei p,rj 4>wKa? d-TroAeT, ' but not a whit the more could 
he even thus accomplish anything important against you, unless he 
should destroy the Phocians.' 

35 Final of Expectation. Analogous to subjective conditional 
clauses are those introduced by relative words meaning until, or 
jrpiv before (when not followed by the Infinitive), referring to an 
indefinite antecedent. With such clauses an effort of intention is 
always implied on the part of the subject of the superior verb. 



9 2 ATTIC PROSE 

They denote finality of expectation. When the Optative occurs it 
is never original, but always the past phase of the Subjunctive 
mode ; and the Subjunctive may be retained when the verb of the 
superior clause, being also principal clause, is past. 2w ravra. 
5 rr' av Se'r/ xpfjadai ('until there be need to use them') 44 14. 
Were crwei to become ecr<ue, then either lore Seoc or tor' av Blrj 
might be written. 'A-Trrjydpeve /j.r)Bs.va /3aAAetv, Trpiv Kupos f/j-TrXrj- 
&Qdt] Orjptav 12 6. What the king said was Mr/Seis /3aAAeVa>, -jrplv 
av KBpos c/jnrXrjcrOf) Otjptav, ' Let no one be for shooting, till Cyrus 
10 shall have had his fill of the sport.' To e/XTrAiycr^vai Kvpov Orjpuvra 
was the intention of the king. 

The Connective Particle. "In continued discourse, every Greek 
sentence has, in general, a conjunction to connect it with what goes 
before. The absence of such connective is called asyndeton (dcruv- 

15 Seroi/ not boimd together} : it is most common in explanatory sen- 
tences. Sometimes it is preferred as a livelier and more striking 
form of expression." H. 1039. The first example of asyndeton in 
this book is TOLO.VTO. eTrota 4 12; the" second, eK/foAui ere 4 14; the 
third, 7retTa ra re vvv 5 27 ; the fourth, Trats />uy as 7 i . But while in 

20 Greek asyndeton is the exception, with us it is the rule. In modern 
English prose only the more weighty adversative, causal, or inferen- 
tial relations are verbally expressed in introducing a new sentence. 
Due observance of this difference of idiom is highly important in 
translating. Especially the writer of Greek needs to cultivate a sense 

25 of the ubiquity and indispensability of the connective particle. 

The first sentence of a work, of a formal speech, or of a quoted 
remark, question, or reply, is naturally almost always asyndetic: 
60 24 ; 26 26, 30 12 ; 2 14, 4 5, 6. But as a dialogue proceeds, the 
interlocutors will often pay regard to the mutual relation of their 

3 thoughts by means of a connective, 89, 18, 20, 22. The first sen- 
tence of a new paragraph or chapter, or even of what is called a 
book (as the beginning of the Second Book of the Anabasis), regu- 
larly has its connective. Sometimes the initial sentence of a whole 
treatise shows a conjunction, due to a certain feeling of continuity 

35 of subject-matter. Examples are the beginning of the Oeconomicus 
("Hxovo-a 8e irore) and that of the Symposium ('AAA' e/xot So/cct) of 
Xenophon something more about Socrates. 

The particle /xeV, which always look?, forward, is not a connective 



WRITER'S GUIDE 



93 



in any sense. If it stands alone, there is asyndeton, as 60 24 (the 
beginning of the Cynegeticus). The connective very often imme- 
diately follows fj.ev: p.tv yap, ju,ev 817, juev ow. The particle cor- 
relative to p,ev is always a connective : usually 8e, often /JLCVTOL 2 18, 
5 in Xenophon sometimes ye /xr/v 1 1 1 . When KOL . . . 81 occurs, SE is 
the connective, KCU 'even' or 'also,' 6 4, 13 2, 4, 13. A connective 
that is apt to be slighted by learners in writing Greek is yap, espe- 
cially when its force is rather explanatory than causal, 1 1 2, 3 9, 5 
!? 3> 7 2 3- Tap explanatory is like ' namely,' but lighter, and is 

10 rarely represented by any word in English. To omit it in Greek 
is to produce the most usual form of asyndeton, as 7 i. 

Parataxis of jitv. Since piv is an anticipatory word, preparing 
the mind for something that is to follow, by way of comparison, 
opposition, or limitation for this reason, what appears in English 

15 as a subordinate member of the sentence will in Greek often more 
naturally take the form of a /xeV clause, coordinated (jraparf.rayij.ivov) 
with what follows. E.g. 'While the girl placed the crown upon 
the head of Cyrus, Cyaxares said, etc. : ' fj uev ST) TTCUS 0Te(avou 
TOV Kvpov, 6 Se Kvadpris CITTC, KT\. 25 26, cf. 57 21, 23 12. But 

20 parataxis of /xe'v oftener indicates logical than temporal relations. 
Thus, <f>avl ficv ITT' aperijv ayetv TOUS ve'ous, ayoucrt 8' eVi rovvavTLOv, 
'although (while) they profess to lead the young to what is good, 
they really lead them in the opposite direction,' 62 12, cf. 15 f. 
The English idiom, however, is not lacking in paratactic equiva- 

25 lents of ftcv: 'to be sure,' 'indeed,' 'it is true,' (Lat. quidetii), 
10 3, 26 10, 57 28. Sometimes our 'while' answers not to p.iv, 
but to Se, 2 n. 

Aorist and Imperfect. The distinction of indefinitum and imper- 
fectum, which the Greek marks with ease by the stem-form merely, is 

30 brought to view in English by means of a variety of devices. In 
turning English into Greek the form of expression becomes greatly 
simplified by skilful use of the Aorist and Imperfect stems. Shades of 
meaning can be thereby distinguished which we express by the use 
of radically different words. To ' ascertain ' is TrvGia-Oai 40 24 ; to 

35 'inquire,' 'get accounts,' TrvvOavtaOcLL 8 22, 12 26; to 'bring down' 
a wild boar, Karao-^etv 9 18 ; to ' control ' horses, 'have in keeping ' a 
country, Kcn-e^eo' 49 8, 16 I, 4. Some verbs are naturally aoristic 
in their signification, while others are natural imperfects ; and this 
truth helps to explain certain matters of stem formation and usage 



94 



ATTIC PROSE 



in Greek. 1 Thus, 'to arrive' is essentially an aorist, 'to be able' 
an imperfect ; accordingly d<iKr0at is of more frequent occurrence 
than a<J>iKvu<T0M, but SvVeur&u more usual than BwrjOr^vai. The 
Historical Present, however, which stands for a Past-Aorist and is 
5 exceedingly common in Greek, helps to bring into familiar use the 
Imperfect stem of words of vitally aoristic signification, Triirru 9 6, 
24 1 6, evpivKovaiv 24 25, yiyvovrai 25 16. 

The Past-Aorist (or the historical present) is the tense of narra- 
tion ; the Past-Imperfect, that of description : where the one would 

10 simply inform us of a fact, the other presents a picture of the scene. 
The English periphrastic form (they 'were crowning' him) is of 
restricted range, in comparison with its simple Greek counterpart, 
eo-T<avovv 57 21. Hence many idiomatic phrases must be con- 
densed in translating into Greek : he ' would never leave ' his grand- 

1 5 father, ovStTrore dWAetTre TOV irdirirov 7 24 ; ' gave eager attention ' 
to all these instructions, Travra ravra Ip-dvOavt. TrpoOv/Juas 9 3 ; 'pro- 
ceeded to give ' the game to the boys, eoYSov rots Trawri TO, Orjpia 10 
12; the water 'began to move' (e^wpti) down the ditches, 23 27, 
57 27. The idiom of "begin" illustrated in the last example is 

20 always represented by an Imperfect in Greek, and must not be 
confounded with the Ingressive Aorist; so when iiril (postqitam), 
which usually takes the Aorist, has an Imperfect ; CTTCI Trapeo-Keua^ero 
('had begun to get ready') 5 17. Similar idioms are to be noted 
for the Aorist : he ' came to see,' lyvw 8 1 7, 19 1 1 ; were to ' make 

25 its appearance,' faveiri 821; 'with a cast of the javelin,' aKovTicras 
9 9; 'falling sick,' dcr&vijo-ai/Tos (Ingressive Aorist) 7 23. 
Especially notesvorthy is the use of the Aorist in Greek where we 
need a perfect, pluperfect, or future perfect form : 8ie<f>QeLpav 8 25, 
Ka.Ta.Kprj/Jivia-6fjva.i 9 i, f/Kovvcv 9 5, eA#ot 9 13, lAa/3c 9 2l,8ui ('have 

30 given ') 9 26. The Greek Perfect stem is to be studiously avoided 
by the writer in such cases. 

1 Verbs whose vital meaning is aoristic have the second aorist; but the 
natural imperfects have the first aorist form. In a Greek dictionary verbs 
should be registered by the Infinitive of the Aorist stem, when a second 

35 aorist is in use ; of the Imperfect stem, when a first aorist is in use, or when 
there is no aorist. This method, formatively as well as rationally the true 
one, would convey the right impression as to meaning and predominant 
usage, and would prevent radically different words, such as ^Xetv and 
alpeiv, t\8etv and epxecrflat, from being treated as if they were forms of the 

40 same verb. 



WRITER'S GUIDE 95 

The Perfect Stem. The Perfect stem, under all modal forms, 
denotes a fixed state or condition that has been arrived at as the 
result of some action or occurrence. It differs from what is known as 
the perfect in English, mainly in the fact that in Greek the emphasis, 
5 even in the active or the middle voice, is rather upon the state or 
condition than upon the action or occurrence from which it resulted. 
"YTTT/KOOV TTCTrot^/xevos TOV 'Apa/3tW ftacnXea. 14 19: not, ''having 
made " subject to himself, which would usually be TrotT/aa/Aevo?, but 
rather ' the king of Arabia now his subject.' 'Eor^/cdra avrov KO.L 

10 o-7raoyx.vov TOV aKiva.Kr)v evpicrKoucri 24 24 : not, " having drawn " his 
sword, but rather, standing ' with his sword drawn. 1 In independent 
sentences the Indicative forms of the Perfect stem, the Present-Per- 
fect and the Past-Perfect, are usually equivalent to the perfect or the 
pluperfect in English: cf. 2 18, 5 8, 7 14, 8 6, 11 4, 18 10. But 

15 in dependent clauses, and in many participial and infinitive con- 
structions, the English perfects are mostly represented by the 
Aorist stem, 94 27. Many Greek perfects, however, stand for 
what seems to be an Imperfect (usually labelled ' present ") in the 
modern idiom: ScSu'vai, ecmwu (e^eorr/Kev 'is in charge 1 43 6), 

20 KK\rj<rOaL 40 25, KCKTrja-Oai, p.e/JLVYJa-Oa.1, Trf.<f>vi<eva.i. 43 20, rtOvdvai, 
and others. Here especially the distinctness of form in the Greek 
is a safeguard against mental confusion and vagueness. To any' 
but a thoughtful writer the Perfect stem will prove elusive : ' I was 
afraid there might be poison mixed in the bowl 1 (two perfects), 

25 iSeSoiKtiv /xi) ev TO> Kparrjpi. <j>dp/MiKa /xe/xty/ztVa 177 4 23 ; ' all cov- 
ered with blood, 1 i)/xaTa)/^e'va 10 4 ; ' that there was a house set apart 
for him,' ort ot/cos avroJ e^pij/ae'vos etr; 25 19; 'happened to be 
posted on the left wing, 1 erv^ev ITTL TO! eiWu/xo) Kepari reray^ieVos 
38 15; 'are spread wide open, 1 draTreVravrui 48 15; 'in flight,' 

30 Trec^evyoTas 57 26. 

Infinitive and Participle. The Participle, by virtue of its adjecti- 
val form, denotes an action or a state of being as immediately apper- 
taining to the subject or object with which it stands in agreement. 
Thus, being at once verb and adjective, it is adapted to supplement 

35 a predication in nearly the same way as a clause with OTL or ws, 
denoting an object of perception, would supplement one. In such 
construction the Participle denotes a more direct or immediate per- 
ception than the clause : compare Kare/jaOov (by seeing the drinkers 
tipsy) <a/3fiaKa vp.lv avrov ey^eavra 4 26, with KO.Tipa.Qov (by infer- 



9 6 



ATTIC PROSE 



ence) on TOUT ap rjv f) 'urrfyopia 5 10. Not only verbs of physical 
or mental perception, however, but others, such as ' begin,' ' continue,' 
'cease,' etc., with which o>? and 6Vi are inadmissible, are naturally 
supplemented by the Participle. See the lists, H. 981-985. 
5 The Infinitive, on the other hand, a substantive, capable of stand- 
ing (when not accompanied by the article) in no closer agreement 
than that of apposition, and thus denoting a looser relation than the 
participle, remains to serve for the expression of opinion. Accord- 
ingly oiecrOai and its synonyms, together with <f>dvai, take the supple- 

10 mentary Infinitive only, never the participle, nor an objective clause 
with on or ok- Of the common verbs of saying, other than <f>dvai, 
the declarative clause is required by CITTCU/ (except in the meaning 
'command 1 54 24), while Aeyeiv admits either construction. But 
in the active voice Ae'yeiv takes OTI or ws oftener than the infinitive. 

15 (jxivai. chmv and Xfytiv. The usage thus sketched is helpful 
toward an appreciation of the shades of meaning conveyed by the 
several synonyms. <J>aVcu, the verb of affirmation, reveals an ethical 
kinship with the oleaOai group, while eiTrelv shows nothing in common 
therewith, and Ae'yeiv (so epw, eip^/ca) is unstable. 

20 oiWGcu. SOKEIV, frytio-Oai, vojii^eiv. The verbs of thinking them- 
selves betray no difference of signification, so far as regards the 
construction which follows them (barring the occasional use of the 
participle with i/o/xt^eiv in the meaning ' consider') ; otherwise, how- 
ever, they have their several distinct suggestions : oteo-flai, of surmise, 

25 fancy ; SOKCIV, imagination, belief (Sofa) ; riyelaOai, advancing or 
holding an opinion (cf. Lat. ducere) ; vojtuetv (vo/xos), regard of 
custom or convention. AOKCIV, mostly to ' seem,' sometimes (except 
in the 3d pers. sing.) to 'think' 19 16, 31 16, 34 7; impersonally, 
with the dative, SOKCI, ISofe' /xoi, 'it seems good' or 'best,' 'I 

30 resolved,' 'decreed,' 'determined.' Finally, 8oKf.lv, as its specific 
meaning would lead one to expect, is the verb of dreaming, 29 23. 

yvwveu. rVwrai, as the verb of mind-perception, is nearly related 
in signification to alcrOevOai., the verb of sense-perception, with its 
specific parts tSeu/, opav, aKovav, etc. Properly, therefore, yvwvai 

35 requires the supplementary participle, not the infinitive. But since 
mental perception or insight (yvoicris) is in a high degree personal and 
fallible, yvwrat may, in certain connections, verge closely upon So/ctiv 
or VO/JLL&IV, and take a supplementary infinitive. Of the "finding" 
of a judge, tyvwv jfte'ATiov emu KT\. 7 4. The judge 






WRITER'S GUIDE 97 

'sees,' 'recognizes,' the bearings of the matter in hand. He forms 
a judgment, more or less satisfactory to himself, upon the case pre- 
sented. But to the public, for whom the decision is rendered, he 
has only declared an " opinion " (Soa). Hence the Infinitive. 
5 <j>aivcr0ai, CLKovtiv. Similarly aTroSeiKvvrai, exceptionally with 
infinitive, of what the law 'ordains,' 'pronounces,' 43 27. Again, 
<fxj.ivf.vdai properly calls for the participle, as of something visible or 
apparent ; but, since appearances are apt to be deceptive, it inclines 
often toward the meaning of So/ecu/ and takes an infinitive, 33 8. So 

10 ' seem ' and ' appear ' are frequently interchangeable in English. 'Axov- 
etv likewise, where matters of " hearsay " are concerned, may take 
the infinitive construction, 1 18 (but cf. 13 i), 20 25, 21 6, 23 22. 

While, therefore, the meaning of oieo-0ai, SOKCIV, <avai is such 
that they can never have the participle, nor an objective clause ; 

15 while, for the same reason, ala-QcaOai and most of its sub-congeners 
can never have the infinitive : yet there are other verbs, whose shift- 
ing functions of expression, ranging as they do over the middle 
ground between the extremes indicated, enable them to have either 
of the two constructions, or at times require them to have that con- 

20 struction which to their strict primal signification would be inappro- 
priate. The mind of the Greek writer moved, here as elsewhere, 
not in accordance with established canons of language, but according 
to the sense, inevitably and surely. 

Adjuncts of Infinitive or Participle. When the subject of an 

25 Infinitive is the same as that of the principal verb, it is not usually 
expressed in Greek. '0/u.j/vcTe apicrra aSav ('that your singing was 
of the best ') 5 5 : what they swore was, apiara aSo/xei>. "E<a<rav 
Ka.Tf.ptiv O.VTOV (' that they would inform against him') 9 13: they 
said, Ka.Tepovfj.ev a~ov. Cf. 59 8, 15, 60 5 f., 62 12, 46 18, 23. Predi- 

30 cate nouns with the Infinitive then appear in the nominative case : 
dv^pcoTrous olfja.1. IKO.VOS *vai f3e\TLOV<; Troieiv 46 25, 20 21, cf. 59 5 
(ju.e'yurros) " Sometimes, for the sake of emphasis or contrast, the 
subject of the principal verb is expressed also with the Infinitive ; it 
may then stand either in the nominative or the accusative, but cdrros 

35 is usually nominative." H. 940 b. 'ISo-0ai avros TO Tpav/j.d $770-1 
37 ii : Ctesias said, l<afj.rjv avrbs (or yw) TO TpavfJM. Cf. 39 13. 
The same principle of case-construction applies to the supplementary 
Participle : eTreiSav yvaknv aTrtcrTou/xevoi, ' when they have come to 
feel that they are disbelieved,' 19 10. But 20 9 eyvw e/xavrov p.rj 

ATTIC PROSE 7 



9 g ATTIC PROSE 

IKOLVOV (sc. ovra) vfuv /xax <r ^ at is preferred by the writer to the usual 
tfyvcuv fir) ixavos u>v. 

Personal and Impersonal. A similar idiom is the Greek prefer- 
ence of the personal construction in most cases where either the 
5 personal or the impersonal would be grammatical. The adjectives 
8^7X05, Siicoios, <avepo5 must be used personally, as far as possible, 
in writing Greek. 'It was clear to all that he was exceedingly 
alarmed,' 817X05 ^v Tracnv on wepe^ojSetTo 7 25, cf. 16. 'It is right 
for me to recount, 1 SiWos CI/AI Aeyeiv 27 i. 'He was not seen to 

10 rejoice thereat, 1 OVK e'</>r/o-0eis <avepo5 eye'vero 59 19. The personal 
construction is required also with the verbs 8oKf.lv ' seem ' and eoixe'- 
vai ' be likely. 1 Thus SOKCI 43 1 1 and 2Soe 40 28 are necessarily 
personal : were they impersonal, the meaning would be different (96 
28), as 40 8, 13. So the meaning of ISofev 29 23 would not have 

15 allowed the accusative and infinitive to follow it. *EoiK 31 29, 
33 9 has i/o^ for its subject, cf, 9 29, 42 1 1, also 43 1 1. Verbs 
of saying have in the passive voice, presumptively, the personal con- 
struction, 1 I, 2 f., 5, 10; but sometimes there are especial reasons 
for preferring the impersonal. Thus, Xe'ytTtu 3 1 1 stands imperson- 

20 ally, because it enters by way of variation (as it were parenthetically) 
in a passage beginning TOV Kvpov I <ao-av Xe'yeiv 3 5. Xenophon 
here will keep up strictly the appearance of a tradition, hence is prone 
to retain the oblique case-form, TOV Se Kupov (Xeyercu) 3 1 1. Cf. 13 
12, 13, 15, 20. H. 944 a. Especially in connection with a Potential 

25 Infinitive or Participle must the difference between the ancient and 
modern forms of expression be carefully observed. 'I believe that 
you could make the best of conjectures as to this matter, 1 apior' av 
/xoi SOKCIS eiKao-ai TOVTO 21 I, 33 6. Kvpos, d e/i?<Wev, aptoros av 
So/cei apx<av yeve'cr^at, ' Cyrus, it seems to me, would have proved 

30 an excellent ruler, had he lived, 1 38 4. Whether the form in Eng- 
lish be personal or impersonal, the Greek equivalent is invariable 
when the meaning requires SOKCIV, 817X05, etc. 

Temporal Relations. For the expression of Future time in depen- 
dent constructions the Greek, with its Infinitive, Participle, and Opta- 

35 tive of the Future stem, is explicit and more distinct than the English. 
Our idiom is apt to obscure and confuse the future and the potential 
idea when they come to be dependent upon a verb of past time. 
Thus, in translating the following passages it would require both skill 
and effort to preserve the important distinction between the Future 



WRITER'S GUIDE 99 

and the Potential Optative or Infinitive. 'Evo/uev, ei TOUS Mr/Sous 
do-tfeveis Troi^crete, TTCIVTCOV ye TUJV Wpi^ paStws dpfeiv 14 21 : the 
thought of the Assyrian king was, ^v TOUS M^Sous do-0eveis 
TraVrwv . . . dpa>. But, again, eAeyov ws, ei eyo> cdc'A.ot/u 
5 TroWes dv e/xot TreiUwvTo 20 15 : the flatterers said, ei oo> 
dpx ctI/ > Travres av crot TreiOoivro. In the next pair, instead of Future 
Infinitive and Potential Optative we have Future Optative and Poten- 
tial Infinitive. Ei TIS Ifw A?7<0e7, (KT/PVTTCIV) OTI 0avaTo>o-oiTo 25 3 : 
the couriers were to proclaim, yv TIS lu> \r)<f>0rj, OavaTaxrcTai. But, 

10 again, rras iStwTiys TrAoixnos av WETO yeve'cr^at, ei TI Kvpw ^aptcratTo 
29 10 : /.^. TT/Xoucrios dv yvotfj.r)V, et TI Kupw ^apicratjUt. 

Dependent relations of Past time, on the contrary, are conveyed 
in Greek largely by implication or suggestion, where the English 
equivalent must be explicit. The Indicative is the only mode that 

15 can express time, except upon the future stem : the Infinitive, the 
Participle, and the Optative of the other stems have no temporal 
value, as present or past ; they are of action, their office being to 
denote what is complete, incomplete, or indefinite. By virtue of 
these qualities, however, which our language has no simple forms to 

20 embody, the Greek Aorist, Perfect, and Imperfect stems help the 
temporal relation to be inferred from the context without ambiguity 
in cases where some other modal form than the Indicative is needed. 
In the sentence quoted 98 25 we know that dpurros dv yevt'trflai 
is equivalent to the Potential of the Past, dpto-Tos dv cyt'veTo, partly 

25 from history, partly from the form of the condition ei e/Jt'oxrev. 
Under other circumstances, or with a different context, the mean- 
ing might equally well have been apioros dv ye'votTo. <&vcriv TOUJ.V- 
rrjv Zx<av Siajiivty/tioveueTai 1 10 : here, the facts of the case show that 
e^wv is for OTI ei^e, while another context might have suggested OTI 

30 !x et - Cf- 38 1 8, where <f>i\o<f>povi(T0ai is seen to stand for OTI 
e<tAo</>poveiTo, not <iAo<povemu ; and above 97 32. The Aorist 
infinitive and participle do, by virtue of the essential meaning of the 
stem (which forms an Indicative of the Past only), usually fall with 
a temporal relation that is past or prior. Yet often otherwise. 

35 KoAois eVoiV/fl-as TrpoetTraiv, ' you have done well to forewarn me ' 
(not " in having forewarned me "). 11 25, 9 4, 59 19. Thus always 
with Tv^eiv, Aa0elv, etc. "HSr; TTCOTTOTC r\ Saxovo-a ica/cov TI OXH eoWev 
$ AaKTiVao-a, 'did she ever harm you by biting or kicking?' ('give 
you a bite or a kick '), 51 10. *ESoev auro> 7rpoo-eA0wv 



100 ATTIC PROSE 

TIS rj Kara avOpwrav CITTCIV, KT\., 'seemed to say' (not "to have 
said "), 29 23. The range of the Optative, whether Aorist or Im- 
perfect or Perfect, is unlimited as to time. In the passage quoted 
91 12 neither ovriva ?8ot/u nor ci TTOU iSoi/u has a temporal signifi- 

5 cance of its own, though in the premises the former gains a past, 
the latter a future, point of view. The Subjunctive mode contains 
no positive indications of time ; but negatively, the Past is excluded 
from its range of application. 

It will be observed that in English the supplementary participle 

10 can be used only as an Imperfect; an aoristic notion we must 
express by an infinitive. EtScv \a<pov tKTnyS^ouo-av, 'he saw a 
deer jump (inf.) out,' 94: but eiSe ndirpov Tr/aoo-^epd/xevov, 'saw 
a wild boar rushing toward him,' 9 16. If not supplementary, the 
English participle may be aoristic when the meaning of the verb is 

15 appropriate, 93 37 ; and the gratuitous use of the perfect active 
participle in translating Greek aorists is an unscholarly habit. It is 
true that the Greek is enabled by its clear distinction of stem-forms 
to employ the combination of participle and verb to denote succes- 
sive actions more freely than our idiom permits ; hence such a com- 

20 bination must frequently be used in writing Greek, where two verbs 
occur in English : ' he dreamt that a shape came to him and said, 
etc.? !Soev aura) irpoafXdwv TIS CITTCIV 29 23, 30 21 f. Nevertheless, 
the ancient and the modern idiom are very often strictly the same : 
eiTTuv ('exclaiming,' not "having exclaimed"), Tov avBpa 6pG>, ICTO 

25 or auTov 37 8. So yeAao-as 'smiling 1 40 27, d<tKO//,evoi 'arriving' 
57 1 8, ap^dfitvoi 'beginning' 62 5, atcr^d/xcvos 'perceiving' (not 
"having perceived") 8 8. 

suddenly 
Seeing (t'Swi/) Orlando, it unlink'd itself. 

30 As You Like It, IV. 3. 

So speaking (CITTCOV), and here ceasing, Lancelot left 
The hall long silent. 

The Holy Grail, ad fin. 

Simplicity. "Attempt to translate into Greek one of Pitt's or 

,35 Mirabeau's discourses, or an extract from Addison or Nicole, and you 

will be obliged to recast and transpose the thought ; you will be led 

to find for the same thoughts expressions more akin to facts and to 

concrete experience ; a flood of light will heighten the prominence 



WRITER'S GUIDE IOI 

of all the truths and of all the errors ; that which you were wont to 
call natural and clear will seem to you affected and semi-obscure, 
and you will perceive by force of contrast why, among the Greeks, 
the instrument of thought being more simple, it did its office better 
5 and with less effort.'' 1 The turning of English into Greek is indeed 
at once a simplifying and an illuminating process a clearing of 
the ground, a tracking inward, a revelation finally of the mind's 
elementary and truest movements. In Attic prose the thought is 
written large. Its essential features are presented in an outline 

10 sketch, gracious of form and rich in color, but never blurred by 
accretions. Much that we must explicitly enunciate, the Greek 
author only points at ; but his indications are plain and unmistak- 
able. Straightforward the reader pursues his way. with lightsome 
step like the Attics of old del Sta Aa/iirporaTou /foiVorres a/3/xos 

15 aitfepos. It is the privilege of the student of Greek to escape, for 
the time being, from an intellectual world of anxious explicitness, 
clouded and perplexed withal, to one of exhilaration, clairvoyance, 
unveiled realities pure and simple. 

In one of its aspects the simplicity of the Greek language is the 

20 modified simplicity of unification and compression. A single word- 
form can suggest a whole series of relations that are set forth piece- 
meal in modern phrase. The action-stems, the modes, the tenses, 
the voices their several intimations are conveyed to the mind in 
one impulse. The illustrations of this truth are familiar even to the 

25 beginner; and such forms will appeal to him successfully in propor- 
tion as he is led to note how far each one of them is self-eluci- 
dating, and how far it shine* with borrowed light. A like unity of 
comprehensiveness is exemplified in Case construction and usage. 
Each genitive, each dative, each accusative readily adapts itself 

3 to the environment, and the principle involved is readily grasped 
by the learner who is encouraged to depend upon a quick intuitive 
touch, not mystified and confounded by the crude rules and empty 
names of a minute, excessive subdivision. Simile confuso est, quid- 
quid usque in pulverem sectum est. Your thoroughbred gram- 

35 marian will take three cases and make three hundred of them. Yet 
the Greeks themselves were nearer to the sources of illumination. 
Thus each apparently assumed that every other was armed with the 
divining-rod of common sense. 

1 H. Taine, Art in Greece, translated by John Durand. 



102 ATTIC PROSE 

That phase of simplicity which consists in the use of generic terms 
that must be resolved into specific ones to meet the exigencies of 
modern expression, is widely and variously illustrated in Greek, and 
is the chief source of the concreteness for which the language is dis- 
5 tinguished. Thus, Aoyos appears in English as 'tale,' 'discourse,' 
'subject,' 'argument,' 'reason,' etc. Proper and metaphorical mean- 
ings, calling for separate designation in our idiom, are apt to be served 
by one word or by the several forms of the same word. Consider, for 
example, the many ways in which Karacrnpai, KaOtcrrdvat must be 
10 translated. Mere stem-form does duty for a host of explicit terms. 1 
The three modes, while they exhibit in a striking manner the pre- 

1 Every language must of course work more or less by suggestion and 
implication, in one direction or another. The Greek is remarkable for 
combining the utmost precision and lucidity with the greatest simplicity. 

IS 'Edvt>aff0f, poteratis, 'ye could,' are all similarly ambiguous: whether the 
state of being able at a particular past time, or of being able repeatedly in 
the past, is meant, we do not yet know. Ei a,va.aTa.lfire 6pxr)<r6/j,evoi, ov8' 
6pdovir6ai tdtivaffde 5 6 : now we know that what is here meant by fSvvaade 
is the slate of being able repeatedly in the past the ability or inability 

20 to do something or other every time on getting up to dance. This we 
know because a particular-past t56va<T0e would be inconsistent with the 
essential meaning of the Optative mode, which appears in the limiting 
clause. But that limiting clause, the condition el dvaffralrire (TO avavrri- 
vai), while supplying the specific interpretation of t86va<r()e, is itself com- 

25 pletely vague and incapable of specific interpretations. When 'we say 
that the " point of view " is past or future, we mean merely that the sen- 
tence as a whole is of past or of future time; or when we say that a 
condition of this form is sometimes nof an original construction, but the 
past phase of another mode, we do not thereby describe an inherent quality 

30 of the clause, constituting a specific difference; we merely advance, for 
the sentence as a whole, a theory of explanation. In English the case 
is entirely different. To begin with, there is no Optative mode. The sense 
of the passage quoted can be expressed in a great variety of ways, all of 
them rather explicit, none of them very simple. Some would attack the 

35 sentence at the beginning, some at the end, some on both sides at once. 
We might say, ' If (ever) you stood up to dance, you were unable even to 
hold yourselves erect,' or, ' If you stood up to dance, you were never able 
even to hold yourselves erect'; or, in case we happened to be very anx- 
ious to make our meaning clear, we could say, ' If you ever stood up to 

40 dance, you were always unable even to hold yourselves erect.' See Good- 
win, Greek Moods and Tenses, 462, translation of the first example in 
the last paragraph on p. 170. 



WRITER'S GUIDE 103 

cision of Greek insight into the fundamental processes of thought, 
are yet content to mark off the essential only. The Vague Poten- 
tial comes to be fairly shivered to fragments in English : CCTTOIS av, 
'you might, 1 'can,' 'could, 1 'would speak,' 'you may speak if you 
5 please,' 'hadn't you better speak,' etc. Even the Indicative mode, 
with its temporal attachments, is not to be excepted : the Greek 
Indicative of the future answers to both / shall and twill, expres- 
sions based upon a distinction which we are accustomed to regard 
as of serious moment. The ubiquitous connective particle might 
10 seem, at first blush, to form an exception to the characteristic we 
have been considering. But the exception is merely apparent. Con- 
junctions pertain to contour, not to. color or filling. Asyndeton is 
broken outline. 



DIRECTIONS FOR USING THE BOOK 

This book is designed to furnish materials and facilities for 

15 extensive practice in the writing of Attic Prose by beginners (while 
they are reading the Anabasis) before the stage of original composi- 
tion has been reached. Such writing should always take the form 
of connected discourse, never that of detached sentences intended 
to illustrate particular rules of grammar ; and it should be made so 

20 easy that learners may do a great deal, very often, spontaneously 
and naturally, without severe mental effort. It must proceed by the 
following steps: (i) neat and accurate copying, by the page or 
paragraph ; (2) the writing of Greek at hearing, from dictation ; 
(3) re-translation, or writing from memory ; (4) re-combination^ a 

2 5 sort of writing that is partly by memory, partly by imitation. 

It is indispensable that some facility in copying and in writing 
Greek at hearing be first acquired. An advance can then be made 
to re-translation, pure and simple, by the use of one of the English 
Exercises intended therefor: The Taking of Babylon (128), Ischo- 

3<> machus 1 Instructions (145), Battle of Coronea (162), Hunting as 
Education (166). Most learners will be led to commit the original 
Greek to memory, little by little, in connection with this work. 

The other Exercises have not been systematically constructed or 
arranged ; nor has it been attempted to utilize to the utmost the 

35 material offered by each model, but room has been left for teachers 



I0 4 ATTIC PROSE 

and students to frame supplementary exercises to suit themselves. 
Many of the Exercises in the book will be found to present but little 
variation from their respective models. There will be need of care- 
ful attention, however, in distinguishing between what is variation 
5 and what is translation between essential departures from the 
thought of the original passage and such unessential amplifications 
or formal alterations as have resulted merely from the difference 
between the ancient and the modern idiom. Thus, in the first sen- 
tence of the first Exercise (107), there is no real departure from 

10 the model until we come to the omission of o/AoAoyetrai 1 2 ; then 
there is some variation that consists in both omission and re-com- 
bination, the latter part of the sentence becoming /u^rpos Be. Mav- 
Savr^s r}s 'Ao"Tvayov? $irvarpos TOV Mi^Swv yf.vop.fvov /?ao~iA.a>s. In 
the second sentence o/xoXoyetrat appears, replacing Aeycrai KCU aSerai 

15 en KM vvv virb TW (3ap(3dpwv 1 5. In case of doubt as to this 
matter, on the part of any who are unaccustomed to real translation, 
the presumption is that the words of Xenophon are to be reproduced, 
as nearly as they can be remembered. 

In general, the following rules of procedure must be observed in 

20 using the book : 

I . No writing will ever be attempted until the appropriate model 
is intimately and truly known. 

The several models are to be learned through intensive study 
directed upon the Greek text, and through repeated reading of the 

25 Greek aloud, so as to gather the thoughts in the order of their 
presentation, and comprehend the whole meaning exactly as the 
author intended to convey it. This cannot be done by translating ; 
of translating there must be none. 1 Written tests will be taken 

1 Intensive study begins and ends with the reading of the Greek 
30 reading accompanied by thought, always with alert attention, never when 
tired or indifferent to the book. It includes, first, investigation or close 
observation of every word the value of the word as determined by the 
proper, radical signification (apart from such metaphorical or secondary 
meaning as may be indicated by the context), by the form (not analytically 
35 viewed, but concretely, as involving the point of the grammatical construc- 
tion and rhetorical application at hand), and, as in the case of minor words, 
by the logical relations of the thought; secondly, observation of the effects 
of sound and arrangement the right division or articulation in reading, 
rhythmical quality of the period with its cola and commata, the quantita- 
40 tive value of the vowels and the syllables, intonation and sentence-accent, 



EXERCISES AND GUIDE 1 05 

upon no part of any Exercise until the reading and study of the 
corresponding selection from Xenophon have been finished, and a 
new selection has been assigned. Thus, if re-translation is to be 
done, and The Taking of Babylon (21) has been chosen for the 

5 all in connection with the order of the words and the whole resulting sense; 
thirdly, inquiry into matters of fact of a historical, geographical, or anti- 
quarian character, so far as this may be needed to elucidate the author's 
meaning. 

Some minds rapidly assimilate minutiae, with great precision and com- 

10 paratively little effort, because they are satisfied with nothing short of a 
perfectly distinct image or concept (to which an exact knowledge of details 
is essential), and are thus naturally led to a habit of fine observation in 
reading. Other minds are hardly capable of intensive study of the phe- 
nomena of language in intelligible combinations, or even of understanding 

15 its importance; they are content to deal with a Greek or a Latin book, not 
by the imagination, but in a sjort of algebraic way, by the use of purely 
verbal or literal contrivances. Learners, accordingly, must be left largely 
to their own devices, as far as the finer study of the models is concerned. 
The proof of it will be in their works ; and the stimulus should be applied 

20 negatively, through the criticism or reprehension of oral and written per- 
formance, rather than by positive precept. So far as some real reading 
and real writing conies to be done, it is well; while the boy or girl who 
is versed in pseudo-translation and the syntax catechism, but can neither 
read nor write, has gained nothing 6v6fj.ara yap OVK av ira.idevo'ei.a.v. 

25 The periods devoted to writing (there should be at least two weekly, 
along with three given to the Anabasis) may well be divided between the 
test occupying the latter part of the hour, and some discussion, during the 
first ten or fifteen minutes, of the preceding exercise the papers now 
returned to their authors with corrections. The Anabasis ought to be read 

30 more rapidly in connection with the Writer of Attic Prose than would be 
feasible without such an accompaniment; the intensive study that would 
otherwise need to be given to portions of the Anabasis can be replaced by 
that due to the Writer, while, on the other hand, most of the oral practice 
demanded by the Writer might well be conjoined to the recitation of the 

35 Anabasis. Thus, members of the class in the Anabasis will always bring the 
Writer with them, holding themselves in readiness to recite such portions 
of either book or of both books as have been duly studied and prepared. 

It is taken for granted that the Anabasis is read in Greek. A Greek 
book can no more be read in English than an English book can be 

40 read in Greek or in Latin. Daily translation is waste and corruption. 
Translation is by far too important and valuable an exercise to be allowed 
to degenerate into sham and drivel. Only a small part of what is read can 
be translated. Of the Anabasis, for example, one chapter in each Book 



I0 6 ATTIC PROSE 

purpose, there will be no written test until the whole of The Taking 
of Babylon has been read and studied, and the reading and study 
of Battle of Coronea (56), or of some other model, have begun. 

II. The daily proficiency of learners must be tested, never by 
5 means of written work "handed /'," but always by performances 

in the class-room, with the book closed. 

The stage of copying is supposed to have been passed before 
re-translation or re-combination begins. For each test, the books 
will be laid aside, and the teacher will dictate to the class, or put 

10 upon the blackboard, a part of some Exercise at which they have 
been privately working in connection with the reading and study of 
the model. Sufficient matter should be presented on each occasion 
to keep the best scholar in the class busy during the time allowed, 
the others to write no more than they can severally do well, without 

15 hurry or anxiety. 

III. All written work will be minutely criticised in writing, pro- 
vided it be sufficiently well performed to deserve credit or criticism. 

The marks should bear upon (i) details of orthography and 
grammatical construction, and (2) the order of the words and the 

20 idiomatic character of the writing. Give no credit for any perform- 
ance, as a whole, that is defaced by flagrant grammatical error or 
other forms of illegibility ; nor for such portions of a composition 
as have clearly been made in a mechanical way, i.e. rather by rule 
than by force of sympathy and reminiscence. 

25 Students depending upon self-instruction can correct their own 
writing partly by the aid of grammar and lexicon, partly by com- 
parison with the Greek text upon which it has been based. Never 
make use of such a thing as an " English-Greek " dictionary, but if at 
a loss for a word, ask Xenophon about it i.e. read over your models, 

30 or read new ones or a chapter or two of the Anabasis, until the right 
expression finally presents itself. In re-translating, if embarrassed 
by a too tenacious memory, increase your pace, and leave a longer 
interval between the study of the model and the written test. Go 
by the maxim : Well-got, well-forgotten . 

35 might be assigned for translation work, to be elaborated in English, little 
by little, after it has been read and explained in the class-room. The 
translations presented from time to time must always be in writing. Each 
student should be called upon publicly to defend at every point the trans- 
lation which he offers, as the candidate for a degree must defend his thesis. 



EXERCISES FOR WRITING 
Cyrus the Great: his Lineage and Native Qualities 

The father of Cyrus is said to have been Cambyses, 
king of the Persians; his mother, Mandane, daughter 
of Astyages, who was king of the Medes. It is agreed 
that Cyrus was very handsome in person ; of kindly 
5 disposition, fond of learning, and ambitious ready 
to endure any sort of toil or danger for the sake of 
applause. Such in mind and body was our hero, ac- 
cording to national songs in which he is celebrated even 
to this day. It is also well remembered how he was 
10 educated in the Persian mode. 

The Boy Cyrus at the Court of Media 
The details of this education we pass over. When, 
however, Cyrus was about twelve years of age, the king 
of Media, hearing that his grandson far excelled his 
mates, conceived a desire to see the boy. Accordingly 
15 Mandane paid a visit to her father, taking Cyrus with 
her. Upon their arrival Astyages could note for him- 
self the superior qualities of the child. He learned 

i. Guide 71. 4. person, disposition: antithetic, Guide 75. 6. en- 
dare: synonyms 49 10, 50 25, 51 6. 7 f. <t> . . . TOIOI/TTJJ' ex ei " f^eivos 
tderai KT\. 9. how : 60 15 f. II. Td p. oZv icad' ticaffTa TTJS TT. r. irapoX. 
12. The subjects cannot have a prominent position. years of age: 41 14. 
14. conceived a desire : Ingressive Aorist, H. 841, G. 1260, B. 529. to see : 
antithetic to ' hearing ' above. 1 6. for himself : atrbs. 17. superior quali- 
ties : i.e. his Ka\OKdya6ia 39. 

107 



I0 8 ATTIC PROSE 

quickly whatever he had to learn, and everything he 
was seen to do was done in a handsome and manly 
way. 

The Median dress and modes of life were not so 
5 plain and inexpensive as the Persian. Accordingly, when 
Cyrus beheld this royal personage, his mother's father, 
wearing his neck-chains and his armlets, and decked 
out with paint and false hair, as he gazed upon him he 
exclaimed, " Oh, mother, what a beautiful grandfather 

10 I have got ! " To his mother's question, whether the 
Medes or the Persians seemed to him the handsomer, 
Cyrus made the apt reply, that while the garments and 
ornaments of the Medes were very beautiful, he had 
seen by far the handsomest men among the Persians at 

15 home. 

However, Cyrus was soon wearing collars and brace- 
lets of his own. Child as he was, naturally fond of 
honor and of beautiful things, he was delighted with 
the fine dress in which his grandfather clothed him. 

20 And he was particularly glad to learn to ride. In 
Persia, owing to the difficulty of raising horses, moun- 
tainous as the country is, one scarcely ever even sees a 
horse. But now our hero could ride out mounted on 
a charger with golden bridle, in the same way as the 

25 king himself. 

4. were etc. : for the order, see 57 14. Say oi/x &<rirep iv II. 0. KT\. 
6. this royal personage: rbv paffi\i K bv 5^ r. 7. wearing: 13 16, 39 4, 6. 
12. apt: dpo. while: Guide 93 12. 13. had seen: Guide 94 27. 
16. however: dXXa ydp. soon: 7 14. 17. of his own: airr6s. 20. par- 
ticularly: 31 29, 43 7. Use xa'/>", not i>wep x a.lpciv. 23. vvv d' itfv 

fKCLl'LO KT\. 



EXERCISES FOR WRITING 109 

At Dinner 

Astyages and his daughter Mandane believed that 
Cyrus would feel less homesick if he enjoyed his dinner 
highly. So, when they were all dining together, the 
king ordered various kinds of soups and side-dishes to 
5 be brought to him. He fancied this sort of a meal 
might seem to the boy much finer than the dinner in 
Persia. It is related, however, that Cyrus, on being 
questioned, replied as follows : " It seems to me, grand- 
father, that you Medes take a great deal of trouble at 

10 your meals. In our country there is a straight and 
narrow path to getting enough. We do not wander up 
and down over roundabout courses, but plain bread and 
meat lead directly to the desired end." 

" Well, my boy," said the king, " we are not exactly 

15 sorry to be upon this devious journey. Taste for your- 
self, and you will see that it is all very nice." "Nay, 
but I do observe, grandpa," said Cyrus, " that you have 
a strong dislike of your own for these viands ; for 
when you take hold of the bread you don't wipe your 

20 hand upon anything, but whenever you touch any of 
these dainties you immediately clean off your hand with 
a napkin, as if you were very sorry to have got it soiled 
by them." 

1-6. For the first and third sentences, Guide 98 33. For the synonyms, 
Guide 96 20. Do not place the names first in Greek; these are no new 
people. (all) dining together : Gen. abs. without subject, H. 972 a, 
G. 1568, B. 657 N. r. See also 46 19. 8. questioned: cf. 6 10. as foil.: 
18 26, 26 25. it seems: Guide 98 10. Arrange II. /*. 8. wp. KT\. 10. in 
our country : Trap' THMV. 13. To the desired end : Siroi a-n-e^Sofj-ev. 
14 f. exactly: 5??. The same order in Greek, but different construction. 



IIO ATTIC PROSE 

"If such, then, are your views, my child," rejoined 

Astyages, " yet do at any rate try and make a hearty 

meal of the flesh and game that I here serve to you. 

If you mean to go home a young man, you must eat 

5 meat, and plenty of it, too." 

The Court in its Cups 

"When I poured the wine for you just now, grand- 
father," said Cyrus, " I did not imitate your cupbearer 
and drink up the wine myself. It would hardly be for 
my advantage to be drinking poison ; and I found out 

10 for certain that this fellow drugged your wine when 
you entertained your friends at the birthday party." 

" And how pray did you come to discover this ? " said 
the king, jestingly. " Because, by Jupiter," said Cyrus, 
"you were all so unsteady both in your minds and 

15 your bodies, and were doing just what you forbid us 
boys to do. In the first place, I heard you crying out 
all at the same time, without understanding each other, 
and singing in a very ridiculous manner, while swearing 
every one that your singing was of the best. Then 

20 again I saw you stand up to dance, and that, too, when 
you could not even hold yourselves erect. Nor, indeed, 
were you silent for a moment, but all of you had en- 

3. ravra, ttirep IT. a. K. 0. K. TUV ijfj.. 4. must etc. : Set ae Kp. fV0. K. iro\\d. 
7e. 6 f. The first ' I ' is antithetic to 'cupbearer'; the second 'I,' not ex- 
pressed in Greek. just now: vvv S-//. 7. imitate and drink: cf. 3 19 f. 
hardly: ov . . . wdvv. 14. you were etc.: ourws fyi. jre KT\. H. 981. Place 
ptcp. last. 15. just: the force of this word is shown in Greek by placing the 
relative before the antecedent clause. 20. stand (not "standing") : Guide 
100 9. and that, too : ical ravra, w. ptcp. H. 612 a, G. 1573 N., B. 312 N. 
21. nor etc. : oi)5e n^v o&Sftr., cf. 58 5, 



EXERCISES FOR WRITING III 

tirely forgotten that you were kings and rulers. But 
when / mix the drink, grandfather," added Cyrus, " you 
shall merely cease to be thirsty, and suffer no evil con- 
sequences whatever." 

Cyrus decides to remain with his Grandfather 
5 Observing that his daughter was getting ready to 
return home to her husband, Astyages begged her 
to leave Cyrus with him. "At dinner," he said, "the 
boy shall be at liberty to travel by whatsoever road he 
will to that which he regards as moderation ; and, in 

10 general, whatever he may wish, he has only to inform 
me, and he shall not fail to get it." 

To this Mandane replied: "To leave the child here 
against his will I should regard as a harsh proceeding ; 
perhaps, however, he will prefer to remain with you, if 

15 he can learn to ride, and to chase wild animals and bring 
them down, as grown men do. Were you to provide 
him with playmates, and offer him the use of your 
horses and the animals in the park, I do not think he 
would choose to go back to Persia for the present." 

20 On being interrogated, Cyrus did not hesitate a mo- 
ment, but promptly declared that he preferred to stay. 
" For be sure, mother," he said, " that here is something 
which disturbs me greatly because, while I seem to 

2. mix : avaxtpavvuvai. added : ^17, Guide 102. 5. Cf. 49 14 f. 
8. be at liberty: 46 3, 4. 9. Kal ra\\a St. 14. perhaps: 443. prefer: 
/3ot5Aecr0ai. 15. can learn: Aor. of attainment. 18. Order, 17 22 f., 28 
Vcb. 2 f., 33 6. choose: tOtXeiv. for the present: vvv ye. Beware of 
the English ascending scale, here and everywhere, Guide 70 13. 20. Cf, 
56 22. 23. while etc. : Guide 93 12. 



II2 ATTIC PROSE 

excel my mates in everything at home, here in Media 
I am clearly inferior in riding horseback. But if you 
leave me here, I shall try and learn to ride well, in 
order by and by, when I visit grandfather again, to help 
5 him in war and be one of his best horsemen." 

A Lesson in Justice 

It appears, from revelations made by Cyrus to his 
mother before her departure, that he used to be set 
by his teacher to act as judge for the other boys, and 
upon one occasion he had decided a case wrongly. He 

10 found, namely, that it was fair if a man took and wore, 
not the shirt that was his own, but the one that fitted 
him. " If you take a man's shirt away by force," said 
the teacher, "that is not rightful possession; but he 
who has made or purchased what he wears is properly 

15 called the possessor thereof. Do not you, therefore, 
unless you happen to be fond of stripes, choose to 
constitute yourself a judge of what is fitting, when you 
have solely to consider what is just or unjust." 

Winning Ways of Cyrus 

Finally, when his mother had gone, while Cyrus 
20 remained at his grandfather's, it was soon discovered 

2. clearly inferior: cf. 1 14. 4. by and by: e<ra00. visit : 1 19, 
or as M. 6. <i>. e Ji> TT? p.. aveKdXv^ev 6 K. TT. aire\6eii> ai>r-f)v. Cf. 
35 29. to be set : not passive voice in Greek. 9. had decided : 108 1 3 note. 
10. found: Guide 96 32. namely: Guide 93 9. a man: rh. Ascending 
scale in this sentence. 13. that is not etc. : oik &v avri} KT\. he who etc. : 
os &i> . . . exi7, olros KT\. 15 ft", nyd' o$v ffij, etirep pi] KT\. choose : 
t6t\eiv. Construction, H. 874, G. 1346, B. 584. Cf. 32 10, 33 I, but 21 
gf. to constitute yourself: yevfoOai. solely : rfvov. 20. it was etc.: 
not passive voice in Greek. Preserve the order. 



EXERCISES FOR WRITING 113 

by all who were on familiar terms with the lad, that 
they could accomplish a great deal by the aid of Cyrus. 
He made so much of his companions, that even their 
fathers, if they happened to want anything of the king, 

5 would prompt the boys to ask Cyrus to get it done for 
them, while he, for his part, deemed it of the utmost 
importance to gratify their wish. 

Indeed, he won over everybody by his kindly spirit, 
and particularly Astyages himself. As for the latter, 

10 he could refuse no favor that Cyrus asked. On the 
other hand, it was apparent to all that the boy was 
exceedingly fond of his grandfather. Once, when the 
old man fell sick, he never left him for a moment ; .but 
even in the night, if Astyages wanted anything, Cyrus 

15 would be the first to perceive it, and would jump up 
most unhesitatingly to render any service which he 
thought would please the king. 

Hunting 

The supply of animals in the park was speedily ex- 
hausted with Cyrus' chasing and shooting and slaying 
20 of them, so that Astyages could no longer furnish live 
ones in considerable numbers. The boy, therefore, not 
wishing his grandfather to be at the trouble of search- 
ing for wild animals, and being at the same time very 

2. by the aid : Sid w. ace. 3. made so much of : ovru yap 170-71-. 8. K. 
Trdi/Tos /j.. 67) . . . fj.d\iffra 5 KT\. 9. fKeTvos yap. refuse etc. : H. 1034, 
G. 1616, B. 435, cf. 46 22. 10. evSr)\os 5' aS KT\. 12. exceedingly: 8 17. 
13. old man: 13 u. fell sick: Ingressive Aorist. Reverse the order. 
18. The Greek is simpler than the English. Not passive voice. 19. Gen. 
abs. Place Cyrus' name last; but the king's comes to the front by contrast. 
ATTIC PROSE 8 



114 



ATTIC PROSE 



desirous of going out to hunt, entreated the king to 
send him forth in company with his uncle. "When I 
am hunting out there," he said, "I shall regard all the 
wild beasts that I see as kept for my especial benefit." 
5 Accordingly, when Astyages came to see that Cyrus' 
heart was set on the business, he could not help grant- 
ing the favor. He sent along with the lad, however, 
not his uncle only, but guards on horseback, to protect 
him from dangerous localities, and to be ready in case 

10 any wild animal of the fiercer sort should make its 
appearance. In reply to the boy's eager inquiries the 
attendants explained what kind of animals were not to 
be too confidently approached, stating that while the 
wild sheep and asses were harmless enough, it would 

15 not be safe to go very near to a bear or a wild boar. 
They added that dangerous places must be looked out 
for no less than animals, since men had frequently 
fallen over precipices with their horses. 

To all this Cyrus gave the readiest attention. But 

20 upon seeing a deer jump out, he forgot everything he 
had heard and gave chase, with an eye to nothing else 
except the direction of its flight. And somehow, while 

i. entreated: Impf. 2. his uncle : 14 14 f. 5 f. Simpler in the Greek, 
which does not avoid repetition of word or phrase. It would be right, how- 
ever, to say TOV epyov. 7. the favor : ovSt TOVTO, repeating the negative, 
H. 1030, G. 1619, B. 433. See also 7 23. 9. Guide 91 4. P'or the arrange- 
ment d . . . e-qplwv, Guide 74 8. 11. inquiries: use ptcp. 12. explained: 
becomes a simpler word in Greek. 13. (stating) that: Inf. 14. enough: 
implied in the concessive ^v. 15. be safe : Vcb. * x ", cf. 40 6. 16. added : 
the specific meaning of the verb is implied in KO.I TOVTO. 17. frequently: 
iroXXorij, or TroXXdm. See Vcb. ^677. with their horses: H. 7743, 
G. 1191. B. 392, 3 N. 19 f. Guide 94 13, 100 9. 



EXERCISES FOR WRITING 115 

taking a cross-leap his horse fell upon its knees, arid 
came within a little of pitching Cyrus himself over its 
head. However, he kept his seat just barely, the horse 
got up, and upon coming to the level ground, with a 
5 cast of the javelin, Cyrus brought down the deer, a fine 
large animal. 

The boy was overjoyed. But the guards riding up 
began to berate him, pointing out what a risk he had 
run, and declaring that they would report his conduct. 

10 Cyrus stood where he had dismounted, and was sorely 
troubled while listening to these words. But of a sud- 
den, upon hearing shouts, he sprang upon his horse like 
one possessed ; and when he saw a wild boar rushing 
straight toward him, rode to meet it, and with his full 

15 strength took a well-aimed shot at the forehead and 
brought down the boar. 

At this point Cyaxares also rode up, and declared 
that he had never witnessed such temerity. But Cyrus 
begged his uncle, notwithstanding these reproaches, to 

20 permit him to carry home and give to his grandfather 
all the game that he had taken with his own hands. 
"He will scold, no doubt," he added, "if he becomes 
aware that I went off in pursuit. But let him even give 
me a whipping, if he will, after I have once given him 

25 the game. And as for you, uncle, if you will grant me 
this favor first, you may end by inflicting any punish- 
ment you see fit." 
7. began: Guide 94 1 8. 16. Vcb. ntvroi. 20. (all) . . . that: 8<ra. 

21. no doubt: 5?). 23. once: Aor., Guide 94 27. 25. end: H. 968 a, 

G. 1564, B. 653 N. 2. any . . . you see fit : 6 n &v doxy cm. The English 

substantive is implied in the Greek verb. H. 716 b, G. 1054, B. 334. 



U6 ATTIC PROSE 

A Grand Hunting Party 

After that, it seemed to Cyrus that their hunting in 
the park was mere fooling, very much like chasing crea- 
tures that were tied. He described to his companions 
how fine and large appeared the animals in the hills 
5 and meadows deer springing skyward, as it were on 
wings ; wild boars rushing to the conflict like courage- 
ous men. " You might see all this for yourselves, 
boys," said he, "if your fathers would but let you go 
out to hunt." " And indeed they would, easily enough," 

10 was the reply, "if the king were to command it. All 
that you have to do is to mention it to him. Nobody 
is better able to prevail upon him than yourself. A 
sorry tale indeed you have to tell us, if such a talker as 
you is to fail to accomplish this thing, after all that you 

15 have got done for us before." 

Upon hearing this Cyrus screwed up his courage and 
went in to his grandfather with a little scheme. This 
was the way he began : " Tell me, grandfather," said 
he, " if one of your domestics run away and you take 

20 him, what shall you do with him?" "What else," re- 
plied Astyages, " but put him in confinement and com- 
pel him to work?" "But if he come back of his own 
accord, how will you do ? " " Why, give him a whip- 
ping, that he may not do so again, and employ him as 

25 at first." "Then it were high time," said Cyrus, "for 

i. after that: 20 3, or 55 9. <X. tSbKovv . . . Sre, Guide 98 10. 
3. described: 38 19, 39 17, 42 2, or use \tytiv. 8. if ... but: d Apa. 
10. Set 8t ye fi6voi> KT\. 13. indeed : 5?), cf. 10 23. such a talker as you : 
Setvbs wv <rt> X. 14. 6 TOG. tjSri ijfjL. 8iairpa^d/j.evos. 17. with a little scheme : 



EXERCISES FOR WRITING 1 1/ 

you to make preparations for whipping me, as I have 
a design of running away and taking my companions 
on a hunt." " Then you have done well to tell me this 
beforehand," Astyages said. " I forbid you to stir from 
5 the house. A pretty mess, were I to let my daughter's 
child get away like a stray calf, for the sake of a few 
morsels of meat ! " 

But although he talked in this way, the king never- 
theless meant to go out hunting himself with Cyrus, 
10 and to take along the boys as well. Accordingly he 
assembled a great many men on foot and on horseback, 
with the intention of driving the game together, so as to 
make a grand hunt. In order that his grandson might 
have his fill of the sport first, Astyages was for issuing 

15 orders that no one should shoot before him. Cyrus, 
however, would not allow this, but declared that if the 
king wished him to enjoy the hunting, all of his mates 
must be permitted to contend freely in the chase. 
Thereupon Astyages gave permission, and taking his 

20 stand enjoyed the spectacle of the lads vying with each 
other in pursuing the game and hurling their javelins, 
unable as they .were even to be silent for delight, but 
giving voice like so many full-blooded young dogs. 
Nor did he give the order to go home, until they had 

2 5 secured large numbers of game. 

3. Guide 99 34. 4. forbid: with nt, IT. 1029, G. 1615, B. 434. 5. Guide 
8124. 8. C/.5S2-J. 10. as well: TOVS AXXovs. 1 2. with the intention : 

16 24, cf. 36 26. so as: here forws. 14. was for etc.: Impf. 18. must: 
7 7. freely: iXevOtpus. 20. the spectacle: few/uei/os. 22. unable etc.: 
oi>8 <r. Swaptvovs. like (so many) : Sxrvep. 24. nor etc. : 

until: vplv, H. 922, 924 a; G. 1471, 2; B. 627. Cf. 41 23. 



u8 ATTIC PROSE 

Cyrus returns Home 

When Cambyses, the father of Cyrus, heard that his 
son was already taking manly deeds in hand, he sum- 
moned him accordingly to return, that he might com- 
plete the prescribed discipline of the Persian state. 
5 Cyrus likewise, at this juncture, preferred to return, to 
avoid any displeasure on his father's part or censure 
from the community. Astyages, again, perceiving that 
it was quite necessary to dismiss his grandson, presented 
him with such horses as he particularly desired to take, 

10 besides a great many other things which he packed up 
for him, and gave orders that the whole court, both 
young and old, should act as a mounted escort for 
Cyrus as he left the country. Then was there no one, 
it is related, but wept as they turned back, and Cyrus 

15 himself took his homeward way with many tears. 
Many of the presents which Astyages had given him 
he distributed among his companions ; and finally he 
took off the Median dress which he wore and gave it to 
one of them, thereby making known that it was he 

20 whom he loved the best of all. 

Now those who had received and accepted these gifts 
returned them to Astyages. The king took them and 
sent them home to Cyrus. Cyrus, in his turn, sent 

1-7. Here the names hold prominent positions by antithesis. 5. preferred : 
Vcb. fioi>\eff6ou. 7. perceiving etc. : very different from the M. Guide 97 
13. 9. such ... as: English idiom for relative pronoun. 13. as he 
left etc. : look out for the ascending scale. 13. Then : 12 1 1. no one but : 
H. 1003 a, G. 1095, B. 485 N. i. turned back: Impf. took his way: 
Aor. 18. For the form of the relative sentence, cf. 24 25, H. 995, G. 1037, 
B. 485. 22. returned : first Aor., Vcb. 



EXERCISES FOR WRITING 119 

them back to Media again, with directions that any who 
had received a present from his hands must be allowed 
to keep it. 

He resumes the Persian Discipline 
Returning home under such circumstances, Cyrus 

5 was ranged for a year longer in the class of Boys. At 
first the boys are said to have taunted him with having 
learned luxurious habits among the Medes. Presently, 
however, upon seeing that he was still the stoutest of 
them all, they bowed down to him as before. In fact 

10 he ate and drank with the same relish as they did them- 
selves ; and if there was feasting upon any holiday 
occasion, he showed himself rather inclined to give of 
his own portion than to ask for more. Again, after 
passing into the class of Youths, here, too, he main- 

15 tained his superiority, in all required exercises, in 
endurance, in respect for his elders and obedience to 
those in authority. 

Designs of the King of the Assyrians 
In the course of time, after the death of Astyages, 
when Cyaxares, the maternal uncle of Cyrus, had suc- 
20 ceeded to the throne of Media, the king of Assyria, as 

i. directions: use t-iri<TTt\\fiv. from his hands : would be irapd, but 
better follow the M. (tyu becoming avrbs). must : 7 7, with Inf. act. 
5. was ranged : Vcb. yevfoeat. 6. to have taunted : ffKAwTeiv, Guide 99 30. 
In what follows, note idiomatic r/Kfiv. 7. firetra 5^, or ptrroi. 9. bowed 
down: still infinitive construction, as aK&irreiv above. in fact: ydp. 
12. showed etc. : QalveffOat might be used 1 14, but the Impf. stem alone is 
enough. Greek is simple, and avoids unnecessary amplification. 14. main- 
tained etc.: Impf. 18-20. Gen. abs. 20. Ingressive Aorists, H. 841, G. 1260, 
B. 529. 



I2 o ATTIC PROSE 

history relates, conceived a design of making himself 
ruler of all the nations round about him. This, he 
thought, would be easily accomplished, could he but 
render the Medes powerless; for of the neighboring 
5 tribes this one seemed to him the strongest. It is said 
that he had reduced all the Syrians to subjection, had 
already brought the Arabians and Hyrcanians under 
his sway, and was besieging the Bactrians. Next, 
therefore, with a view to his campaign against Media, 

10 he sends abroad to all his dependencies, likewise to 
Croesus, king of Lydia, to the king of the Cappadocians, 
and to many others. Some are said to have been per- 
suaded by his arguments to form an alliance with him, 
while others were prevailed upon by means of bribes 

15 and largesses. 

Cyrus takes Command of a Persian Army 

Cyaxares, the son of Astyages, on becoming aware of 
the hostile design and the preparation of those who 
were combining against him, proceeded immediately to 
make such counter-preparations as he could at home, 
20 and sent to Persia" also, addressing himself both to the 
community at large and to his brother-in-law Cambyses, 
who was its king. He likewise addressed Cyrus, in 
these words : " I beg you, if the commonwealth send 
any soldiers, to come as their commander ; for I hear 

i. design: i.e. the will. 3. Not passive voice. 8. was besieging: Guide 
94 ii. Next: ZireiTa. 9. with a view: 16 24. campaign: 27 21 f. 
19. at home: o^r6s. English ascending scale. 22. TT^TTUV 8. K. w. K. T. 
eXeyev, 18 26. The direct quotation here constitutes a real departure from 
the M.; oratio directa and oratio obliqua are essentially different. 



EXERCISES FOR WRITING 121 

that you have completed the ten-year course of the 
Youths, and are now in the class of Grown Men." 
Thus, upon Cyrus' acceptance of the proposal, the 
council of elders chose him commander of the troops 
5 for Media. 

He marches to Media 

Being thus about to start upon his first military expe- 
dition, Cyrus begged his father to accompany him upon 
the march as far as the frontier. Cambyses assented, 
and after addressing their vows to Hestia, Zeus, and 

10 the other gods they proceeded on their way. Immedi- 
ately there were auspicious thunderings and flashes of 
lightning ; and no one failed to mark that these revela- 
tions were signs given by the supreme deity. 

When they arrived at the frontier, as they were about 

15 to cross into Media, an eagle made its appearance on 
the right hand and preceded them ; and not until they 
had prayed to the tutelary gods and heroes of the Per- 
sian land to grant a favorable and gracious passage did 
they undertake to pass the border. When, however, 

20 they had passed over and had again offered prayer to 
the tutelary gods of Media to give them a gracious and 
favorable reception, father and son took an affectionate 

6. about to: 34 i. 7. him: H. 683 a, G. 993, .471,^: 55 18. 8. as- 
sented : 26 10. 12. Note that \a9e'ii> always has an object, expressed or under- 
stood; and the object often becomes the subject in English: dra/crcDv TOI)J 
(?eoi)s oil \rj6et, ' The gods do not fail to note that he is out of order,' 44 3. 
revelations : <t>a.v^vra, not as substantive; i.e. do not use the article, H. 673, 
G. 945, B. 456. 13. signs: pred., not as in M. H. 669, G. 956, B. 449. 
given by: predicate Gen. (of possession), H. 732 a, G. 1094, B. 348, I. 
16 1 8. The English idiom is negative, the Greek positive. H. 976 b. 
19. undertake to pass : Impf. 



I2 2 ATTIC PROSE 

leave of one another ; the former returned home ; while 
Cyrus led the army to Cyaxares and the Medes. 

Capture of Sardis 

Learning that Croesus, the king of Lydia, who had 
retreated in the night on the homeward track, had 
5 already arrived at Sardis, Cyrus at once marched upon 
the city. When he came to the stronghold in Sardis, 
he proceeded to set up his engines and prepare scaling 
ladders as speedily as he could. Instead, however, of 
making an attack upon the wall, the next night he 

10 caused a force of Chaldaeans and Persians to ascend the 
fortification at a point supposed to be its steepest part 
and hence left unguarded. The way was shown to them 
by a Persian, a man who had been the slave of a mem- 
ber of the garrison in the citadel, and had knowledge of 

15 a path leading down to the river, affording also means 
of ascent. 

The heights being thus in possession of the enemy, 
the Lydians no longer remained within the walls, but 
all took to flight, wherever each could best save himself 

20 throughout the city. Cyrus, marching in at break of 
day, issued an order that no man should stir from the 

3. king of Lydia: 14 25. had retreated: Aor. Distinguish Aor. and 
Impf. with care throughout this exercise. 6. stronghold : note the synonyms 
rb Tfixos, 7-A Tfl^i}, rb epvfM, TO, &Kpa, rj d/cp67ro\ts. The arx, from different 
points of view. 8. instead of etc. : 59 5. 9-12. Remember the order in the M. 
hence : Sia T. left unguarded : ep. 6vra <t>v\6.Kiav. Men of Chaldaea and 
Persia were chosen to execute this ruse, because their native haunts being moun- 
tainous afforded them practice in climbing steeps. 12. The passive voice in 
Eng. is often a device to secure a natural order. 14. had knowledge : Guide 
95. 17-20. Many words are saved in turning English into Greek. 






EXERCISES FOR WRITING 123 

ranks. Croesus, however, supposing that the soldiers 
would plunder the city, shut himself up in his palace 
and began to call loudly upon the name of Cyrus. 
Whereupon his conqueror, before establishing his army 

5 in camp, left a guard over Croesus, that no harm might 
come to him. 

Cyrus and Croesus 

Later in the same day he commanded Croesus to be 
led into his presence. When Croesus saw him, " All 
hail, master! " he exclaimed ; " this name henceforward 

10 Fate ordains is thine to hear and mine to utter." 
" All hail to thee likewise, Croesus," was the reply, 
" seeing that we are indeed mortals both. But, Croesus, 
will you perchance give me a bit of advice?" "In 
truth, Cyrus," said he, " I could wish to find some good 

15 thing for you ; for I fancy it would prove good for me, 
also." 

Cyrus accordingly went on to explain that it was the 
soldiers who must be helped. " Many toils and many 
perils have they undergone," he said, "and now they 

20 believe themselves in possession of the wealthiest city 
in Asia, next to Babylon. Unless, therefore, they shall 
reap some reward of their labors, I cannot long retain 
their obedience. Now then I do not wish to turn the 
city over to them to plunder ; for so not only would 

2. plunder: 183. 3. began: Guide 94 19. 4. ^cetvos 5f. before: 8529. 
5. harm etc. : 869. Here add KOLK^V. 7. later: 8425. in the day: cf. 16 
27. 9. this n. : Vcb. Seairdr^. 1 7. it was the soldiers : the Greek follows the 
order of thought in a simpler way than the English. Guide 72 21. 1 8. must 
be helped: choose between Set, xPVi w0e\ijT&>j (H. 990, G. 1597, B. 665), 
55 26, a%iovv M. 24. not only . . . but: T . . . rf. 



124 



ATTIC PROSE 



Sardis itself be destroyed, but in the sacking the worst 
class of men would have the best of it." 

"Nay," said Croesus, "let me see to preventing a 
pillage and the robbing women and children of their 

5 lives. I shall say to the Lydians that I have given you 
a solemn promise, provided you would not plunder the 
city, that you should have by the free gift of the people 
any fine thing there is to be found in Sardis. When 
they hear that, I am sure that every fine thing in pos- 

10 session of man or woman in this place will come into 
your hands. And in the same way next year you will 
again find the city full of good and fine things in 
plenty ; whereas, if you sack it, even your arts, which 
men call the wellsprings of luxury, will have gone to 

15 ruin. Now, when you have had a look at what comes 
in, you will be at liberty to consider anew the question 
of pillage." 



" If you wish, then, Cyrus, I shall now tell you what 
has been the outcome of my dealings with the oracle of 
20 Delphi. For I have in truth, even as it is said, sedu- 
lously cultivated the favor of Apollo ; and had I really 
known myself, I should have guided all my actions 
from the very outset in obedience to his commands. 
In fact, however, all my doings were of the contrary 

3. see to etc. : dtairp. wVre (J.T) 7. ap. fjLijSf^KrX. Vcb. yevtvOcu. 6. solemn 
promise : Vcb. Jj ^v. 11,13. you will find : your arts : ethical Dat. H. 770, 
G. 1171, B. 381. 18-24. All one period in Greek, but in other respects simpler 
than the English. No Aorist occurs until ir poo^c^x^'?'' is reached. 2 1 . really : 
Vcb. etirep. Cf. wirep 'just as,' even as.' 



EXERCISES FOR WRITING 



125 



sort in relation to Apollo. To begin with, when I 
ought to have questioned the god as to anything that I 
wanted, I neglected this for the sake of making trial of 
him, to see whether he could speak the truth. Yet 
5 assuredly no one, not a god merely, but not even a man 
who is fair and good, loves those who disbelieve him. 
And so he, after coming to feel that he was disbelieved, 
was wroth with me and would not help me. 

" Such, then, being the strange thing that I was 

10 doing, when finally I sent to consult the god about 
issue, at first he gave me no answer at all. When, 
however, by means of many offerings that I sent, I 
began to believe, that I had at last fully propitiated him, 
again I inquired what I was to do in order that children 

15 might be born to me. And he replied that I would 
have them. And here indeed he spoke not falsely ; 
nevertheless, it would have been better had they never 
been born. For, once born, they availed me nought, 
seeing that one was dumb from first to last, while the 

I. when I ought: express either by parataxis, or by Ace. abs. H. 973, 
G. 1569, B. 658. There is no S.v either way. H. 897, G. 1400, B. 607, cf. 
6nr)v 19 3. 3. (for the sake of) making: in Greek the participle 
not imply purpose, but rather cause ; in fact it explains the neglect. A 
rticiple is only a participle : it is a perverse habit to hunt up an exact logical 
relation for every participle, as none in particular may be implied, or two or 
iree at once. So with the cases, Guide 101 27. 7. coming to feel: Aor. 
wroth : 51 26. 9. strange thing : here means ri> d,Troireipa<r6a<, rov 6eov. 
it in the M. the plural alludes to certain odd devices of Croesus, related by 
arodotus I. 46-48. that I was doing: the relative form is an English 
ikeshift to secure a natural order of thought, cf. 123 17; there would be no 
elative in Greek. 10. when finally : 8re 81^, with Impf. 1 1-13. When ... I 
jgan : Guide 94 20. at last : TTOT<(. 14. Guide 71 36. 16. here : TOVTO, H. 
, G. 1054, B. 334. 17. better : Kpeirrov. 19. first to last : Vcb. re\fiv. 



I2 6 ATTIC PROSE 

other, turning out excellently well, perished in the 
prime of life. Even by such misfortunes regarding 
my children was I oppressed, so that again I sent and 
asked the god what I should do to pass the remainder 
5 of my life thereby most happily. And he replied to 
me : 

' Thyself knowing, Croesus, happy shalt thou fare.' 

" Delighted as I was with this prophecy, I believed 
that now at any rate the god meant to help me. For 

10 what easier condition could he impose in offering hap- 
piness than this one? A knowledge of one's own 
nature I thought belonged to everybody in the world. 
And truly, in the time that ensued, had I kept quiet, 
probably I should have had no fault to find with my 

15 fortunes. But after the death of my son, having been 
prevailed upon by the Assyrian to take part in the 
campaign against you, Cyrus, although not competent 
to contend with you, then it was that I failed to know 
myself. At first, to be sure, though I encountered 

20 every peril, I was delivered unharmed, and was not 
disposed to blame the god ; but subsequently I fared 
otherwise I came off by no means safely, myself nor 
mine." 

8. Remember that in the M. the personal pronoun is emphasized (by antith- 
esis). Often so in Greek, rarely in English. f 21 4, 9, 26 26, 82 21, 46 17, 
24, 47 12, 14, 20, 22; so the third pers. 9 II, 20, 16 12, 23 12, 57 21. 
9. meant: /3otfXe<r0eu. 9-12. Remember the order and construction in the M. 
14. probably: 44 3. 18. then it was: ovru H failed to know: Ingres- 
sive Aor., negatively. 19. at first : r6 irp. 21. subsequently : 34 25. fared : 
use vp&Treiv. 22. by no means : 31 20. See also H. 1030, cf. 32 9 f. 



EXERCISES FOR WRITING I2/ 

Thus again, now that many begged him to become 
their leader, offering him rewards, and declaring that 
if lie were but willing to hold command, all would mind 
him and he could be the greatest man in the world, 

5 by such talk Croesus allowed himself to be puffed up 
and spoiled. Accordingly, when he was chosen as 
leader of the war by all the neighboring princes, he 
accepted the command, in very truth not knowing him- 
self, but fancying himself competent to war against the 

10 great Cyrus. 

Ev8ai[xovia 

It was the belief of Cyrus that Apollo would yet 
prove true in declaring that Croesus was to be happy 
through self-knowledge. And of all men surely Cyrus 
might make the best conjectures as to this matter ; for 

15 at that juncture he had the power to effect it. Indeed, 
as he reflected upon the former prosperity of the 
Lydian king, he was moved with pity, and promised 
to restore to him the possession of his wife and his 
daughters, his friends, his servants, and a festive board 

20 even such as that wherewith they all had been wont 
to live. 

For his own part Croesus averred that if Cyrus would 
do that for him whereof he spoke, he should himself 
thenceforward lead an existence the most blessed of all. 

I f. Gen. abs. 5. allowed rff. .' Impf. 11. Guide 98 10. 13. The Vague 
Potential may be used when the time in mind is Past. Examples are numerous, 
Thuc. I. 9, 4, Herod. VII. 214. Cf. Shak. Hamlet V. I (contemplating a 
skull) "This fellow might be in his time a great buyer of land." Guide 
100 2. 15. at that juncture: lv T r. 22. Not a.vrf>*. Cf. 57 7, though 
5^ alone would suffice. 24. thenceforward : rf5w. 



128 ATTIC PROSE 

Of such an existence he declared that his wife had been 
the possessor ; for that she, while participating equally 
with him in all comforts and all good cheer, had yet 
had no share of his anxiety to procure these blessings, 
5 nor of war and fighting. He thought, therefore, that 
he would owe new thank-offerings to Apollo, if Cyrus 
were to establish him in the same condition of life as 
he had himself secured to her. 

The Taking of Babylon 

Advancing on the road to Babylon, Cyrus reduced 
10 the Phrygians in Great Phrygia, reduced the Cappado- 
cians, and made subjects of the Arabians. From all 
these sources he made up Persian cavalry to the num- 
ber of no less than forty thousand, besides distributing 
many horses belonging to the captives among all the 
15 allies. Thus he arrived at Babylon with a vast number 
of horsemen, a vast number of archers and darters, and 
slingers innumerable. When in the immediate vicinity, 
Cyrus first stationed his whole army round the city, and 
then rode over the circuit in company with his staff and 
20 officers of the allied force. Finally, after inspecting 
the walls, he withdrew his troops from the city. 

When they had established their camp, Cyrus assem- 

1-3. had etc. : Guide 99 30. 2. while : parataxis. 4. share : H. 734, G. 1097, 
2, B. 356. 8. had secured : Aor. Indicative, if expressed at all. Guide 86 4. 
9. There must be a connective particle here, as everywhere. In The Taking of 
Babylon there is not one case of Asyndeton. Guide 92. to B. : Vcb. twi. 
The Genitive is really the same as with a verb of aiming or hitting (partitive). 
17. Vcb. 7rp6s. 1 8. stationed . . . round : Vcb. i<rrdi>a.i. Express the stationing 
merely as a fact, but make the riding descriptive. Guide 94 8. The Greek would 
also speak of Cyrus taking the ride in person. 20. Not a new sentence in Greek. 



EXERCISES FOR WRITING 129 

bled the commanders and addressed them. "Men of 
the allied armies, we have viewed the city from every 
side. Now as for taking such strong and lofty walls by 
assault, I for one am at a loss to see how the thing can 
5 be accomplished. On the other hand, the more people 
there are in the city, seeing they do not come forth to 
fight, the more speedily I suppose their capture can 
be effected by famine. Unless, therefore, you have 
some other plan to propose, this is the way I say the 

10 siege must be conducted." 

And Chrysantas said : " Then, too, is there not the 
river yonder, flowing through the middle of the city, 
with a breadth of more than two furlongs?" "Yes, 
indeed!" rejoined Gobryas, "and deep enough to be 

15 over the heads of two men, the one standing upon the 
other's shoulders ; so that the river makes the city 
even stronger than do the walls." "Well, Chrysantas," 
said Cyrus, "leaving alone all that lies beyond our 
power, what we have to do is to measure off without 

20 delay such portion of the distance as falls to each of 
us, and go to work and dig a trench, as wide and as 
deep as possible, that we may need the smallest possible 
number of guards." 

Accordingly, measuring the distance round the wall, 

25 leaving only room enough for large towers at the banks 

3-5. Here the M. ought to have been committed to memory verbatim. 
8?rws &V ns ?\ot, Vague Potential in indirect question. 13. with: H. 968 b, 
G. 1565,8. 653 N. 3. 18-21. &\\etc.: Vcb. <ros. 19. havetodo: xpt- meas- 
ure and dig : Guide 100 16. 21. go to work and dig : Impf. 24-25. meas- 
uring: the middle is not needed here as above 19. room: Vcb. Xiirety. at 
the banks : Vcb. M. 

ATTIC PROSE 9 



I3 ATTIC PROSE 

of the river, he proceeded to dig on either side of the 
fortification a moat of enormous dimensions. The earth 
the besiegers threw up on the side toward themselves. 
First he built towers at the river, to convey the strong- 

5 est possible impression that he was getting ready to 
invest the city. Then he erected a great many towers 
also upon the earth which was thrown up, in order to 
have a very large number of guard-stations. 

While this work was going on, the people within the 

10 walls made merry over the siege, averring that they had 
provisions for more than twenty years. Upon hearing 
this, Cyrus divided his army into twelve sections, each 
to keep guard during one month in the year. When 
the Babylonians heard of that, they ridiculed the be- 

15 siegers more than ever, amused at the prospect of being 

watched by Phrygians, Lydians, Arabians, and Cappa- 

docians, all of whom they regarded as more friendly 

disposed toward themselves than toward the Persians. 

The digging of the trenches was now completed. 

20 Cyrus had heard of a certain festival in Babylon, when 
the whole population spend the entire night in drinking 
and revelry. Waiting for this occasion, as soon as it 

2. The earth : not a new sentence. The Greek does not mind the change 
of subject, hence has no need to mention ' besiegers.' 4. to convey the im- 
pression etc. : touctvai with ptcp. Dat. 9. Guide 93 12. 10. averring: implied 
in us with ptcp. 1 2. into sections : Vcb. vtfjxiv. each etc. : Ace. abs. H. 974, 
G. 1570, B. 658 N. Cf. also 52 12 and 16 24. 14. the Babylonians : strongly 
contrasted, cf. 57 7. 15. Guide 8032. being watched: not passive voice. 
18. themselves: Vcb. <rtf>as. 19. completed: Guide 95. Cf. 132 20. 
20. heard of: Guide 97 10. 22. (waiting for) this (occasion) : the force 
of this expression is conveyed in Greek by placing the relative before the 
antecedent clause. Thus often, cf. 5 I f., 21 12 f., 30 10, 42 29. 



EXERCISES FOR WRITING 131 

grew dark he took a large force of men and opened up 
the trenches to the river. This being done, the water 
began to move down the trenches in the night, while 
the way through the city gradually became passable for 
5 men. While the river way was thus made ready, Cyrus 
issued an order to the Persian chiliarchs of both horse 
and foot to appear before him, each with his command 
drawn up two-deep ; the allies to follow in the rear, 
drawn up in the usual manner. They accordingly pre- 

10 sented themselves. Cyrus sending down his working 
force, foot and horse, into the dry part of the channel, 
ordered them to take note when the bottom of the river 
became traversable. 

When these reported that the passage was clear, they 

15 finally began their march. Of those who met them, 
some were struck down and slain, some turned and fled 
to the heart of the city, some fell to shouting. Gobryas 
and his men joined their voices to the others, pretend- 
ing to be revellers themselves ; and proceeding the 

20 quickest way they could, arrived at the royal residence. 
The troops under the command of Gobryas and Gadatas 
found the gates of the palace closed ; but those who 
had been detailed against the guards of the vestibule 
burst in upon them, where they were drinking by a 

25 brilliant light, and immediately put them to the sword. 
A great din and clamor ensued. The people inside 

2. done: Vcb. yevfoBai. 3. began: Guide 94 18. 4. gradually: implied 
in the Impf. stem. 7. with : Ayuv. H. 968 b, G. 1565, B. 653 N. 3. 12. when : 
Greek ' whether,' 'if,' Vcb. el. 16. some: always accent the article when 
used as a pronoun, o pAv, o dt, etc. H. 654, B. 443, I. slain : Vcb. diroOaveiv. 
26. Use the Historical Present freely along here. 



I32 ATTIC PROSE 

perceiving the uproar, the king commanded them to 
see what was the matter, whereupon some opened the 
gates and ran out. When Gadatas and his men saw 
the gates standing wide they burst in, and following up 
5 with blows the fugitives who retreated within the build- 
ing, came to the king himself. They found him already 
risen from his seat, holding the sword that he wore 
drawn from its scabbard. He was soon overpowered 
by the numerous force of Gadatas and Gobryas ; while 

10 his courtiers fell dead one by one, some endeavoring to 
screen their persons, others in flight, others still making 
whatever defence they could. Cyrus sent his squad- 
rons along the various highways, with orders to slay 
such as they found abroad ; while as for the people in 

15 the houses, those who understood Assyrian should pro- 
claim that they were to remain within ; if any one were 
caught outside, he would be despatched. 

While this was going on, Gadatas and Gobryas ar- 
rived. And first of all they gave thanks to Heaven, 

20 for that their vengeance upon the wicked king was now 
complete ; then they covered the hands and feet of 
Cyrus with kisses, with many tears and other manifes- 
tations of their joy. When day dawned, and those who 
held the heights perceived that the city had been taken 

5. with blows : ptcp. 7. risen etc. : Vcb. ffTrjvai. that he wore: see 118 
1 8 note. 8. drawn etc.: Guide 95 10. Greek is simple. 8-12. Here the 
descriptive Past-Imperfect sets in again. The Historical Present stands for a 
Past-Aorist. 9-12. The M. should have been got by heart. n. others 
still: Vcb. 7^. In a series 7^ gives a new turn to the thought, cf. 45 I. 
13. Guide 99 6. iS. Cf. above 130 9. Gadatas and Gobryas were Assyrians 
who had been wronged by their own sovereign, and gone over to Cyrus. 
22. tears etc. : use participle. 



EXERCISES FOR WRITING 133 

and the king was dead, they surrendered the heights 
also. Cyrus immediately took possession, sent gar- 
risons to occupy the heights, and gave up the dead to 
their relatives for burial. 

Cyrus' Dower 

5 When in the course of their march they arrived at 
the Median territory, Cyrus turned aside to visit Cyaxa- 
res. Greeting him affectionately, Cyrus said : " A house 
has been set apart for you in Babylon, Cyaxares, as a 
royal residence, that when you visit the city you may 

10 have private quarters for your accommodation. And I 
bring you likewise many fine presents now." Cyaxares 
accepted the gifts, and declared that he would give 
Cyrus his daughter to wife the same whom Cyrus as 
a child, when at their house, had often tended. And he 

15 said he would give as her marriage portion the whole 
land of Media. To this Cyrus made reply, that for the 
family and for the maid herself he had naught but 
praise ; that he preferred, however, before ratifying the 
contract, to have the consent of his father and his 

20 mother. With these words he proceeded on his way to 
Persia. 

5. Hist. Pres. in both clauses. 7. The direct quotation is an essential 
departure from the M. Conversely below, 12 ff. In the M. the 'house' and 
the 'residence' are not the same. 10. accommodation: Vcb. &yay^cr&ai. 
n. now: beware of the ascending scale, Guide 70 13. 13. to wife : predicate 
substantive. Do not repeat the name in Greek, where the masculine and 
feminine forms make all clear. 15. marriage portion: Vcb. dovvai. The 
dowry is given 'over and above' (4vL) the bride. 17. tiraivCi is a polite form 
of declining (here, provisionally) an offer. 18. The English idiom is negative 
in form; the Greek shows the sense by the order, cf. 16 I f. 



I3 4 ATTIC PROSE 

The Charge of Cambyses 

Being at once the king of the Persians and the father 
of Cyrus, Cambyses was naturally a well-wisher to both 
parties. It was his right, as he affirmed, so far as he 
recognized what was good for both, to recount it in public 
5 before them all. In the past, he said, the Persians had 
made his son great by giving him an army and appoint- 
ing him its leader, while Cyrus, at the head of it, had 
made them famous, not in Asia only, but throughout 
the world. 

10 "Now then," said the king, after assembling the 
authorities and inviting his son into their presence, " if 
ye wish to be to each other the authors of many bless- 
ings, continue hereafter to see things as ye see them 
now. Do not thou, Cyrus, becoming elated by thy 

15 present fortunes, undertake to govern the Persians in 
a spirit of inequality ; nor do ye, fellow-citizens, ever 
envy him his power and attempt to depose him from 
the command." In order that the good event might 
come about, the Persians and Cyrus offered sacrifice in 

20 common, and calling the gods to witness they made 
a covenant. He swore that in case of an invasion of 
the Persian territory, or any attempt to break up the 
Persian customs, he would come with all his might to 

i. at once: rt . . . K a.l. 3. his right: Guide 98. as he affirmed: 
not parenthetical in Greek, but in about the same position. 10. Paraphrase 
this; the Greek will hardly bear so long an interpolation inside a direct quo- 
tation. In translating, never interchange oratio directa and oratio obliqua. 
The difference is an essential one. 13. continue to see: i.e. yiyv6ffi<eiv, 
not yv&vat. For the meaning of the verb here, cf. 3 28 f. 14-18. Negative 
commands; see 112 15 note. 



EXERCISES FOR WRITING 135 

the rescue. And they, for their part, swore that if any 
one were for suppressing the rule of Cyrus, or if one of 
his subjects were to undertake to revolt, they would 
come to their own rescue and to his, according to his 
5 order. 

Thereafter, so long as Cambyses lived, his was the 
kingdom among the Persians. But upon his death his 
son Cyrus became king. And whenever he came to 
Persia he performed in behalf of the community the 
10 same sacrifices that had previously been performed by 
his father. But when Cyrus was away from home they 
selected from the nation that man who seemed to be 
the noblest, and bade him fulfill the rites of religion. 

Length and Breadth of the Empire 

Hear, O people, what proclaims your king. "Upon 

15 the completion of a year I shall assemble forces at 

Babylon, until they amount to six hundred thousand 

foot and a hundred and twenty thousand horse. Then, 

when my preparations are all made, I intend to set in 

motion an expedition for the purpose of reducing all 

20 the tribes that inhabit the region between Syria and 

the Erythraean Sea. Next after that, if all go well, 

I hope to take the field against Egypt. 

"Thenceforward my empire will be of such extent 

as to have extremes uninhabitable by reason of heat, 

25 or cold, or excess or lack of water. I shall myself 

6. so long as: cf. 4 12. Definite relative clause. his: eKetvov. 8. In- 
gressive Aorist. 14. 'AKotiere Xey. proclaims: Vcb. ayopefciv. 16. until: 
Guide 91 35. amount: yevfoOai. 18. all made: Guide 95. 21. all go 
well : 28 2 f. 22. take the field : 27 21 f. 



I3 6 ATTIC PROSE 

dwell in the central portion thereof, passing the Winter 
season in Babylon, where the climate is sunny; the 
Spring at Susa; and Midsummer at Ecbatana. This 
I shall do, to the end that I may live in the mildness 
5 and the coolness of perpetual Spring. 

" And the disposition of the people toward me will 
be such that every nation will seem to be the worse off 
if it cannot send to me any fine thing that either grows 
or is raised or manufactured within its territory. Every 

10 city will feel likewise, and every individual will think 
that he might become rich if he could but gratify me 
in something. For, receiving from each community 
that whereof the givers possess an abundance, I shall 
give in return that of which I perceive they have but 

15 little." 

2\)o-Kex)dt,oi), o> Kvpc 

Thus the years rolled on, until Cyrus, now a very old 
man, arrived in Persia for the seventh and last time 
during his own reign. His father and mother were, in 
the course of nature, long since dead. He, as was his 

20 wont, offered the regular sacrifices and made the cus- 
tomary distribution of gifts. This done, he lay down 
to sleep in the royal house of his fathers. 

That night a dream, as Xenophon relates, appeared 
to Cyrus, whereby God meant to indicate that the end 

25 of his life was near at hand. He dreamt that one of 
mightier than human mien came to him and said, 
" Cyrus, get ready for a march ; thou wilt go now to 

I. dwell: Vcb. SlaiTa, KiairaffBai. 16. until: 58 17. 21. done: not pas- 
sive voice. 23. Xenophon : 35 10. See also 37 10. 26. said : Guide 99 39. 



EXERCISES FOR WRITING 137 

join the gods." Awaking, he immediately proceeded 
to offer sacrifice to the paternal Zeus and to Helios, 
as is the Persian custom, upon the heights ; and to 
them and to all the gods he prayed that they would 
5 accept the victims which he brought as thank-offerings 
for many noble successes in the past. He owed them 
deep gratitude, he averred, for that he, on his side, 
had ever recognized their care, and had never felt 
greater pride in his good fortune than becomes a 

10 mortal man ; and he besought them to bestow blessings 
now upon his children and his wife, upon his friends 
and his native land, and to grant unto himself an end 
even such as the whole life which they had given. 
After the prayer he summoned his sons into his pres- 

15 ence to hear his last injunctions. 

Last Words of Cyrus the Great 

Perceiving clearly as he did that the end of his life 
was near, and wishing to indicate with certainty the 
succession to the throne, that it might not become a 
subject of dispute and cause trouble for his sons, Cyrus 

20 gave the chief sovereignty to the elder ; to the younger, 
the viceroyalty of Media and Armenia. In this way, 
he declared he could not see what human delectation 
either of them would ever lack. And he solemnly 
enjoined upon his sons that they should honor one 

25 another, if they cared at all for gratifying their father. 
He denied that they could know for certain, that their 

3. Const., 16 1-5. 8. Not Perf. stem. Avoid past phase. 14. prayer: 
52 4. injunctions: use tiriaK-fiirTeLv. 23. solemnly: 12 i, or 8 17. 
24. enjoined : tiruncfiirTeiv, with Inf. 26. denied : Vcb. fidvai. 



138 



ATTIC PROSE 



father was as nothing any more, after departing from 
this human life: for himself, he had never been 
brought to believe that the soul lives while inclosed 
within the mortal body, but after being released there- 
5 from is dead. If, then, they believed as he did, the 
dying man affirmed, they would respect his soul, and 
would do all that he asked; for he believed that the 
soul leaves the body, and does not die with it. Yet, 
though it were otherwise, let them at any rate so fear 

10 the gods and stand in awe of all mankind as never to 
be guilty of aught impious or unholy, in word or deed. 

The Death of Cyrus the Younger 

They had not yet arrived at the place where they 
were to halt, when a Persian, one of Cyrus' faithful 
followers, came in view, riding at full speed. When 

15 near, he shouted to all whom he met that the king was 
approaching with a large army ready for battle. Then 
all were alarmed, lest the enemy might fall upon them 
while in disarray. Cyrus, springing from his chariot, 
donned his cuirass and mounted his horse, while the 

20 Greek commanders gave orders to their men to equip 
themselves at once. At first there was great confusion ; 
but presently, with much ado, they got into position, each 
in his proper place. They were drawn up as follows : 

9. though: Vcb. '. let them etc. : still Inf. 10. For the negatives, H. 
1030, G. 1619, B. 433. 12. Remember the connective, Guide 92. Here xa.1, as 
often in this M., in accordance with its character of rapid narrative. Cf. Battle 
of Coronea. 13. halt : Vcb. \6eiv. when : for the word, 57 10; the construc- 
tion, which is rather modern, is used by Xenophon twice in this M. 1 7. them : 
Vcb. (r<cis. 21. at first: 19 13. 22. but presently: 267. 23. as follows: 

11 16. 



EXERCISES FOR WRITING 139 

Clearchus on the right, by the Euphrates, and stationed 
by him a thousand foreign cavalry together with the 
Greek peltast force; on the left, Menon, and Ariaeus 
the lieutenant of Cyrus ; Proxenus and the rest of the 
5 Greeks in the center. 

Before the enemy came in sight, a white cloud of 
dust was seen extending far over the plain. Some time 
later, as they drew near, there was a gleaming of brass, 
and directly the lances and the lines of men were 

10 visible. Cyrus in person, riding past, shouted to 

Clearchus to lead his army against the enemy's center, 

since the king was there ; if they should be victorious 

at that point, their whole work had been accomplished. 

The Greek army, remaining just where it had halted, 

15 was forming its lines as the men still continued to 
arrive, while the foreign force advanced with even 
front. At this juncture, Cyrus left his own position 
and rode along to make inspection, directing his gaze 
alternately upon friends and foes. Riding up to meet 

20 him Xenophon of Athens, who was in the Greek army, 
inquired of Cyrus if he had any word to communicate. 
Cyrus stopped and directed that all should be informed 
that the sacrifices were propitious. As he pronounced 
these words he heard a murmur passing through the 

25 ranks, and inquired as to the meaning of it. Clearchus 
explained that the watchword was being passed along, 
now for the second time. Cyrus then asking what the 
watchword was, Clearchus replied, " Zeus the Deliverer 

I. stationed: not passive voice in Greek. 22. stopped: Vcb. l<rrivai. 
27. Cyrus . . . asking: 



1 4 ATTIC PROSE 

and Victory." Though wondering who promulgated 
the sign, Cyrus nevertheless seemed pleased and de- 
clared that he accepted it. 

The two lines were about three furlongs apart, when 
5 the Greeks sounded the paean and began their advance 
upon the enemy. As they proceeded there was some 
undulation of the line, whereupon the portion left 
behind began to go on the double-quick. When this 
occurred, the others also ran ; and all raised the war- 

10 shout to Enyalius, and made a clatter with their shields 
against their spears, to frighten the horses of the 
enemy. And not a single arrow had yet reached its 
mark, when the foreigners turned and fled. Here the 
Greeks pursued, preserving their order as far as pos- 

15 sible, and called to each other to open ranks when they 
saw the scythe-chariots coming, which were speeding in 
every direction, without their drivers. Only one of the 
Greeks was overtaken in this way, and no harm came 
even to him. 

20 When the immediate followers of Cyrus saw the 
Greeks victorious and in pursuit of the forces opposed 
to them, they began to make their obeisance to him 
as king. But even so he was not induced to take part 
in the pursuit, but still held in close array the body of 

25 six hundred cavalry which attended him. Being well 
aware that the king occupied a central position in the 

I. though etc. : 58 13, 15. 2. seemed : here <j>alve<rOa,i, not SOKCIV. 5. began 
etc.: Vcb. Apxeiv. The word in the M. is probably not from tpxtffffai, which 
is very rare in Attic prose in the Past-Imperfect, as well as in Subjunctive, 
Optative, Imperative, and Participle. 22. began to make : Guide 94 19. 
23. he: see 126 8 note. induced: Vcb. dyayetv. ' 



EXERCISES FOR WRITING 14 1 

Persian army, Cyrus watched attentively to see what he 
would do. So much the more numerous were the royal 
forces, that the king, though he held the center of his 
own, was yet brought beyond the left wing of Cyrus ; 
5 and at that moment, perceiving that no one engaged 
him in front, he proceeded to wheel about for a flank 
movement. 

Here Cyrus, fearing lest the king might get in the 
rear of the Greek army, rides to the attack ; and charg- 

10 ing with his six hundred, he overcomes the force mar- 
shaled in front of the king and puts the six thousand 
to flight. At the same time that the rout occurred, 
however, the six hundred of Cyrus were also scattered, 
as they gave themselves up to the pursuit, except a 

15 very few who remained about his person. While with 
them, on espying the king he straightway exclaimed, 
" I see the man ! " and rushing upon him struck at his 
breast, piercing him through the cuirass; but as he 
dealt the blow he was himself forcibly struck by a 

20 javelin below the eye. In the conflict that ensued 
Cyrus and eight of his noblest followers were slain. 
The king was subsequently cured of his wound. 

Traits of the younger Cyrus 

When \he kings of ancient times had donations to 

confer, they were wont to summon in the first place 

25 those who had proved their bravery in war, seeing that 

1 6. Xenophon must have reflected on this scene when he composed the 
deathbed injunctions of the elder Cyrus. Cf. esp. 32 25-28. 23. of ancient 
times: 63 I. 25. proved etc. : Vcb. y 



142 



ATTIC PROSE 



no good comes of tillage far and wide, unless it have 
its defenders. In the second place, they invited such 
as best equipped and rendered productive their estates, 
in the belief that even the valiant could not live, were 
5 the tillers of the soil not there. " I now," observed 
Cyrus once upon a time, "might fairly receive the 
donations due to both parties ; for I am as good at 
improving the country as at defending the improve- 
ments; and I could wish to gain renown no less for ren- 

10 dering the land productive than for warlike prowess." 

Yes, to be sure, Cyrus would have proved an excel- 
lent ruler, had he not been slain on the expedition that 
he made to fight with his brother for the crown. A 
convincing proof was furnished by the fact that all 

15 were prompt to obey him and ready to stand by him 
in the hour of peril. The king's friends would hardly 
have fought with him while living, or died with him 
when he died, as Cyrus' followers fought and died for 
their leader. 

20 Lysander the Lacedaemonian had a guest-friend in 
Megara, to whom they say he related once upon a 
time how many friendly offices were shown him when 
he conveyed to Cyrus the presents of the allies, espe- 

i. no good (comes) : Vcb. fi^eXos. The copula is regularly omitted with 
this word, as with &vdy K ij, xpj, ?rot/ios, pydiov. Guide 81 24. 4. in the belief 
etc.: 50 14. were etc.: Guide 75 19. 5. oratio directa, an essential varia- 
tion from the M. I now : 46 24. 7. as ... as : r^ ... Ka l. 1 1. yes : Vcb. 
7^ 14- convincing: n^ya. was (furnished): simply 1)v, or tytvero. 
The verb in the M. is not passive but middle (subject, Cyrus). 16. hardly: 
06 irdvv. 20. had : etvai has the first position in narrative and descriptive 
statements, cf. 57 14. 22. how many etc. : Sea. The substantive is implied 
in the verb. Not passive voice in Greek. 23. especially : Vcb. dXXos. 



EXERCISES FOR WRITING 



143 



dally in that the prince exhibited his park at Sardis. 
While they were walking round together in the park, 
Lysander greatly admired everything and said, " Would 
I might also see, O Cyrus, the happy man who meas- 
5 ured off and arranged these fine trees ! Who is he ? " 
Cyrus, pleased at hearing these words, replied, "You 
will not only see him, but will shake hands with him, if 
you wish. I arranged them all myself, and some, too, 
I planted with my own hands." 

KaXoKa/yaOia 

10 To Critobulus, one of his companions, Socrates re- 
lated circumstantially how he came to meet a man 
who seemed to him truly to deserve the appellation 
"fair and good." His study of the matter, as he 
turned it over in his mind, appears to have been 

15 about as follows : " How, pray, am I to investigate 
the people who bear this worshipful title of ' fair and 
good'? to make out what work they do to deserve 
such a name. As for the good joiners, good smiths, 
good painters, good sculptors, and the rest of that ilk, 

20 I have already gone the round of them and viewed 
their works which are approved as fair. But here the 
man himself is called fair ; and, besides, to fair is added 
good: so that, perhaps, if I see anybody who is fair, I 
might go to him and endeavor to make him out, and 

2. while v. : ptcp., H. 624 d, G. 914, B. 319. 3. Vague wish. 8. some: 
Vcb. 8s. 10. Critobulus: 48 20. his companions : ol ffwbvres. 14. tvdv- 
HeiffOai Trpds <?. 15. about as follows : 29 22, add TIS. 15. The change to 
primary phase is an essential departure from the M. 17. do to deserve: cf. 
19 17, 23, 42 28, 46 1 6. 21. but here: vvv U. 



I44 ATTIC PROSE 

thus find the fair and the good in combination. How- 
ever, that is not very apt to be the case: many with 
whom I fancy I am already well acquainted are fair in 
person, but sorry enough as to their souls. I believe, 
5 therefore, I will let alone the fair appearance, and go 
straight to one of the very persons who are called ' fair 
and good.' Now then, as I hear that Ischomachus is 
so named by everybody, men and women, Athenians 
and strangers, I shall endeavor to have an interview 

10 with him." 

One day, accordingly, Socrates, as he related to 
Critobulus, when he saw the man seated apparently 
at leisure in the colonnade of the temple of Zeus the 
Liberator, approached him, and taking a seat by his 

15 side addressed him : " How comes it, Ischomachus, 
little accustomed as you are to be at leisure, that I 
find you seated ? Almost always I see you in the 
market-place, engaged in some business, or certainly 
anything but unoccupied." " Nor should I be unoccu- 

20 pied now," said he, " had I not agreed to await certain 
friends from abroad in this place." "But when you 
are not attending to something of this sort, pray tell 
me," said Socrates, "where do you spend your time, 
and what do you do ? I am strongly desirous of ascer- 

25 taining from you, how in the world you employ your- 
self to have earned the name of 'fair and good.' You 
certainly do not pass the time indoors. Nothing in 
your appearance bears evidence of that." 

4. I believe etc. : Guide 74 8. 8. by : Vcb. -rpfn. Not quite the same 
in meaning as irrd. 



EXERCISES FOR WRITING 145 

To this, with a smile, Ischomachus replied, that by 
what name people who happened to be talking with 
Socrates were pleased to call him, he knew not ; those 
who sought him out on serious bu*iness called him 
5 plain Ischomachus, adding the name of his father. "As 
to your question, now, Socrates," he went on to say, 
" I certainly do not pass the time indoors by any 
means. Be sure, my wife is abundantly capable of 
managing everything there is to be done in my house." 

Ischomachus' Instructions to his Wife 

10 Nay, but here, too, is something, I said, that for my 
part I should be extremely glad to learn from you, 
Ischomachus ; and that is, whether you yourself edu- 
cated the woman to such accomplishment, or whether 
she already knew how to manage what devolves upon 

15 her, at the time you took her from her father and her 
mother. " And what could she know, Socrates," said 
he, "at the time I received her? when she came to 
my house a girl not yet fifteen years of age, whose 
whole life up to that moment had been carefully 

20 watched, to the end that she should see as little, hear 
as little, and say as little as possible. Ought you not 
to be content, if when she came she knew no more 
than how to weave a garment of a stent of wool or 
inspect the wool-work weighed out to the maids ? " 

25 Then, said I, did you, Ischomachus, yourself educate 

I. to this: 514. 2-4. The relative clauses become participles in Greek. 
10. The re-translation of this exercise will often require strict memorizing of 
the M. 16. Guide 71 36. 21. Guide 90. 23. weave: the Greek says 
' exhibit,' i.e. deliver, all woven, Vcb. SfiKvuvai. 
ATTIC PROSE IO 



I4 6 ATTIC PROSE 

the woman to a competency for her position in all 
other respects? "Not, indeed," replied he, "not, 
Socrates, till I had done sacrifice, and had prayed 
that I might be led to teach and she to learn that 
5 which for both of us was the best ! " Now for 
Heaven's sake, Ischomachus, said I, what was the 
first thing that you undertook to teach her ? Tell me 
the story; I had rather hear you tell this tale than 
describe the finest gymnastic or equestrian contest 

10 in the world ! 

"Why, then, Socrates," he replied, "after she had 
begun to get used to me, and was gentle enough to 
be willing to converse, I questioned her somewhat in 
this wise : ' Tell me, my wife, did you ever give thought 

15 to this thing, what end your parents and I can have 
had in view when they gave you to me and I took you ? 
It was the deliberations of your parents on your behalf 
and my deliberations on mine, wondering what partner 
of hearth and home either of us .could best take, that 

20 resulted in my choosing you, and your father and 
mother making their choice, such as fate permitted, 
of me. Now, then, we have this house in common. 
I make a showing of all my property to go to the 
common fund, and you have put in all that you 

2. other respects : look out everywhere for the English ascending scale, 
Guide 70 13. 2. not till: Vcb. irplv. 4. be led: to a religious Greek Ti/xf 
(Tiryx^" 6 "') would be equivalent to divine guidance. 5-7. Translated by 
Cicero, quid igitur, pro deum immortalium fidein, primum earn docebas? 
8. Connective us, Vcb. Thus often tirfl, instead of ydp. II. had begun: 
Guide942i. 15. can have had: irort. 17. Preserve the order in the main; the 
idioms are very different. As usual, the Greek is far simpler than the English. 



EXERCISES FOR WRITING 147 

brought as marriage portion. And what we need 
to be reckoning up is not, which one of us has con- 
tributed numerically the larger share ; but this is what 
we are to know for certain, that whichsoever of us 
5 proves the best partner in the business, that one's 
contribution is worth the most. 

"To these words, Socrates, my wife replied, 'But 
in what thing,' said she, ' would I be able to act with 
you ? It is on you that everything depends. My 

10 mother said that my business was to behave well.' 
1 By the powers,' I exclaimed, ' exactly what my father 
said to me, wife ! Yet 'tis a mark of prudent behavior, 
certainly, in man or woman, to take the best possible 
care of what one already possesses, and adopt every 

15 fair and honorable means of getting as much as pos- 
sible more.' 'But what,' said my wife, 'do you see 
that I can do to help in increasing the estate?' 'Truly,' 
said I, ' if there be something which by the divine gift 
of nature you are qualified to perform, with the sanc- 

20 tion of human law, try to do that as well as you possibly 
can.' ' And what is that ? ' said she. ' Not, I fancy, 
the least weighty matters,' was my reply, 'unless for- 

I. brought etc. : Vcb. ivtyica.<r0a.i. 3. this: Vcb. ^jcetros. 10-12. The 
largest ingredient of KoXoKayaOla is <ru<ppoffijvrj, cf. 46 2, 52 18, 61 29. 
Vcb. ffiixftpuv. The Romans translated ff<a<j>poffvvr) by temperantia or modestia 
(modus, modestus). Ischomachus is a trifle sly in the turn that he gives to the 
(rw(j>poveii> of his wife. 13. Clauses " final of care or effort " (Sirws with future 
Ind.) are copiously illustrated in the M. See the list H. 885. Ueipa<rOai 
usually takes the Infinitive. Sometimes Xenophon forgets that he has said 
STTWS, and the Infinitive follows it, 43 25. 20. that: made forcible in 
Greek by placing the relative before the antecedent clause, see 130 22 note. 
22. weighty: 105 (dyeiv 'weigh'). 



148 



ATTIC PROSE 



sooth, it is the least weighty matters that are presided 
over by the queen bee in the hive! For I believe, 
wife,' " so Ischomachus told me that he said to her, 
'"I do believe, that particularly in making up this 

5 yoke-pair which is called male and female, the gods 
gave profound consideration to its mutual helpfulness 
in union by originally adapting, as it seems to me, 
the nature of the woman to the works and cares within, 
and the nature of the man to the works and cares with- 

10 out. The body and the spirit of the man they so 
equipped as to be better able to endure extremes of 
heat and cold, long journeys and marches afield thus 
imposing on him the outside labors ; while in creating 
the body of the woman with less power in these direc- 

15 tions, thereby, as it seems to me,' " Ischomachus de- 
clared he said, "'God enjoined upon her the inside 
labors. Because the nature of both is not equally well 
adapted to the same things all round, for this reason 
the man and woman have greater need of each other, 

20 and the pair has been made more helpful unto itself, 
the one yoke-fellow being able to do those things in 
which the other yoke-fellow is deficient. It behooves 
us now, my wife,' said I, ' knowing as we do what 
duties God has severally enjoined upon us, to endeavor 

25 to perform them severally, in the best possible manner.' 

" ' Custom likewise adds its sanction,' " he continued, 

as he told me, " 'in joining man and wife together; and 

2. I : emphasized in Greek, see 126 8 note. 3. so Ischomachus etc. : e0?j 
0<fu. Greek simplicity. 7. it seems: Guide 98 10. 21. in which: a in the 
M. is under the influence of 8wd/ji>ov. AXe/TreTtu alone would have the 
genitive. 26. Custom and law are covered by the same word. 



EXERCISES FOR WRITING 149 

what God has given either one the more power to do, 
that the law declares is well. It is handsomer for the 
woman to abide within than to tarry without, while for 
the man it is more unhandsome to remain within than 

5 to attend to the affairs without. And in case of any 
one contravening these laws of nature, it may be that 
Heaven does not fail to note that he is out of order, 
and he pays the penalty for neglecting his own busi- 
ness and doing the woman's work. And it seems to 

10 me,' I added, 'that the queen bee has just such a set 
of labors divinely imposed upon her to perform.' 

" ' And pray how can it be,' she said, ' that the queen 
bee has labors just like those which I have got to do ? ' 
' Because,' said I, ' she, too, remaining within the hive, 

15 will not suffer the bees to be idle, but sends forth to 
their work such of them as must be busy without. The 
honey that each one brings in she takes note of and 
receives, and saves it all until there be need to use it. 
Then, when the proper time for using it has arrived, 

20 she dispenses to each one of the bees its just portion. 
Furthermore she has charge of the construction of the 
combs within the hive, that they may be framed with 
excellent despatch ; and she attends to the rearing up 
of the progeny that comes to light. And when the 

25 rearing is complete, and the young bees are equal to 
labors of their own, she sends them off to found a new 
community, with one of the number as their queen.' 

2. is well : Guide 97 5. 6. contravening : Vcb. irapd. 7. fail to note : 
cf. 15 23, 121 12 note. 12. pray: Vcb. iro?os. 18. until: Guide 91 35. 
24. progeny: T^KOV stands in the M., instead of the Gen. which eiri(ie\iff6ai 
regularly takes, because it is the anticipated subject of AKT/J^IJTCU. H. 878. 



I5 ATTIC PROSE 

" ' And is this, then,' said my wife, ' what / will have 
to do ? ' ' You will certainly have to remain indoors,' I 
said, ' and help in sending forth those domestics whose 
work is done outside; while such of them as have 

5 inside work to do, you must oversee. You must re- 
ceive the produce that is brought into the house : as 
much of it as needs to be expended must be disbursed 
by you, while any surplus that needs to be put by, you 
must look out for, and take care that the store intended 

10 for a year be not used up in a month. When your 
wool has been brought in, you must see that garments 
are woven for any who need them. Yes, and you must 
have the cereals admirably prepared for food. There 
is just one of the duties devolving upon you,' I said, 

15 'that will perhaps seem a trifle ungracious: if ever a 
member of the household is sick, you must see to it in 
every case that he is tended and made well.' ' Nay, 
rather say most gracious,' she rejoined, 'at least if 
those who have been well tended will thank me and 

20 be more friendly than ever.' 

"Then I," pursued Ischomachus, "admiring her 
answer, said : ' Is it not of precisely such attentions on 
the part of the queen bee that the disposition of the 
other bees toward their leader comes ? so that when 

5. must: the M. well illustrates the construction of the verbal adjective in 
-T<?OS, H. 988-992, G. 1594 ff, B. 633 ff. 9. that the store etc. : Cic. ne sumptus 
annuus menstrutis fiat. 12. woven : Vcb. yevfoffat. 13. prepared for food : 
i.e. by grinding (crushing). Perhaps, however, <riros is here meant to include 
more than breadstuff's; dried fruits, for example. 19. will : not " shall." Here 
M?XXeic, but the Fut. Ind. might be used, cf. 46 14, Guide 103 5. 22. Is it not 
etc.: English makeshift to secure a natural order of thought, cf. 123 17 note, 
125 9. 



EXERCISES FOR WRITING 151 

she quits the hive, not a bee of them thinks she ought 
to be abandoned, but one and all they follow.' To this 
my wife responded : ' I should be surprised,' she said, 
'if the work of a leader does not pertain rather to your- 
5 self than to me. All my guarding of what is within, 
all my dispensing would appear ridiculous enough, I 
think, were you not taking care that something be 
brought in from without.' ' Equally ridiculous,' said I, 
' would my bringing-in appear, were no one there to 

10 keep safe what has once been brought. Don't you 
see how the people in the fable who draw water to fill 
the perforated jar are commiserated, because their toil 
seems to be in vain ? ' ' Upon my word,' said she, 
' they are to be pitied, if that is what they do ! ' 

15 " 'Still other personal cares there are,' said I, 'which 
must prove pleasant to you, my wife when, for ex- 
ample, you take a maid unskilled in wool-work and 
impart to her the requisite skill, till she becomes worth 
twice as much to you; or when, receiving one that is 

20 without skill in housework and service, you make her 
skillful and devoted, and have in her an invaluable 
servant ; when, too, you find yourself at liberty to 
reward the steady slaves who are useful to your house, 
and to chastise any who reveals himself as bad; but 

25 pleasantest of all, if you prove better than I, and make 

4. does not : either re/w or rflvoi. The Objective Conditional may be 
attracted to an Optative. 7. be brought : the final clause may have the Optative 
by attraction. 9. to keep safe : when a relative clause is strictly final it has the 
Future Indicative, H.QII, G. 1442, B. 591. But fans oVfei may denote some- 
thing like a result, H. 910. In the M. oVf ot appears, by attraction to the other 
Optative. II. fable : of the punishment of the daughters of Danaus, in Hades. 



152 



ATTIC PROSE 



me your servant having no need to fear lest with 
advancing years you become less honored in the family, 
but trusting that as you grow older, the better help- 
meet and mother the house you watch over shall find 
5 in you, so much the more honored will you be in it. 
For/ said I, ' it is not the charms of person, but the vir- 
tues of the mind, that make human life rich in all things 
fair and good.' " 

Learning Homer 

In the opinion of Socrates, when sensible men were 

10 dining together it was too bad if they would not at 
least make some attempt to benefit or entertain each 
other. We learn from Xenophon, about what sort of 
subjects, in the way of pleasantry, may be touched 
upon to secure this end. Once when several persons 

15 were banqueting at the house of Callias of Athens, 
their host promised, if all the rest would publicly con- 
tribute each his best piece of knowledge, that he would 
for his own part explain whereon he prided himself the 
most. The finest wisdom, he averred, consisted in 

20 improving men ; nobody, therefore, should begrudge 
some account of any art whereby one fancied himself 
enabled to effect this thing. 

Thereupon Niceratus, the son of Nicias, being asked 
upon what sort of knowledge he prided himself, de- 

25 clared that it was upon the ability to recite the whole 

6. virtues : in order to possess the dperaf, a woman must be aplffTij, or, 
in other words, icaXrj Kd.ya.Q-fi- See 168 note. 9. sensible : <f>p6vi/j.os 2. 
10. would not: Guide 90 9; cf. 150 19 note. 12. Xenophon: 35 10. 
13. in the way of pleasantry : kv irati$. For the idiom, Guide 71 36. Cf. 
19 17, 23. 20. should: 5<?ot or Sf'iv. 



EXERCISES FOR WRITING 153 

Iliad and Odyssey from memory. " Whoever," he said, 
" has once learned all the verses of Homer, knows how 
to improve his associates in pretty nearly everything 
that pertains to man. Everybody is of course aware 
5 that Homer has written about economics, civil elo- 
quence, strategy, and all that. Whoever, therefore, 
cares to become the counterpart of Achilles or Ajax, 
Nestor or Odysseus, let him cultivate the most accom- 
plished of the poets." 

Beauty of Socrates 

10 "We hope now," said Callias, "that Critobulus will 
stand up to the contest of beauty with Socrates, and 
will not back out. He has been summoned to a pre- 
liminary examination ; and he must take care to give 
the cleverest possible answers, otherwise this ogre here 

15 will be sure to make himself out the handsomest." 

First of all, Socrates asked him whether he believed 
beauty to exist in man only, or elsewhere as well. It 
was to be found, the other said, in many things, both 
living and lifeless. He knew, at any rate, of a shield 

20 being beautiful, or a sword or spear. Then Socrates 
went on to ask, how it were possible for things which 
bore no resemblance to each other to be all beautiful. 
Whereat Critobulus replied, that if they were well 
constructed for their respective uses, or naturally well 

2. has once learned: not Perf., Guide 94 27. verses: Vcb. e*-os. 
13. must take care: 45 2. 14. clever: <ro<}>6s. this here: ovTovl. ogre : 
ZetXTji^s. 15. Use avaireideiv. 16. The change from direct to indirect 
quotation is an essential departure from the M. 19. he knew : Infinitive, 



154 



ATTIC PROSE 



adapted to their required ends, they were consequently 
beautiful. 

Socrates accordingly proceeded to show, in view of 
these replies, that if what we need eyes for is to see 

5 (which Critobulus admitted), his own eyes were the 
more beautiful. For while those of his friend looked 
only straight ahead, his own, as he declared, could by 
reason of their prominence, look sideways as well. 
Of their noses, he affirmed that his own was certainly 

10 the more beautiful, at any rate if the gods gave men 
noses to smell with. For while Critobulus' nostrils 
looked toward the earth, his were turned upward and 
outward, ready to receive the odors from every quarter. 
In fact, a snub nose, he maintained, was handsomer 

15 than a straight one, because the former did not wall 
off the eyes from each other in the threatening and 
insolent manner of the lofty nose. 

As the philosopher was about to pass to the mouth, 
with its biting-off power and other capacities, his friend, 

20 seeing that such arguments were unanswerable, con- 
cluded to yield the point in advance, and acknowledged 
himself defeated. 

Xanthippe, his Wife 

" If any one of you, gentlemen, happens to have a 
shrew of a wife, and is at a loss what to make of her, 

3. diro<t>alveiv. in view of: irpbs with ace. 4. replies: 45 IO. 6. while: 
parataxis. 7. as he declared : not parenthetical in Greek. 10. No past phase, 
Guide 86 4. 18. philosopher: 6225. pass: i\6cTv, w. tirl. 19-22. Con- 
strue as 52 1 2. 20. unanswerable : d vtXeyKros 2. concluded : 40 1 3. 2 1 . in 
advance : irpbrepos. acknowledge : 1 2. 24. at a loss : use diropeTv Impf. 



EXERCISES FOR WRITING 155 

let him not despair, but be of good heart and try to 
give her an education. Possibly her nature is nowise 
inferior to that of her husband, only she is a little too 
high-spirited, and lacks judgment and self-control. I 

5 believe I shall not come far wide of the mark in say- 
ing that this would be a capital way to learn how 
to get along with mankind in general by having the 
Grossest kind of a helpmeet, and understanding how 
to bear up with her and make her better. A wise man, 

10 I fancy, who wanted to make a jockey of himself would 
get, not the tamest, but the most mettlesome horses he 
could find ; for he might be sure that if he could con- 
trol them, he would find the managing of all other 
horses an easy matter." 

Filial Gratitude 

15 " Some men are called ungrateful, as we know : 
those, namely, are thus stigmatized who, though able 
to requite favors received, yet fail to do so. We reckon 
the ungrateful likewise among the unjust; for when 
a man has received benefit from friend or foe, and 

20 makes no effort to requite it, he is most assuredly a 
wrong-doer. Accordingly we must admit that ingrati- 
tude is a form of injustice, pure and simple. 

" Furthermore, the greater the good received without 
return, the greater the injustice. But certainly we can 

5. in saying: Circumstantial Condition. this would etc.: OVTU . . . 
fjuiXiffT &v rts /i. 7. by having etc. : Vague Condition. Use participle and 
verb, Guide 100 16. 10. make of himself: yevfoffai. 15. as we know: 
not parenthetical in Greek. 22. a form of : rls. 



I5 6 ATTIC PROSE 

find none that have greater benefit from others than 
children have from their parents. Were it not for our 
parents we ourselves should not exist we could not 
see all the beautiful sights, or have a share in all the 

5 blessings, which the gods prepare for mankind. To 
leave this life behind us is what of all things we shun 
the most. Governments, therefore, have made death 
the penalty of the greatest offenses, in the view that 
there is no graver evil whereby men can be deterred 

10 from wrong-doing. 

" There is the father, who cherishes his wife, and for 
the children they may have provides in advance every- 
thing that he believes will profit their lives, to the full 
extent of his ability. The mother, again, nourishes and 

15 tends her babe, though it knows not its helper nor can 
signify its wants ; but she must divine the needs and 
gratifications which she attempts to supply, and through 
the long period of nursing she undergoes hardships by 
night and by day, knowing not what return she is to 

20 receive therefor. Nor is it enough for the parents 
merely to rear their offspring ; but as soon as they 
believe the children old enough to learn, they first 
teach them whatever good things they can themselves ; 
and then, if there be anything which they think another 

2 5 is more competent to impart, they incur the expense of 
sending their children to such a teacher thus taking 
care in every way to have them made as good as possible. 

i. The plur. of oidels occurs, but not very often. 2. were it not for : tl ny 
. 3. exist: elccu. ii. There is the father: in Greek the prominent 
(antithetic) position conveys the force of this phrase. 23. can : Vcb. Ix 6 "'- 



EXERCISES FOR WRITING 157 

" Now then, after one's parents have done so much, 
if either of them happens to be somewhat harsh of dis- 
position, let no child imagine that he cannot endure 
such harshness, especially on a mother's part not 
5 even if what she may say be as hard as possible to 
bear; but let him reflect, how much trouble in word 
and deed he has himself caused her, from infancy, by 
his fretful nature, and by his illness how much pain. 
Let him be sure that such a mother, who has suffered 

10 thus much for his sake, not only means no harm to 
her child in saying what she says no more than 
actors really mean the abuse which they heap upon 
each other on the tragic stage but, on the contrary, 
she wishes him well above everybody in the world. 

15 Nay, let him not even say that she is harsh who means 
thus well by him, who cares for him to the utmost of 
her power when he is sick, that he may recover and 
may lack nothing that he needs ; who, moreover, offers 
fervent prayers and fulfills solemn vows to Heaven on 

20 his behalf. We know that the state, while taking 
cognizance of no other sort of ingratitude, but disre- 
garding as it does all other persons who fail to requite 
the favors which they receive, yet imposes a penalty 
upon him who honors not his parents. Ay, if one 

25 neglect to decorate the tomb of his deceased parents, 
the state deems even this a wrong. Finally, let a man 

2. somewhat harsh: comparative degree of adj. 3. Cf. 33 13 (where 
ISr] would have been more usual), H. 874, G. 1346, B. 584. Here the Imperfect 
is required. endure : synonyms 1 9, 37 8, 49 10. 6. let him reflect: 
ne/j.v/iff0w. 13. but, on the contrary : dXXd KO.I. 15. Nay etc. : KO.I /xV p., of 
cf. 21 9. 20. Parataxis. 26. Finally: 7 12. 



I5 8 ATTIC PROSE 

beware lest, if he fail to honor his father and his mother, 
he find himself alone, bereft of friends; for whoever 
is conceived to be ungrateful toward his parents, to 
him men can show no favor with any hope of a return." 

Agesilaus in Asia 

5 Agesilaus had but recently assumed the royal 
authority when news came from Asia that the Great 
King was engaged in collecting a large army, by sea 
and by land, with hostile designs upon the Greeks. 
While the matter was under discussion at Sparta, 

10 Agesilaus, judging it best so to order the impending 
struggle as to stake the interests, not of Hellas, but 
of Asia, upon the issue, arose and spoke as follows : 
" Upon a former occasion, Lacedaemonians and allies, 
the Persian crossed over into Greece, in the hope of 

15 making us his slaves. My choice now is to cross in 
turn against him, and substitute a war of invasion for 
one of defense. We shall thus carry it on mainly at 
his expense, not merely at our own. Give me, then, 
an army of eight thousand men, and I will sail to Asia 

20 and endeavor to make peace ; or, if the foreigner pre- 
fers war, I promise to keep him too busy for any cam- 
paigning against the Greeks." 

Once in Asia, his first action was to set the perjury 
of Tissaphernes in so clear a light as to establish a 

25 universal opinion of the faithlessness of the viceroy ; 
exhibiting at the same time a piety on his own part 

i. beware: 8 .28. 2. Not passive. 9. Gen. abs. H. 972 a, G. 1568, 
^. 657 N. i. Sparta : ^<iprr,. 15. dovXovf. 23. Once in Asia : cf. 16 23, 
17 5, 23 26. 25. viceroy : 30 25. 



EXERCISES FOR WRITING 159 

that caused all, Greeks and foreigners alike, to join him 
with confidence in any desired undertaking. Tissa- 
phernes, namely, declared himself able to bring about 
for Agesilaus the liberation and political independence 
5 of the Greek cities in Asia. " You have only to grant 
me a truce," he said, "against the arrival of the mes- 
sengers whom I shall send to the king, fixing such 
length of time as you will as the limit of the trans- 
action," Accordingly they struck a truce, swearing 

10 on both sides that they would observe their covenants 
without guile. Tissaphernes, however, so far from 
keeping peace, proceeded to send to the king for a 
large force of men in addition to that which he already 
had. Agesilaus, on the other hand, although he per- 

isceived what was going on, nevertheless stood firm to 
the truce. In this way it became publicly evident that 
he was a man steadfast in the observance of an oath, 
incapable of proving false to an agreement. 

Tissaphernes thereafter, believing, since his home 

20 was in Caria, that Agesilaus would invade that region 
first of all, transported his infantry thither, and stationed 
his cavalry in the plain of the Maeander. Agesilaus, 
however, proceeding by the shortest route directly from 
Ephesus to Sardis, marched for three days through a 

25 country abandoned by the foe and affording abundant 
supplies for his army, until the arrival of the enemy's 
cavalry on the fourth day. Hereupon he determined 
to join battle at onc$, while the foreign infantry was 

3. namely: Guide 93 9. 5. fjAvov . . . dei KT\. 24. Ephesus: "E^eo-os, rj. 
26. until: 58 17. 



T 6 ATTIC PROSE 

still absent. Leading the line of his heavy-armed 
against the opposing array of horse, with an advance 
movement of the targeteers on the double-quick, he 
commanded his cavalry to charge also, on the under- 
5 standing that they had in the rear the support of the 
whole army and the general himself. The best among 
the Persians received the cavalry charge, but turned 
when confronted with the terrors of the combined 
attack, some of them plunging straight into the Pacto- 

10 lus, while others made off in flight. 

Upon arriving at Sardis, while the suburbs of the 
capital were given over to fire and pillage, Agesilaus 
made known what he meant to do, by issuing a procla- 
mation, as follows : "I am come, the king of the 

15 Lacedaemonians, to set the Greek cities free, and to 
suppress those who see fit to wrong them. Such of 
you, therefore, as stand in need of deliverance, come 
to me as to one who battles for the common cause. 
If any there be who claim Asia as their own, let them 

20 appear in arms, and try the issue with her liberators." 
As no one came forth in response to this challenge, 
thenceforward Agesilaus conducted the remainder of 
the campaign with fearless confidence, securing immu- 
nity from plunder to the territory of friends, while 

25 reaping a rich booty from that of the foe. Nor indeed, 
even after the death of Tissaphernes, whom the king 
beheaded, holding him to blame for the ill-success of 
his arms, did the cause of the* foreigner become more 

14- as follows: 29 22. 14. oratio directa. 16. suppress: cf. 27 24, but 
diroiraiW would be better here. 



EXERCISES FOR WRITING l6l 

encouraging. Embassies were dispatched from all 
the nations to treat with Agesilaus ; and many, striking 
boldly for liberty, came over to him in open revolt. 

Recalled to Hellas 

Thus Agesilaus cherished the intention and the hope 

5 of effecting a speedy dissolution of that empire which 
had formerly taken arms against Greece. By this time 
his authority extended over a very large number of 
cities upon the- continent of Asia, and, now that the 
state had annexed the fleet to his command, over many 

10 islands also ; and he was growing greater day by day 
in power and renown. The end, however, of all these 
achievements upon foreign soil came in the form of an 
order from the home government to return to Hellas 
and do battle in behalf of his native city with the 

15 Thebans and other Greeks who were in combination 
against her. Here, though under the existing circum- 
stances he might have proceeded just as he chose, the 
king hesitated not a moment, but promptly obeyed the 
five ephors. Crossing the Hellespont he made his way 

20 through the same nations as had been traversed by 
Xerxes with his enormous armament ; and what had 
been a year's journey for the Persian was completed by 
Agesilaus in a single month. Arriving at the Boeotian 
frontier, there he found a force of Thebans, Athenians, 

25 Argives, Corinthians, Aenianians, Euboeans, and Locri- 
ans arrayed to dispute his passage. Accordingly he 

4. cherished .etc.: Guide 94 n. n. Say r68e, then ydp. 12. upon foreign 
soil: fv r$ /3ap/3dpy. 21. See 130 22 note. 

ATTIC PROSE II 



l62 ATTIC PROSE 

drew up his own army for battle in plain sight, having 
no allies from the vicinity except Phocians and Orcho- 
menians. 

Battle of Coronea 

This battle was equaled by no other of my time. 

5 They met in the plain near Coronea : Agesilaus with 
his command moving from the river Cephissus ; the 
Thebans and their allies, from Mt. Helicon. They saw 
their lines of infantry quite evenly matched, and the 
cavalry also were about equal in numbers on either 

10 side. Agesilaus held the right of his own force, with 
the Orchomenians on his extreme left. On the other 
side the Thebans themselves occupied the right, the 
Argives the left wing. 

As they drew near, for a time there was a deep 

15 silence on both sides; but when they were about a fur- 
long apart the Thebans raised the battle shout and 
charged upon the double-quick. While there was still 
an interval of a hundred yards, a counter-charge upon 
the run from Agesilaus' line was made by mercenaries 

20 under Herippidas' command. These consisted of such 
as had enlisted for the Asiatic campaign at the start, 
together with some of the Cyreans, besides lonians, 
Aeolians, and Hellespontians who stood next in line. 
All of those mentioned took part in the counter-charge, 

25 and arriving within spear reach turned their opponents. 

4. The banishment of Xenophon (for his Laconian sympathies) was prob- 
ably not decreed till after the battle of Coronea, August, 394 B.C. It was 
afterwards revoked, when friendly relations between Athens and Sparta had 
been restored. See Vol. IX. of Crete's History of Greece. 22. Cyreans : a 
remnant of the "Ten Thousand Greeks," with Xenophon himself at their head. 



EXERCISES FOR WRITING 163 

Nor, indeed, did the Argives withstand Agesilaus and 
his men, but fled to Mt. Helicon. 

At this moment, while some of his friends were 
already decking Agesilaus with the wreath of victory, 
5 word is brought to him that the Thebans had cut 
their way through the Orchomenians and were among 
the camp-followers. Immediately facing about he led 
against them. The Thebans, in their turn, as they saw 
their fellow-combatants in full flight in the region of 

10 Helicon, began a vigorous march, .bent on breaking 
through to their own party. Right here, while Agesi- 
laus may be pronounced beyond all question brave, yet 
he certainly chose anything but the safest way. When 
he might have let pass the troops who were breaking 

15 through, followed them up, and overpowered them in 
the rear, he did nothing of the sort, but met the The- 
bans with a crash, squarely, front to front. Striking 
their shields together, it was a scene of shoving, fight- 
ing, killing, dying. There were no shouts to be heard, 

20 nor indeed was there silence, but the sort of suppressed 

utterance that the wrath of battle might be expected to 

produce. Finally, some of the Thebans broke their 

way through to Helicon, many fell back and were slain. 

After the victory had declared itself on the side of 

25 Agesilaus, and he had been borne severely wounded to 
his troop, certain of the cavalry riding up informed him 
that eighty of the enemy with their arms were under 



3. Guide 93 17. 8. Emphasize the subject. Cf. 126 8 note. 9. in the 
region of: Vcb. vp6s. n. A note of disapproval. The Agesilaus of Xeno- 
phon is a eulogy (tyicd/Mov). 14. Ace. abs., H. 973, G. 1569, B. 658. 






j6 4 ATTIC PROSE 

the shelter of the temple, and inquired what was to be 
done. Then, though his whole body was covered with 
wounds inflicted by all sorts of weapons, he still did 
not forget the claims of religion, but gave orders that 

5 the men should be allowed to depart unmolested ; and 
he detailed the cavalry who were in attendance upon 
him to escort them on their way, until they arrived at 
a place of safety. 

When the fighting had ceased, the place where they 

10 had met in combat presented a fearful sight : the earth 
stained with blood, friend and foe lying dead together, 
crushed shields, shivered spears, daggers stripped of 
their sheaths, some lying upon the ground, some fixed 
in the bodies, others still held in the hands of men. 

15 That evening, for it had come to be quite late, drawing 
the Spartan dead within the lines, they made a supper 
and slept. In the morning he ordered Gylis the pole- 
march to draw up the army in fighting order ; further, 
that every man should wear a garland in honor of the 

20 god, and all the musicians should play. They did so ; 
and the Thebans sent a herald asking for a truce to 
bury their dead. The truce was granted, and Agesilaus 
continued his homeward march. Such had been his 
choice : not to be the greatest man in Asia, but to 

25 govern and be governed by the Spartan law. 

I. temple: of Itonean Athena. As suppliants the men ought not to have 
retained their arms. 5. unmolested : Vcb. tav. 10. fearful sight : Vcb. 
OeaffOai. 15. had come to be : r}8r). 19. the god : Apollo, to whom the song 
of^triumph would be addressed. 21. The victory is thus finally conceded 
to Agesilaus. 23. Not a new sentence in Greek. 



EXERCISES FOR WRITING 165 

Panhellenic Patriotism 

Xenophon has recounted in praise of Agesilaus that 
the Laconian loved not his native city alone, but as a 
Greek was a lover of Greeks. He who shrank from 
no dangers, spared no expense, pleaded no excuse of 
5 health or age, provided he could confer some benefit 
upon his own state, the same man deemed it a calamity 
to be victorious in a war with Greeks, and commiserated 
Hellas for her senseless annihilation of her own sons 
in mutual combat. The Spartan thought it enough if 
10 his erring brethren should be chastened. In the same 
way Corinthians, Thebans, and Athenians were for 
chastening any who might err. But between those 
who were in the wrong and those who were in the 
right, they could never agree in distinguishing. 

Spartan Simplicity 

15 The house of the Spartan king was the house of a 
man who knows how to adjust his expenses to his 
income. A sight of its doors would lead one to con- 
jecture they were the same that Aristodemus, the son 
of Heracles, had managed to find and set up on his 

i. Xenophon : 35 10. has r. in pr. : 26 8. Not Perf. in Greek. 2. The 
past phase may enter, cf. 14 I f. The clauses are not causal. the L. : 
6 AO.KWV. 3. he who etc. : ptcp. w. article. 5. provided : 10 7, H. 953 b., 
G. 1453, B. 596. 6. the same m. : ^/cetw>s. 7. Cf. 45 22. 8. senseless : use 
d<pp6vus, the opp. of <ru<j)p6i><i)s. Cf. fftiMppovlfciv in the M. 9. Seiv . . . fj,6vov. 
Not p. v. 10. in the same w. : 29 10. 1 1. were for : ifiotiKovro. 12. rot>s &6. 
K. T. fi-fj. 14. agree: 50 2. in dist. : wtrre Siayiyv. 15. Spartan: 53 5. 
15. The Greek sentence would take the form seen 58 6. a man etc. : ptcp. 
w. TIS. 17. A sight: ptcp. 19. managed *&.. Vcb. Xa/3etV. The idiomatic 
(colloquial) participle with tone of indifference. 



!65 ATTIC PROSE 

return from exile. Equally plain and inexpensive were 
the furnishings of the interior. Moderate and simple, 
too, was the feasting of the king at the public sacri- 
fices ; and we are told that it was an ordinary citizen's 
S carriage in which his daughter used to go down to Amy- 

clae. Thus Xenophon was enabled to speak of Agesi- 

laus as having equipped his mind to be, like Sparta 
'herself, impregnable open to no attack of fear, cupid- 
ity, or luxury. 

Hunting as Part of a Liberal Education 

10 This discovery, of hunting with hounds, is due to 
the gods Apollo and Artemis. By them imparted as 
a reward of righteousness to Chiron the Centaur, he 
gladly received and availed himself of the gift ; and 
among his disciples, in hunting as well as in other noble 

15 arts, were Theseus, Odysseus, Diomed, Castor and Pollux, 
Aeneas, Achilles. They came to be severally honored 
by divine grace in due season. Theseus, who swept 
away the foes of all Hellas single-handed, is admired 
even to the present day also for advancing his native 

20 city to distinction. To Odysseus and Diomed, aside 
from their brilliant individual achievements, belongs in 
the main the credit of Troy's capture. As for Castor 
and Pollux, their signal exhibitions in Hellas of what 

i. plain and inexpensive: 2 12. 2. Moderate and simple: 5 26, 3 12. 
7. as having etc.: Inf. 17. Theseus, the national hero of Athens; as a 
pioneer of civilization, a sort of Attic Heracles. 20. A famous hunting adven- 
ture of Odysseus is recounted in the Odyssey, XIX. 393-466. 21. alrios may 
take Inf. with or without the article. 



EXERCISES FOR WRITING 167 

they had gained from Chiron have seemed a worthy 
ground for their deification. Aeneas delivers his 
paternal and maternal gods, delivers his own father 
from destruction; earning thereby a reputation for 
5 piety that secured to him and his, even at the hands 
of the victorious enemy, the unique privilege of immu- 
nity in the sack of Troy. Achilles, finally, educated 
in this mode, transmitted to posterity such a monu- 
mental record of great deeds that no one ever grows 
10 weary in reciting or listening to his tale. In such wise 
were they enabled to approve themselves through the 
training Chiron gave them. 

For myself, I advise our youth to despise no part of 
education ; least of all, hunting. Hunting makes men 
15 good in war, as in all matters that require brave think- 
ing, speaking, and acting. They who set their hearts 
upon this business will be helped by it in a great many 
ways : they will secure health for the body, improved 
eyesight and hearing, comparative immunity from old 
20 age ; and, above all things, it is a good discipline for 
war. It was clearly seen by our ancestors, that of all 
the pleasures of youth, hunting is the only one that 
produces a large share of benefit ; since, because it is 
an education in the spirit of truth, it makes for temper- 
as ance and righteousness. A noteworthy illustration is 
furnished by the heroes of olden time whom I named 
as pupils of Chiron : beginning with hunting in their 
youth, they acquired many noble arts, and arrived at 
an excellence that renders them objects of admiration 
3 to this day. It is a patent fact that all men desire to 



T 68 ATTIC PROSE 

excel ; but the most stand aloof, because true excellence 
is attainable only through toil. The achieving of suc- 
cess is too uncertain, while the labor involved is con- 
spicuously present. 

5 The persons known as sophists excite my wonder, 
in that, while professing, as the most of them do, to 
lead our youth to what is good, they really lead them 
in the opposite direction. We have seen no man, I 
fancy, who has been put right by the sophists of the 

10 present day. I am myself not a professional teacher, 
but I know that what is good is best learned from 
nature herself ; while the next best thing is to learn from 
men who are truly possessed of some excellent knowl- 
edge, not from people whose business is to deceive. 

15 Perhaps I do not express myself in a sophisticated 

I. to excel: i.e. apia-Toi yevtffOai, dperijv Karepydo-affOai. 2. through toil : 
this sentiment, illustrative of the meaning of dptr-fi, was a commonplace of 
Greek literature, from Hesiod's line (quoted by Xenophon, Memorabilia II. 

I, 20), 

Tijs 8' dpeTys idpwra 6eol trpoirdpoiOev <e(>T)Kav, 

to Aristotle's lyrical fragment, which begins : 

'Apera 7roXt5/iox0e yevei /Spore/y, 



eras irepi, trapQeve, 

Kal Oaveiv faXwr6s ev 'EXXdSi 

Kal irbvovs T\ijvai /mXepoi)s 

Plato strikes off a popular definition of dperi}, Menon 71 E: avrr] e<rrlv 
dvdpbs dpfr-/i, iKavbv elvai rd rrjs 7r6Xews irpdrretv, Kal irpdrrovra TOI>S /j.ei> 
0^Xous eD iroteti', roi)s 8' ex&poi>s KO/CWS, ical atfrdj' e^Xa/3e?cr^oi /oiTjS^y TOIOVTOI' 
iraBeiv. el Se fiotXei yvvaiKbs dper-^v, oi> x a ^ e ""^ t ' Sie\6eiv, STI dec avr^v TTJV 
oUlav e5 o^etj', ffipfrvffdv re rd evdov Kal Kar-f/Koov ofoav rov dvSp6s. 8. Along 
with this it is only fair to read what Xenophon says of his friend Proxenus 
the Boeotian, who had given a fee to the distinguished sophist, Gorgias of 
Leontini, Anabasis II. 6, 16 ff. 



EXERCISES FOR WRITING 169 

manner, as far as language is concerned. But that 
is not the end I seek : my aim is to recount what is 
needed for the high purpose of a liberal education as 
the outcome of sound thought and judgment. Words 
5 cannot give an education ; but maxims can, if good 
ones. There are many besides myself who are dis- 
posed to censure the sophists of the present time, as 
distinguished from the philosophers, because theirs is 
the wisdom not of ideas, but of words. My advice, 

10 accordingly, is to beware of the sophists and their 
professions, while nowise failing in regard for the 
conclusions of true philosophers. 

There are ancient legends to the effect that the gods 
like hunting, whether engaged in the work themselves 

15 or witnessing it on the part of others. Taking this 
tradition to heart, the young who act upon my advice 
are assured at the outset as to their godliness and piety, 
when they think of what they do as seen by an eye that 
is divine. These are the sort of youth who honor their 

20 parents, and serve well not only their country at large, 
but their individual compatriots and friends. Hunt- 
ing, finally, has been the making not merely of men 
who were enamored of the art, but likewise of women 
to whom the goddess of the chase has vouchsafed her 

25 gift, an Atalanta, a Procris, many another. 

6. It was the corrupting influence of the mercenary spirit that gave the 
sophists their had name; a philosopher, pursuing knowledge without regard 
to material interests or the vanity and ambition of would-be learners, was 
supposed to have no motive for ' making the worse appear the better reason,' 
rbv T/'TTW \6yov Kpelrru Troteiv. 



ABBREVIATIONS AND EXPLANATIONS 

Regular substantives, masc. and fern, of the First, and masc. and neut. 
of the Second Declension, are registered in the Vocabulary without desig- 
nation of the genitive or the gender: veavlas, vo\tr^, /3ta, 777, 56|a, ofxoy, 
8ir\ov. Regular adjectives of the First and Second Declension, of three or of 
two endings, are designated as such by the numeral : dios 3, dpy6s 2. 

Verbs are registered by the Infinitive : of the Aorist stem, when a 2 aor. 
is in use; of the Imperfect stem, when a I aor. is in use, or when there is 
no aorist. See Guide 93 37. Both forms thus often come to be given: 
ffTT)vai, ivrdvai ; <f>vvai, (pveiv. For the sake of clearness of definition, the 
Active and Middle forms of many verbs are separately presented : e\eiv, e\t- 
ffdai; tivai, ifffdai. Infinitives in -civ are aorists, unless marked as imper- 
fects : evpetv, but ffeiv impf. 

All words formed from different roots are separately registered : dya.66s, eh, 
fvejKeiv, Kpelrruv, /J.ia, fytpeiv. 

Verbs compounded with a preposition must be looked for under the simple 
verb, if the simple is in use in Attic prose : a<peXeiv, under eXetx. But if the 
simple verb is not prosaic, the compounds are independently registered : a.<pei- 
vai, iwaivetv, ira.pa.velv. 

Words inclosed in parentheses are of common origin with the word to 
which the parenthesis is annexed. English and Latin words so inclosed are 
always cognates, never derived or borrowed words; but the Greek words may 
be derivatives, or merely collateral forms. 

In connection with such verbs as are entirely regular there is no mention 
of forms: irrjSav, vfialveiv (H. 422, 431; G. 663, 672; B. 213, 204). The 
Vocabulary is meant to be in no respect exhaustive, but its lists are extensively 
supplemented by references to the grammars. 

H.= Hadley and Allen's Grammar. G. = Goodwin's Grammar. B.= Bab- 
bitt's Grammar. M. = Model. Vcb. = Vocabulary. 

antith. = antithesis, antithetic. postp. = postpositive. 

arr. = arrange, arrangement. ptcp. = Participle, participial. 

cf. = confer, compare. p. v . = Passive Voice. 

const. = construction, construe. sc. = scilicet, to wit. 

Eng. = English. sent. = sentence. 

f. or ff. = the following (one) or (sev- subst. = substantive. 

eral) lines, pages, etc. syn. = synonym, synonyms, 

id. = idiom, idiomatic. vb. = verb. 

KT\. = Kal TCL \oLird, et cetera. w. = with. 

References to all parts of the book except the Vocabulary are by page and 
line, with heavy -faced numerals to denote the pages. Thus 128 means page 
one hundred and twenty-eight; 38 5 f., 17-19 means page thirty-eight, lines 
five and six, and seventeen to nineteen inclusive. 
170 



VOCABULARY 



A. 



*7"> a ere t 
lead,carry ; U 
fi7w. <nrov5as AS-eiv, 
truce,' 53 23. 
airaYerye?*', ' to lead 
'back,' 22 11. 



would keep 
away ' or 



Sidyeiv, ' to pass time,' 
' continue,' 11 29, 12 23. 

Qayayelv, ii-dyciv, ' to lead out ' or 
'forth,' 12 2; iitfxOii, 'was carried 
away,' by the temptation, 36 13. 

irtpiayajeiv, irepidytiv, ' to lead 
round,' 2 24. 

irpocra7a7e?j', ' to bring to,' 3 3. 
d-ya-yeo-Oai : to lead for oneself or 

something of one's own, 56 25. 

KO.rayayfff6ai, KardyfffBai, ' to 
put in' to port, 'to turn in,' 'put 
up' for lodging, 25 21. 

a-yaOds 3 : good. Syn. xpi}<TT6s. 
d-yaXXeo-Ocu : A> glory, be proud. 

ira7aXXecr(?cu, 'to exult' or 'glory 
in,' &r rtw, 38 I. 

a-ydv : too (much), very. 

d-yaTrdv : /<? love, cherish, to be content. 

Syn. yrtpyeiv, <tXetV, ^paj. 
d-ya-n-qros 3 : beloved; a.ya.Tn)TOv t<mv, 

'one must be content,' 41 17. 
a.'yao-Oai : to admire; ^yaffdfjirjv or 
fiyd<rdi)v, 45 9. 

to announce ; dyyf\w,fiy- 



yei\a, yyye\ica, 

Oi)v. Const, ptcp., ori or ws. 

dira77^XXetj', ' to report duly,' the 
farewell word, 33 23. 

layy\\cu>', tS-yyy t\0-ri, ' word was 
brought out,' from Asia, 52 28. 

ira77^XXet', ' to lay orders upon,' 
' issue command,' 27 26. 

irapa77^XXen', TrapayyeiXcu, ' to 
transmit orders,' 'pass the word 
along,' 34 11, 178. 

news, tidings, 

messenger. 
d^yav : 0707611'. 
d-yctpciv: to collect ; Tjyeipa. 

o-vvtrye/pei*', ' to muster,' 28 13. 
d-y^jparos 2 (7^po$) : ageless. 
ciYvoeuv impf. : to know not, aor. to fail 

to know, 20 26. 

d-yopa: assembly, place of assembly 
market-place; dyopb ir\-f)0ov<ra, ' full- 
market,' to denote the business hours 
of the forenoon, 33 27. 

d-yopcveiv : to harangue. The simple 
vb. is rare in prose ; the compounds 
(impf. only) are frequent. 
Syn. -fiireiv, -eipyKtvcu, etc. 

OLTrayopeteiv, 'to forbid,' 12 6;' 'to 
give up,' 'grow weary,' 61 18. 

irpoayopfijeiv, ' to proclaim.' 

irpotrayope^eiv, ' to address ' by a 
name, apply it, 17 18, 31 12. 

a-ypd: a catching; plur. 'the chase.' 






171 



1 72 



ATTIC PROSE 



: wild, fierce. 

s, i? : fierceness. 
d-ypos : field, land, (he country. 
d^wv, -wvos, 6: public game, contest. 
d-ywviteo-Oeu : to struggle, contend. 
faayuvlfrvGai, ' to contend mutu- 
ally,' 12 10. 

dSe^s, -'s : fearless. Adv. dSews. 
48iv (Horn. deiSeiv) : to sing, celebrate 

in song; $ao/j,ai, ya-a, rjaOijv. 
dSeX<J>r| : sister. 
ttSX<}>6s: brother. 
a8i]\os 2 : not evident, uncertain. 
dSrjwTOS 2 (STjoOx) : unravaged. 
d8iVJYT ros 2 : indescribable. 
d8iKiv 'impf. : to be unjust or in the 

wrong, to do wrong, injure, rivd. 
d8iKT](j.a, -arcs, r6 : a -wrong, crime. 
dSiKia : injustice, wrongs-doing'. 
aSiKOS 2 : unjust, wrong, wrong-doer. 
a8o\os 2 : guileless. Adv. dSo'Xws. 
dSvvaros 2 : unable, impossible. 
act : always ; ' for the time being,' 

'from time to time,' 32 12. 
der6s : eagle. 

dOdvaros 2 or 3 : deathless, im- 
mortal. 
&0po(gciir : to get together in crowds or 

heaps, to muster. 

dOpoos 3 : in crowds, heaps, or masses. 
aOvjxos 2 : spiritless, despondent. 
alSi<r0(u : to be modest or bashful, to 
feel shame, respect, or mercy, rivd, 
' before one '; cu'S^ro/tcu, TjS^rflijv. 
KaTaiSetcrflaj, ' to stand in awe of,' 

a' departed soul, 32 2. 
al8<os, -ovs, r/ : shame, respect, mercy. 
aljia, -arcs, r6 : blood. 
alfiarovv : to make bloody, pass. 10 4. 
aUpeiv (ap-, <Up-) : to lift, pick up; &. P S>, 
Ijpa, ^p/ca, jpiuu, foe-nv. H. 431 b, 



G. 674, B. 729 (List of Verbs), apds 
10 12 is more specific than Xa/3wp. 

tiralpea-Oai, 'to be elated'; ^Trap- 
Ods, 27 13. 

aipeiv impf. : to take, seize, capture ; 
alp^ffw, rjpTjKa, rjp-r)nai, ijpt0r]v. No 
impf. pass. 

Syn. eXetv, &\Qvat, a.\t<TKe<rOai. 

a.fyaipe'lv, ' to take away,' nvl ri 
(dat. of disadvantage) 21 8. 

alpeio-Ocu: to choose, elect ; alp^<ro/j.a.t, 
ypy/jLai mid. or pass., gpfffriv pass. 
Syn. cXfoOai. 

I$p.ipeiff6on, ' to choose out '; ^flpi?- 
^KOS, 'set apart,' 25 19. 

al(T0&r6ai : to apprehend by the senses, 
perceive; alffG^a Ofj.cn, ycrOriiMt, ai- 



al'<rios 2 : boding well, auspicious. 
atcr\p6s 3 : ugfy, disgraceful, base ; 

aicrxi^v, oi'frx'O'Tos. Adv. alorxpws. 
alo"xi5viv : to make ugly, disfigure, to 

disgrace, put to shame. 
al<rxvvr0cu : to be ashamed, as at 

something unseemly, ri; 'before 

one,' nvd; ^a\<ivBi]v. ivl TWI, 'at ' 

something, 51 17. Syn. alSelffOai. 
alreiv, alrcicrOai : to ask, crave. 
irapaiTe?<r0ai, ' to beg from ' or 

'obtain by prayer,' 52 18. 
aiTid. : cause, fault, accusation. 
atrido-Oai: to allege as the cause, to 

blame, accuse. 
ailrios 3 : causing, author, to blame or 

to thank for ; w. inf. 61 8. 
at\|jid\(i>TOs 2 (alxntf, aXwvat) : taken 

by the spear, prisoner of war. 
atwv, '-wvos, 6, (afyro-, aevum, de/) : 

lifetime, age. 

d.Kiva.KT]s : a short sword. 
aK^TJ : the highest point, prime. 



ATTIC PROSE 



173 



: to hurl the javelin. 
aKOVTiov : dart, javelin. 
aKovTi<rTi]s : darter, javelin-man. 
(XKOvuv : to hear ; aKovao/jiai, TJKovaa, 

&KT)Koa, -fiKO>jo-6rii>. Const. Tiv6s TI; 

ptcp., STI or ws. Inf. only w. meaning 

'hear said,' 'hear tell,' 1 18, 21 6. 
ttKpd : peak, height. 
dicpipT|S, -S : exact. Adv. dicpips. 
dKpi|3ovv : to make exact, to be perfect 

in something, ri. 
aKpodcrOai : to listen to, TIVOS. 
dicpdiroXis, -ws, 17 : upper or higher 

city, citadel. 
axpos 3: highest, topmost; TO. aicpa, 

' the heights.' 
atcwv, -ov<ra, (dyre/c-, eKci?) : unwill- 

ing, unwillingly. 
dXaXdciv : to shout dXaXa, raise the 

war-cry. 

dXeeivos 3 : open to the sun, warm. 
: truth. 

: to be truthful. 

s, -s, (d-, \adetv, \rj0eiv) : true. 
dXi.v : to assemble. 
<rvva.\ieiv, ' to get together,' 12 3. 
&Xis : adv. enough. 



aXKijxos 2 : stout, valiant ; poetic. 

dXXd : but. ' Well,' 10 5, 47 1 6. dXXd 
ydp, ' however,' often shows that the 
speaker is drawing near the end 
of his discourse, 33 8. dXX& . . . 
7^, ' yet at any rate ' (after a cond.), 
4 I, 32 5. dXXd rot, 51 4. 01) ^v 
dXXd, ' not but that,' 9 7. 

aXXdrreiv (&XXos) : to alter, change, 
exchange ; d\Xdw, rj 



diraXXdrreiv; &ira\\ayfjvai, ' to be 
delivered from,' ' get rid of,' 31 22. 



aXXeo-Oai (AX-, safire) : to leap, bound; 

dXov/uai, ii\dfi,7iv, ctXd/uerot, H. 

431 b. 
aXX^jXcov : of each other, one another. 

H. 268, G. 404, B. 142. 
aXXos, aXXt), aXXo : other, else. With 

T^ . . . K.a.1, to enforce what follows, 

' in particular,' 38 5 f., 17-19. #XXo 

KO.KOV oiiotv, no evil 'besides,' evil 

'consequences,' 5 15. 
aXXws : otherwise, in vain ; fiXXws re 

KO.L, ' especially.' 
aXviros 2 (\VTTI)') : without pain. 

Adv. dXu7r6raTa, 'with the least 

offense,' 11 14. 
dXcovai : to be taken, caught, captured ; 

la.\uv or ri\<av (H. 489, 13; G. 799), 

aXwcrojuat, eaXw/ca or ^Xw/ca, a\lo"Ko- 

fMi. Syn. eXe?^, alpflv. 
ajxa (era-, same, simul, semel, &7ra|) : 

at the same time, together (ivith}. 
d|xapTciv: to miss the mark, to err ; 

a/j.apT^<ro/J,ai, ^/mprij/ca, -fjfJ.dprTifj.ai, 

i)fJUipT'/idT)v, afj-aprdvu. ol d/iaprd- 

j'ovres, ' the erring,' 59 26. 
d^poXds, -d8os, (dj/a/SaXetV) : adj. 

thrown up, 777, 23 10. 
d|iipiv: to change, exchange. Rare 

in prose; syn. aXXdrTeic. 

Qafiftyds, ' passing from,' Macedon 
into Thessaly, 56 1 7. 

dfuivcov, oL|Xivov : better. H. 254, I ; 

G. 361, l; B. 136. 
d|icXiv, impf. : to be careless, to neglect, 

TWOS; w. Inf. 19 7. 

jrapa/xeXetv, ' to be disregardful of.' 
d|iX-qs, -&, (/i^Xeiv) : negligent. 
d|uXXd(r9ai : to compete, contend, vie ; 

deponent passive, H. 497 a. 
Syn. 



dpvvciv : to ward off. 



174 



ATTIC PROSE 



d(xvvcr9ai : to repel, to defend oneself 

against, nvd. H. 813 a. 
d|i(j>C (jzmbo, ambiguus, d/it(/>6Tepos) : 

on both sides of, about ; prep. w. gen. 

(rare in prose) and ace. ol dn<pl 

Ywfipvav, ' G. and his men,' 24 n. 

d/j.<pl dyopdv ir\^Oov(Tav, ' about full- 

market time,' 33 27. 
d|A<JHvvvvcu (&r0?)s) : to clothe ; dfj,<f>i&, 



Augm. H. 361, G. 544, B. 172. 

Const. H. 724, G. 1069, B. 340. 
diKJnXo-yos 2 : subject to dispute, 
d(j.4>oT6pos 3 : both. 
av : postpositive modal adverb. H. 

857-864, G. 1299, B. 436-439- 
av: tdv. 
dva : up ; preposition with ace. H. 

792, G. 1203, B. 401. di>& xpdros, 

' at the top of his speed,' 34 3. 

In comp., ' up,' ' back ' or ' again.' 
dvd|3a(ris, -s, ^ : a gi- n U P> ascent. 
dva(3i(3deiv : to make go up. 
ava-yKcuos 3 : necessary, unavoidable. 
dva-yKa^iv : to constrain, compel. 
dvd'yKT] : constraint, necessity. Often 

as a predication (sc. fort), cf. xpt- 

el dvdjKi] ffot, ' if you must,' 3 6. 
dvaSvccrOcu (ticduvai, tvSvvai) : to draw 

back, 'back out,' 47 16. 
dvd0Ti(j.a, -arcs, r6, (dvaOeivai) : a 

votive offering set up in a temple. 
dvaxXdj^iv : to give voice, as a dog. 
dvdKpio-is, -ws, i) inquiry ; at Athens 

a ' preliminary examination ' of par- 

ties to a lawsuit, 47 19. 
dvdXt(TKiv : to spend, use up ; dvd- 

X(i(rw, dv?i\<j)<ra, a.vf)\iiiKa., dvrf\u/j.ai, 



dvdXwros 2 (AXwcai) : not to be 
taken. 



dvapdpTTjTOs 2 (a-, a^preiv) : un- 

erring. 

avafjuJnXo-yajs ; indisputably. 
dvapi0|xt]TOs 2 (a-, d/3ttf/oc6x) : count- 

less. 
dvaa-TOftovv (trri/ua) : to furnish with 

a mouth, open up. 
dvarXf^vai (ra\-) : to bear up, endure. 

Mostly poetic. 
dvSpairoSCccr6ai : to make a slave of 

one, to kidnap. 
dvSpdiroSov : slave, esp. one taken in 

war and reduced to servitude. 
dvSpeios 3 : brave, courageous. Adv, 

dv8piws. 
dvSpiavroiroios : a maker of statues, 

sculptor. 
dvSpias, -dvros, 6, the image of a man, 

a statue. 
dveirKTT^nwv, -ov, (a-) : not under- 

standing, unskilled in, nvbs. 



dv^jp, dvSpos, 6: man, husband. H. 

188 b, 189; G. 278, B. 105. 
dvOpwirivos 3 : of man, human. 
av0p<oiros, o, ^ : human being, man or 

woman, person ; plur. ' mankind.' 
dvd : grie/, distress. 
dviav : to grieve or hurt one. 
dvidpos 3 : grievous, grieved. 

v or dvoi^vvvai : to open ; avtip- 

yov, dvol 



dvoo-ios 2: unholy. 

dvT|$pa|xov : see 

dvrC : instead of, for ; prep. w. gen. 
5$fa<r0cu, f\tcr6ai ri. dvrl TIVOS, ' to 
prefer' one thing to another, 56 II, 
59 5. In composition, 'against,' 
' in return ' or ' in turn.' 

dvri.Sia|3f)vai : see pijvcu. 



ATTIC PROSE 



175 



avrCSocris, -tws, TJ : a giving' in ex- 
change, ' antidosis ' ; at Athens a 
form whereby a citizen charged with 
a liturgy, such as the rpiripapxld or 
Xo/37j7td, might call upon any other 
citizen, who had been passed over, 
and whom he thought richer than 
himself, either to exchange proper- 
ties or to submit to the charge him- 
self, 41 2. 

dvTi(XTo)iros 2: front to front, 58 2. 

dvrlos 3 : set against or in front of, 
opposite, dvrloi ttvai nvl, ' to go to 
meet,' 35 23. 

dvT\iv (raX-) impf. : to draw water, 
and pour eft rt, 45 21. 

dvvSptd (d-, v5wp) : -want of water. 

dvvrtiv : to accomplish ; rjvvcra, rfvvKa.. 

Ka.rainjffai, 'to bring to an end.' 

avw : up, upwards. 

dgioep^s 2 : fit for work. 

aJjioirio-TOS 2 : trustworthy. 

aios 3 : of like weight, worth, worthy. 
TO. e\axl<TTov &ia, 'what is of least 
value,' 43 4. &ioi> (sc. eVrf), 't is 
'right,' he deserves it, 55 26. 

dioiiv: to deem or think worthy, to 
see fit, to expect, to ask, to deign. 

dg(<d|j,a, -arcs, r6 : esteem, reputation. 

OIOKVOS 2 (bnveiv) : without fear or 
hesitation. Adv. doKvArara, ' most 
unhesitatingly,' 8 I. 

dTra.XXa'yfjvai, : see dXXdrreii'. 

diravrdv (dvrtos) : to meet; dtT^ero/oiai. 

oirds, d'ird<ra, airav, (<ra-, was) : 
(quite} all, all (together). 

airei : see levai. 

direiXeiv impf. : to threaten. 

diruTTciv impf. : to disbelieve. 

airio-ros 2: not believing or obeying, 
not to be believed, faithless. 



rXoOs, -fj, -oOv, (<ro-, simplex): 
simple; comparative, 3 12. 

dir6 : from, off, away ; prep. w. gen., 
denoting source or starting-point, 
rb &ir6 roOSe, ' henceforward,' 17 1 8, 
55 9. airb rov fficoirov, 'wide of 
the mark, 49 12. dpd/i/oi djri 
T(3' Kwijyeffiuv, beginning ' with ' 
hunting, 62 5. 

In comp. w. dri, esp. in vbs. of 
going and giving, not the point of 
departure, but the destination, is 
mainly considered: &ire\0eii>, 'to 
return,' 'go home'; &<f>iK^<r6ai, ' to 
arrive'; AiroSovvai, 'to give back' 
what is due; &ira.yy{\\tii>, 'to re- 
port ' duly. In some vbs., esp. those 
of saying, dir6 has a force seemingly 
negative: airenrelv, dirayopetieiv mean 
sometimes ' to forbid,' sometimes ' to 
give up exhausted,' say off ^('1 can- 
not'). 

dirof3ouKO\Eiv impf.: to let stray from 
the herd, 11 27. 

diroSeKT^ov (5^x eo "^ ai ) : one must 
receive from another, 44 25. 

diroSpclvai : to run away ; &iro8pd<ro- 
fMi, dirodtdpdKa, dirtdpdv, dirodiSpd- 
<TKU. H. 489, 3; G. 799. 

diro0aviv : to die or be killed ; diro- 
OavovfMi, rtOiniKa., rt6va.iJ.ev, reOvdvai 
(to be dead} H. 490, 4, diroffvrjffKw, 
Ovjffxw. Used as pass, to Krelveiv. 

trvvaTroQavetv, 'to die with ' or 'at 
the same time,' 38 13, 32 4. 

s, i) reply, answer. 
: one must forsake or 
abandon, 45 13. 

diro\&r9eu (<5X-) : to perish, be lost or 
ruined; diro\oviJ.ai, diru\6ni}v, diro- 
XwXa, dir6\\v(Jtai. 



1 7 6 



ATTIC PROSE 



diroXXuvcu : to lose, destroy; diroXw, 
dTTciXecra, d7roXa>Xe/ca. 

air<iTO|ios 2 (re/j.e'iv) : abrupt, pre- 
cipitous. 

diro\|/f)v : to rub or wipe off, mid. 3 25. 
H. 412, G. 496. 

airmv (aptus, adipisct) : to fasten, to 
kindle ; fi^w, ij^a, rjfj./j,ai, TJ^dr/v. 

irpoa-diTTeiv, TrpoaTJ-fiev abrip, 'an- 
nexed to ' his command, 56 2. 

<rvv<iirreLv; /j.d,xijv crvvd^ai, ' to join 
battle,' 54 21. 

airT<r0ai : to take hold of, touch, rivbs. 
Syn. Oi-yeiv, ^afaiv. 

diriv : see elvai. 

apa : then, accordingly, so; postp. 
inferential conj. ' Be it known,' 
4 17. ws dpa t<f>\vapovfjLfv t what 
fooling it was 'after all,' 10 13. 

dpa: interrogative particle. H. 1015, 
1016, 120; G. 1603; B. 571, I. 

dpds: aipeiv. 

dp-yos 2 (fpyov} : not working, idle. 

dp-yvpiov : a piece of silver, money. 

ap-yupos : silver. 

dp-yvpovs, -a, -ovv : of silver. 

dpTr| (#PI<TTOS) : subst. answering to 
the adj. &ya86s, excellence. See 168 
note, al aperal, ' the virtues, 46 II. 

dp^u": to be defender, to succor, 
Tivl; fut. 37 20. 

dpi0|i6s : number. 

dpio-rcpos 3 : left, on the left, ominous. 

dpiOTTOv : breakfast. 

dpi<rroiroitiv impf. : to prepare break- 
fast; mid. 17 14. 

d'pio-TOS 3: best, excellent. Of noble 
birth, 27 8. Adv. Apiffra, 21 I. 

opKCiv impf. (arcere, arx, dp-riyeiv) : 
to suffice ; dpK&rw, TjpKfffa. 

apKTOs, 6, i) : a bear, the North. 



d'pfia, -arcs, r6 : chariot. 

apfioTTuv (dp-, arm, ars, artus, d.pi8/j.6s, 
dperij, &pi<TTps, iipiJ.cC) : to Jit together, 
join, to fit ; ap/j.6trw, //p/xocra, rjp/uo- 
fffi.au, rjpfj.6ff0t]v. 

tyap^TTeiv, ' to adapt to,' 60 18. 
dpovv (ardre'} : to plough, till. 
dpirtfyTJ : plundering, pillage. 
dpirdeiv : to snatch, seize ; apirdffu, 

ypiraKa, ripTra.fffj.ai, ripiracrdiriv, 

Siapirdfriv, 'to plunder,' 18 3, 17. 
appt) v, -v : male. 

dprav : to attach, hang. 

irpoo-aprai'; Trpoa-ijprrifj:^vovrfKa\f 
TO ayaBov, the good ' in combination 
with' the beautiful, 40 5. 

dprdcrOai : to attach to oneself. 

dvapTacrflcu; di^prijTO, 'he had 
gained their attachment,' 7 1 6. 

apn: just (now}, but just, 52 28. 

apros : wheaten bread, a loaf. 

dpvciv: to draw or dip; ypvo-a, 4 1 8. 

dpx.eiv : to be in advance, in com- 
mand, to rule, to begin (act. and 
mid. H. 816, 4). Const. TIVOS, ptcp. 
oik iq. #/>x et "> forbids him 'to 
hold office,' 52 II. ap^d/j-evoi awo 
T&V Kvvtjyeffiuv, 'beginning with' 
hunting, 62 5; cf. odevirep apxerai, 
' where it begins,' 33 9. 

irpoapxe<r0at, ' to begin before ' or 
'first' (7rp6repot), w. inf., 35 23. 
See 140 5 note. 

{iirapxeip, 'to be first underneath'' 
or at the bottom, ' to be there to 
begin with' or 'start with'; thus 
often a strong syn. of elvat. Impers., 
' it is a bottom fact,' 63 3. 

dpxeiov : government building; plur. 

'imperial quarters,' 25 20. 
dpx.7J : beginning, rule, empire ; 



ATTIC PROSE 



177 



'magistrates,' 26 19 (cf. rAij). ^ 

new,' 'as at first,' 11 21. 
-OVTOS, 6 : ruler, commander. 
-& : sacrilegious, impious. 

dcrBcvciv impf. : to be -weak, ill. dcrfle- 
vf)va.vTos, when he ' fell sick,' ^ 23. 

dtr0W)s, -'s, (a-, o-Btvos) : -weak, ill. 

aoHvi]?, -'s : harmless. 

dwrKiv impf. : to train, to practise. 

tto-irdtcr0ai : to greet warmly, -welcome 
or take leave of affectionately, to 
love. 

a.vra.ffirdeo-6ai, ' to embrace in 
turn,' 2 21. 

io-Trts, -fSos, 17 : shield. 

d<rros (dcrru) : townsman, citizen. 

derTpaiTTJ : lightning. 

do-rpdirmv : to lighten, to flash or 
gleam like lightning, 34 27. 

acrfv, -os, r6 : town, city. 

d<r<f>a\T|s, -<s, ((r0dXXeiv) : safe, se- 
cure. Adv. dcr<j>aXa>s. 

d<rxoXid (VxoXTj) : want of leisure, 
occupation. do^oX/ac avrf irapt- 
eiv KT\., ' would give him too much 
to do,' ' keep him too busy,' 53 8. 

draKTiv impf. : to be out of order. 

O.TG.KTOS 2 (raTTeLv) : not in battle- 
order, 34 8. 

drdp (Horn, airr&p) : but, however. 

&T : inasmuch as, seeing that ; w. ptcp. 
implying cause or reason, 2 25. 

drifidlciv : to hold in no esteem, deem 
worth/ess, 52 23. 

arifios 2: unhonored; driyuoT^po, 'less 
prized,' 46 6. 

aroiros 2 (r67ros) : out of place, 
strange, absurd, 19 II. 

drpip^js, Ws : unworn, indestructible. 

arvxeiv impf. : to be without share in, 
to fail to get, nvfa; to be unlucky. 
ATTIC PROSE 12 



, -fe: missing, without share 
in, unlucky. 

av : on the other hand, on the con- 
trary ; postpositive. 

avOis : again, 

avXtiv impf. : to play on the flute. 

av\T)T^s: piper, flute-player. 

av\6s: pipe, flute. 

avaviv or aveiv (a/re- wax, augere, 
i>7ti5s) : to increase, make great; 
, i]v^r)o-a, iji^TjKa, rjv^fjMi. 
, ' to help in increasing.' 

audvo-0cu or av^ca-Oai : to grow up, 
grow great; t]^i}Bn\v. 

tirai/^eo-^ot, ' to go on increasing.' 

avTiKa : forthwith. 

avT00v: from right there, from the 
immediate locality, 56 24. 

avrdptaros 2 : self-moving; ' of his 
own accord,' 11 9. 

avTOjioXeiv impf. : to desert. 

avrr6v: tavr6v. 

avrovojios 2 : independent. 

avr6s, avr^, avr6 : self, same; but 
in other cases than num., when not 
in agreement w. another word and 
not preceded by the article, nor 
emphatically placed, 'him,' 'her,' 
'it,' 'them.' 

Tropcic ai)r6s, present 'in person,' 
12 6, 34 28. efe rb airb i,^v, to 
' the same ' end as we, 815. airroa 
rots nrTrojs, 'horses and all,' 9 i. 

avroC : in the very place, right there. 

dcfmipeiv : see alpei v. 

d<t>avtf;iv : to put out of sight, make 
away with, destroy. 

CL<f>ivai (i^at) : to let go, to dismiss, to 
allow ; 6.ipi>Ka, d^et/ixej', <, &<j>eiKa, 
a<t>ei/Mi, d.(j>el0t)v, &<f>f6ijva.i. 



ATTIC PROSE 



d4>cr0ai (?e<r0at) : to let go of; d<f>el/j.riv. 
d<t>t/jxvov Trjs Ka\ijs Sinews, 'giving up 
the beautiful appearance,' 40 9. 

dc|>0ovd (tyOovos) : abundance. 

d<j>iK<r0ai (IK^TTJS, iKa<6s) : to arrive, 
reach the point set out for, see awb; 
d<j>ll-o/j.a.i, d<t>iyfj,a<., d<t>iKvov/j.ai. 

dxapwrrtiv, impf. : to be ungrateful. 
: ingratitude. 

^) 2: thankless, un- 
grateful, unpleasant. 

ax.0o"0ai : to be vexed, sorry ; d%W- 
0-ofj.at, 7fx_6tff<)r)v. 

a\0os, -ovs, TO ' burden, sorrow. 



Pd0os, ovs, r6: depth. 

Pa6vs, -eia, -v : <&<?/. 

Paiveiv: /^rai. 

throw, cast, shoot; jSaXw, 
p{j3\r)fjiai, t@\r)0T)v, /3dXXw. 
, ' to throw up.' 

diro/3aXetV, 'to throw away,' 'sacri- 
fice,' 32 17. 

K/3aXety, ' to cast out,' ' banish.' 

IjA/SaXelV, ' to attack,' ' engage ' the 
foe, 36 28, 54 25, ' to invade,' 54 10. 

Kara/SaXetV, ' to throw down,' 
' shoot,' or ' bring down,' 6 3, 9 9. 

irpo<r/3aXeiV, ' to make an assault 
upon,' 'attack,' 16 24, 59 24. 

<ru|ij3aXe?v, ' to throw together,' 
' close ' shield to shield, 58 3. 

v / irp/3aXeu', ' to march over," cross ' 
the mountains, 56 18. 

paXeo-0ai : to throw for oneself. 

irpofiaMffOai, ' to hold up before 
oneself in defense, 24 27. 

<rvn|3aX6r0ai, ' to contribute ' to a 
common stock, 42 1 6, 1 8. 



Poiirmv: to dip; 



3 : barbaric, foreign ; TO 
v, ' the Persian army,' 34 
17. pappapiKus, 'in Persian,' 34 4. 
Pdppapos 2: barbarian (not Greek). 
paaiXeid: kingdom; 'the succession 
to the throne,' 30 20. 

: palace ; usually plural. 
: to be king. 
, -ws, 6 : king, prince. 



S 3 : kingly, royal. Adv. 

pacri\iKcos, ' in royal style,' 12 6. 
peXrtwv, ptXrio-ros : better, best. 
Pf)vai. : to walk, go ; ^ffOfj.ai, /S^T/KO, 

Palvw. H. 489, i; 490, 2; G. 799. 

ava/S^cu, ' to go up,' ' ascend,' 
'mount' a horse (&r/), 34 10. 

diro^^voi, ' to turn out,' ' result.' 

8ia/3^cai, *to go through,' 'cross.' 
-- a,vTidia/3i)i>(u, 'to cross over in 

turn,' 53 12. 

Kara/3^voi, ' to go down,' ' de- 
scend '; eicrTT/iKei KOTa/Je/JTjKws, ' stood 
where he had dismounted,' 9 14. 

tK/3TJi>ai, TZvplav fK^dvTt, 'as you 
pass from' or 'beyond ' S., dat of ref- 
erence, H. 771 b, G. 1172, 2, B. 382 

ptd: force, violence ; fila, 'in spite of. 
Pidr0<u : to overpower, compel forci- 

bly; J3iaff0fji.a.i, t/3iaffdfj.'r;i>. 
ptcuos 3 : forcible, violent. Adv. 



: life 

: life, existence. 
PIUVO.I: to live; Ifilwv (H. 489, 14; 
G. 799; B. 729 (List)). tpiuffa 
(rare), /Siwo-o/mi, /3e/3iw/iat. 

Syn. ffiv, 8iaiTd<r0cu. 
P\a|, pXaKos, 6, ij, (/xaXo/cds) : slack, 
lazy, 'blockhead,' 11 7. 



ATTIC PROSE 



179 



: to look, see, behold ; p\tyo/j.ai, 
Syn. opav, Oeaffffat, Ideiv. 
eij', ' to look up,' raise the 
eyes, 11 5. 

oivTi/3X^reti', ' to look one in the 
face,' rivl, 55 13. 

diro/SX^Tretj', ' to look (away) to- 
ward,' 35 8, 39 3. 

Ipf3\tireiv, 'to gaze upon,' 2 13. 
POOV : to shout, cry, call loudly. 

<rvy.poa.v, 'to shout with,' 'join in 
shouting,' rivi, 24 1 1. 

PO^J : shout, call, cry. 

Poij0iv impf. : to come to the rescue. 

POTTOS (/M, 0") : helper. 

Pov\o-0oi (/3o\-, will, velle, -voluntas, 
/SeXriwy) : to wish, -will, mean to do 
something; /3ovAi7<ro/iu, /3e/3otfXr7/ucu, 
*/3oi;\i}0iji>. Syn. i0\eu>. 

'To prefer,' w. or without /xaXXop, 
53 14, cf. 6 8, 9. ^ov\6fjii}v oirrwj 
eX" ' I could wish ' it were so, 19 3. 

POU\CVCIV : to take counsel, determine, 
to advise, nvt. 

Im/Soi'Xei/eij', ' to plot against,' ' to 
plan,' ' scheme,' 11 14. 

<rvji/3ovXei5eii', ' to advise.' 
pou\,6Vcr6ai : to deliberate, form one's 

plan, w. inf. 21 10. H. 814 a. 
POV\TJ : will, design, counsel. ^ov\^v 

/JLOI 56s irepl TOIJTOV, ' give me time 

to think it over,' 21 3. 
POVS, POOS, o, y : ox, cow. H. 206, 

G. 268, 269; B. ill. 
Pp'4>os, -ovs, TO : babe. 
PpovT^j : thunder. 
Ppw(ia, -aros, r6 : food, meat. 

r. 

impf.: to marry, of the man; 



ya|wio-9ai : to marry, of the woman, 
ripl, 26 4,cf.i. 

ydp: for, namely; postpositive. H. 
1050, 4. d\Xd ydp, ' however,' often 
near the end of a discourse, 33 8. 
KO.I ydp, 7 23; but 7 26, ical modifies 
&c VVKTOS ('even'). 

y^: encl. postp. intensive or restric- 
tive particle. H. 1037, J - Its for ce 
can often be represented in English 
only by the tone, or by italics in 
writing. 

dXXd ... 7^, 'yet at any rate' 
(after a cond.), 4 I, 32 5. ical 
pdOos ye, 'yes, and depth too,' 22 
25, 46 20, ' nay ' 47 20. 5 5<? ye ical 
a/j.vv&fj.evos, ' ay, and another even 
defending himself,' 24 28. tirel -y 
ti-f)v 58 19, cf. 59 12, transitional; 
so 1 11, correlative to i>Av. 

y\dv : to laugh ; ye\d<rofj.ai, tyAewa, 



Kara7Xai', ' to laugh at,' rt^6s. 

^cXoios 3 : laughable, ridiculous. 
Adv. -yeXoicos. 

-WTOS, 6: laughter, object of 
ridicule. 

veOXios 2: of one's birth; rd ye- 
{0\ia, ' the birthday feast,' 4 25. 
v^rOai (kin, kid, gigriere, gens, 
7^/os) : to come into being, be born, 
to be made or done, to become, get 
somewhere or into some state or 
condition ; ytv/io-o/iai, yfytvynai, 
ytyova, ylyvofuu. Usual passive to 
TrotetV or iroielaQon, 45 27, 28 ; 23 26, 
28 21, 59 4. 

trr) TrevTeKaiSeica. yeyovvta, 'fif- 
teen years old,' 41 14. rots iroX^V 
dyaQoiis yfyovoras, ' men who have 
proved themselves brave in war,' 



i8o 



ATTIC PROSE 



37 19 (<i7a06j yevfoBai. very often 
inthissense). i) V'IKT) <r{iv'Ayr)tri\di{> 
tytvero, the victory 'declared itself 
on the side of Agesilaus, 58 9. 

$\.a.yevt<r0ai; 5ia.yeytvr)VTai <f>l\oi, 
' have proved kind from first to last,' 
322 4 . 

kir\.yevt<r0an; rb del tiriyiyvbpevov, 
as each generation ' comes succes- 
sively into being,' 32 12. 

irpoyei><r0ai\ oi Trpoyeyevrnj-^voL, 
' former generations,' 32 23. 

TTf>Q<ryei>t<r6a.i, ' to be added,' 42 27. 

o~uyyevt<r0ai, ' to have an inter- 
view with,' 39 17. 

ycvvaios 3 : high-born or bred, noble. 
ytvos, -ovs, r6 : race, descent, nation. 
ytpaircpoi : elders, senators, 
ytpw, -OVTOS, 6 : old man. 
y veiv : to give a taste of, 
ycvco-Oai : to taste, Tiv6s. 

a.-rroyeveff6a.i, ' to keep taking a 
taste of,' 3 8. 

: of farming, agricultural. 
(yrj, P7") : farmer. 
yfj : earth. 
ytjpas, yrfjpcos, r6: old age. H. 191, 

G. 228, B. 106. 
yrjpdurKtiv : to grow old ; yrtpdffu or 



yi-yvwTKiv : yvtivai. 

YvwfiTj : judgment, view intellectual; 
yvCifi.a.1, ' maxims,' opinions of wise 
men, 62 23 (adapted to tyvwcrntva 
22), cf. vo'fina.ra. 26, ivOv^fjiaTO. 28. 

Yvoivai (7 TO-, can, ken, know, (jg)no- 
scere, nomen, 6vo/j.a, TOUJ) : to see 
with the mind, come to know, form 
a judgment or decision ; 7vc6<ro/uai, 
eyvuKa, eyvucf^ai, tyvA<r6-iiv, yiyvd- 
VKU, Syn. eiStvai, tirl<rTa.<TOai. 



6p6Cx tyvuvfdva, ' sentiments 
rightly conceived,' 62 22. iireidav 
yvGiffiv dTTKrToijfjifvoi, when men 
'come to feel' that they are dis- 
believed, 19 10. With gen., like 
aicr64(r6ai, eyvu &TOTTO. tfjiav TTOI- 
oOcros, 19 II. 

Kara7i'wi'o(, ' to note definitely,' 
'find out,' 4 27. 

crvy7cwpcu; ^70* <rvveylyvw<rKov atf- 
Tois, 'I shared their views,' 21 13. 
Often ' to pardon,' cf. 52 19. 

yovtis, -^wv : parents. 

^6vv, -arcs, T&, (knee, genii} : knee. 

yoiiv (7^, oCy) : at any rate ; postp. 

intensive particle. H. 1037, 2. 
yvjAviKos 3 : gymnastic. 
yujivos 3 : naked, bare. 
yuvaiKeios 3: of women, feminine. 
"ywf\, ywaiKos, ^, (queen) : woman, 

wife. H. 216,4; 0.291,8; 6.115,4. 



A. 



Saxciv : to bite, sting ; 5i} o,uai, StSrjy- 



airo5aKeZV, ' to bite off,' 48 22. 
SaKpvtiv : to shed tears, weep. 
Sdxpvov : tear, 

Sairavdv : to expend, incur expense. 
8airdvtj : expense, ' stores to be ex- 

pended,' 44 28. 
SI : but, and ; postp. conjunction of 

contrast. H. 1046, I. 

/cat 6 KCpos 5^, ' and ' Cyrus also 

(/caO, 13 2, 5; 24 27, 43 27. 
StSie'vai : to fear ; eera, dtSoiKa. (' I 

fear'). H. 490, 5; G. 804; 6.535. 
SciKvvvai (dicere, index) : to point 

out, shcnv ; Selfa, eSetfa, 



ATTIC PROSE 



181 



jvai, ' to lift up and show,' 
'exhibit,' 32 16. 

a,iroSeiKi>vvai, ' to show forth,' ' to 
declare,' w. inf. ' pronounce,' 43 28; 
' to render,' ' deliver,' as one pre- 
sents for inspection that which he 
has been ordered to make, 41 19. 

iiridfucvvvai, ' to put on exhibition,' 
'display,' ' show.' 

a.vTew<.deiKvvvai, ' to exhibit in 

turn" or 'on the contrary,' 54 2. 
SeiXi] : afternoon. 

1 . Sciv : to lack, need ; de^ffu, tdtricra., 
dfdtrjKa. As a personal verb, the 
act. dtw is found only w. genitives 
of quantity, iroXXoC, etc. Impers., 
rivi TIVOS, ' that we may need as 
few as possible,' 23 3. See 8eJo-0a.i. 

2. 8cvv: to bind, imprison; Sijerw, 
fdyira, Sedexa, Stde/jMi, tdWriv. H. 
411; G. 495, 2; B. 199, 2n. 

3. Sfiv : impers. 5e?, one ought, must, 
should, w. inf.; %8ei, Se^ffet, t5{r]ffe. 

Seivos 3 (dcSitvai) : fearful, dreadful. 
In Attic colloquially weakened to 
' skilful,' ' clever,' w. inf.; SeivbraTos 
XaXeiV, ' a terrible chatterbox,' 11 8. 
roi deivd, 'the terrors' of the battle- 
field, 54 28, cf. 38 ii. 

Seurveiv impf. : to be at dinner, dine. 

a-vvSenrvetv, 'to dine together,' 46 
19. 

Sfiirvov: dinner. 
8eiirvoiroiio-0ai : to have dinner. 
Seicrds : beOiivai. 
Stio-9ai : to want, to beg of; Sfo 

Seria-onai, deStrnjuu., ede^6i]>'. Const. 

H. 743 a; G. 1114. See I. deiv. 

irpoo-SeiffOai, ' to require in addi- 
tion ' 60 10, ' to ask for more ' 14 5. 

ScKd: ten. 



5KttTOs 3: the tenth; SeKdr-qv, 'a 

tithe,' 55 16. 
BcvSpov : tree, fruit tree. 

3: on the right, auspicious; 
r) 5e|ta, sc. x fi p, ' the right hand.' 
Seiovo-0ai : to greet with the right 

hand, 33 25, cf. 10. 
Se'pr,: neck. H. 138 a; G. 176. 

: master, in relation to slaves. 
Scvrcpos 3 : the second. 
8'xo-0cu: to receive, accept; 5to/j.ai, 
, fS^x^ r l v H. 499. 
o wait for,' ' be 
ready to receive,' 48 15. 
uiro5^x e '^ a( > ' to undertake,' ' take 

on oneself,' ' engage.' 
8rj : postp. asseverative particle. H. 
1037, 4. The effects of 5ij must be 
learned by observation. nv 5?), 
very often, but the ptv has its sepa- 
rate appropriateness, 1 1 (^v correl. 
to 5^), 1 10 (ntv correl. to 7^ /xi^) ; 
in both cases 5ij marks the connec- 
tion of the thought with what has 
preceded. Often w. rel. words, ofa 
617, 2 2. TTWS 5^, 'how so, pray?' 
48 5. With a tone of irony: rov 8rj 
. . . /j,r] \vtrire\fiv avrots, ' obviously ' 
that it may not be well for them to 
poisbn the wine, 4 19. 
8riXos 3: manifest, clear ; 5ij\ov Sri, 

'evidently,' H. 1049, i a. 
StiXovv : to make evident, show, publish. 
8r]fM]-yopiK6s 3 (dyopeteiv*) : of or fit 

for haranguing the people, 47 IO. 
Siifios: people, community, public. 
STJOUV : to slay, ravage. 
8r|(ras : 2. Seiv. 



A(a, Ait, Ai6s : Zet/y. 

8101 (two, between, twin, twilight, auo, 



1 82 



ATTIC PROSE 



8i5o) : through; prep. w. gen. and 

ace. H. 795, G. 1206, B. 404. 
In composition Sid denotes inter- 

val, Sttxeiv 'to be apart'; dis- 

tinction, difference, dia<f>tpeiv ' to 

differ ' ; continuance, Sidyeiv ' to 

pass time'; succession, diadtxf<T0ai ; 

mutual action, 5ia/ceXei;f<70cu. 
Siapipdteiv (/3a-, pijvai) : to make go 

through or across, to transport. 
SCcura: mode of life, arbitration. TT^V 

diairav Trotijcrd/iej'os, ' living,' ' mak- 

ing his home,' 29 i. 
SicuTdv: to arbitrate. H. 362 b. 
5iaiTo.o-0at : to pass life, live; 5tr?- 

Tci/ATji/, 8ia.iTriffOfj.ai, Sfdi^Tt]fj.ai, 

fdcriT-ri6riv. Syn. r)i>, piwvai. 
8ia.K6Xevcr6cu : to encourage one an- 

other, to exhort oneself, rivl, 11 13. 
SidicovCd : domestic service, 45 29. 
SICLKOVIKOS 3 : good at service. 
5iaXvto"0ai : to discuss, converse ; dia- 

\t!-ofMi, SielXeyfMi, SieX^xOyv. 
5iavji,T)Tov : one must abortion. 
8iavo|A^| : an apportioning. 
Sia<|>Ep6vTWS : differently. 
: see <j>6eipeiv. 
(xffy>) : to have in hand, 

manage; mid. 13 I. 
8i8a.crKaX.ia. : a teaching, instruction. 
8i8a.a-Ka.Xos: teacher. 
SiSdcTKEiv : to teach, instruct, to ap- 

prise ; dtddfa, tdiSafa, deSldaxa., 

deSiSay/j.ai, tdidaxOyv. 
8i8dcrKCT0ai : to get instriicted in, 

learn, 62 17. 

SiSovai : to offer, give ; 5ov>>ai. 
8iix.ov : see ex 6 '"- 
8i0-KfjL|j.v(os ( ^(T 



with discriminating care, 43 7. 
SiT|p<&T<ov : see fptordv. 



: to act as judge, give judgment. 
: to be at law, get judgment. 

SUaios 3 : just. 3kcu6s elfju \tyeii>, ' it 
is right for me to recount.' H. 944 a, 
G. 1527, B. 634. Adv. SiKcuojs. 

SIKCUOCTUVT) : justice, righteousness. 

8iKaioTT]S, -TITOS, 17 : like diKaiofftvri; 
attributed to Chiron as the most 
civilized being of his time, 60 26. 

8(Kt] : right, a case at law, legal satis- 
faction or penalty. diKr/v dovvai, 
'to be punished'; x w T ^J V StKrjv, 
' I have my punishment,' 20 26. 

8iir\d<rios 3 : double, twice as much. 

8i(rxtX.ioi 3 : two thousand. 

8u|/riv: to thirst, be thirsty; Sii/<i}<rw. 

SUOKCIV: to pursue, chase; 8icow and 



SOKCIV impf. : to seem to the mind, to 
think, believe ; impers. w. dat., to seem 
best ; 8dw, eSoa, 8tdoy/mi. Const. 
inf. Syn. (l) <f>alvea-0ai, (2) vopl- 
feii', otfffOat, yyeiffOai. 

<rvvdoKiv, impers. cruv^So^e Kypy, 
'it seemed good to Cyrus also,' 
' Cyrus acquiesced,' 28 5 ; ace. abs. 
ffvvd6t-av, ' with the consent ' of his 
parents, 28 10. 

SoKipd^tiv : to test, prove, approve. 

a.irodoKifj.deiv, 'to reject on scru- 
tiny' or 'trial,' as unworthy to hold 
office, 52 11. 

SoKifxacrid : examination or scrutiny, 
as of qualification for office, 52 16. 

SoKipos 2 : approved, in good repute. 

86{ja (So/cetc) : opinion, belief; also the 
opinion which others have of one, 
hence reputation, fame. Aeneas 
won 'the name ' of piety, 61 13. 

SopKas, -dSos, ij : antelope, gazelle. 

86pv, -arcs, rb, (tree, dpvs) : spear, 



ATTIC PROSE 



183 



lance, et's 5opv (i.e. tls Sdparoj irXrj- 

71)1') d,<f>iK^o~6ai, 'within spear-reach,' 

'a spear's length,' 57 17. 
SovXos: slave. 
80 vcu (5o-, dare, donum, Supov) : to 

give ; eSwKa, e8o/u.ev, St&crw, 5^5w/ca, 



avTiSouvcu, ' to give in return.' 

onroSoOvai, ' to give back,' ' give 
what is one's due,' ' pay,' ' restore.' 

8ia5oOi>eu, 5(ad(d6ca(,to'give sever- 
ally,' ' distribute,' 48, 12. 

tvdovvai ; 8ri tvdtSolro atfrots rj ir6\is, 
' offered to surrender,' ' was ready 
to put itself in their hands,' 59 22. 

iiriSovvai, ' to give over and above,' 
as marriage portion, 26 5 ; similarly 
14 4; 'to increase,' yv TOO-OVTOV twi- 
5i5w, ' if I go on at this rate,' 11 6. 

irapaooiWt, ' to hand over,' ' to 
hand down' or 'transmit,' 61 17. 

Souirciv (Soviros) impf. : to sound 
heavy, 'to strike' or 'beat loudly,' 
35 28. Not a prose word. 

8po.fj.av : to run ; 6pa/ju}Vfj,ai, SeSpd- 
/MIca. Syn. Tp^x e '" 9& v - 

tKopaneiv, ' to run out ' or ' forth.' 
-- a.vreKSpa/j^'iv, ' to charge in turn 

on the run,' 57 12. 
-- crvve/cSpa/oteZV, ' to charge ' or 

'sally forth together,' 57 17. 
Sp6TravT|(j>6pos 2 : scythe-bearing. 
8p6(j.os (5pa/j.eiv*) : a running, course. 

5p6fj.t{> Oeiv, to charge ' on the double- 

quick,' 35 25. 
Svvafus, -s, 17 : the ability or power 

to do or effect anything, influence. 

Syn. l<rxfa, <r6ti>os, /cpdros, pd/jnj. 
8vvacr9ai : to be able; Svc^cro/xcu, 5e5i;- 

vr]/j.ai, tdvvridriv. H. 355 b, G. 517. 
Svvaros 3: able, powerful. K TWV 



dwaruv, ' as the best they could do,' 

out of the possible chances, 42 1 1. 
8vo, 8vovv : two. 

8vo-KO\aviv : to be fretful, worrisome. 
8u<roKi]TOS 2 : bad to dwell in. 
8\io-<j>opos 2: hard to bear. 
Sva-xwpta: rough ground, dangerous 

locality, 8 20, 28. 
SwScKa: twelve. 
SupcurOai: to give, present, present 

with. 
Sdipov: gift. 

E. 

IdXwKa: aXwi'ai. 

av: to let or leave alone, permit; 

ftwv, H. 359; G. 537, i; B. 172, 2. 

DI)K fare, 'ye forbid,' 5 I, 52 II; 

cf. ov <pr)/M, ' I deny.' H. 1028. 

dv (et, &i>) : if, w. subjunctive; also 

av, rfv. 

cap, capos or rjpos, T&, (ver) : Spring. 
capivos 3 : of Spring, vernal. 
tawrdv, iavTT|v, eauro : himself, her- 
self, itself; often contracted avrbv, 
etc. Reflexive pron. The gen. as 
possessive has the attributive posi- 
tion, /uereTT^ui/'aTO rrjp eavrov ffvya- 
rtpa, 'his (own) daughter,' 1 16. 

3 : the seventh ; rb Updo/iov, 
for the seventh time,' 29 1 7. 

: to give as a pledge. 
irapeyyvav, ' to pass the watch- 
word ' or ' word of command,' 23 29. 
vt] : pledge, surety. 

: adv. near ; tyytrepov, 34 26. 
iv: to wake, rouse; lyepu,TJyeipa, 



il-eyelpfiv, ^?7<?pfo? ' he awoke.' 
t-yvwKa, c^vtov : yvwvai. 

4-yX v im P f - (^" X"-) : to P our i 
tyxtu fut., ivtx 



1 84 



ATTIC PROSE 



(x = dagger. 
k-y& : /, e7u>7e, ' 1 for my part; ' 'That 

I have,' 49 19, cf. 6/010176 22. 
tSoxfjos, -ovs, TO": base, bottom, ground. 
eSccrreov : one must eat. 
S(6Si|xos 2 : eatable. 



t0vos, -ous, i"6 : tribe, nation. 

ci : i/j whether. ; efirep, ' if really,' ' that 
is if,' 43 4; Ka.1 el, ' even if,' neg. ovS' 
el, /J.f)S' el, 32 1 8; el Kal, concessive, 
' though,' ' if she has done all this,' 
51 4. Often interrogative, el xcupos 
efy 8 1 6, 24 6. 

et: (i) elwu, (2) wu. 

elSei/cu ({Set?) : A> know ; dlSa, fcrp-ev, 
eldus, ySr], efoofuu. H. 491, G. 820, 
B. 259. Syn. yvuvai, eirluT 0.060.1. 

elSov: /av. 

eiSos, -ovs, TO ' appearance, looks. 

clKa^eiv: to make like to, liken, to 
conjecture, 21 i . 

tltcos, TO, (ioiKeva.C) : that which is like, 
natural, probable, reasonable, right. 
Adv. eiKo-rios. 

lX.iKpivT)s, -t's : unmixed, pure, sheer. 

etjxi: elvai. 



clvai : /o fe/ e^ encl., ^ or ^v, 

H. 478-480, G. 806, B. 362. 'To 
exist,' 50 8. rep flirt, 'in reality,' 
'in very truth,' 39 18. rd flcra, 
' what there is already,' 42 25. 

o.irelva.1, ' to be absent,' 33 24. 

tvelvai, 62 IO. 

ljje?pcu, impers. ' it is allowable,' 
' one is at liberty,' const, rivl, inf. 
Agesilaus 'may' be pronounced 
brave unquestionably, 57 28. ebv 
afirif irapevTi, KT\., ' when he might 
have let them pass,' etc., 57 29. 



\UTeivai, 'to be among'; impers., 
iro\e/J.ov Kal /mxijs ov fj.eTTJv avr-g, 
' of war and fighting she had no 
share,' 21 18. 

irapeZVai, ' to be on hand ' or ' pres- 
ent '; ev r< va.pbvTi, ' at the present 
time,' 21 i; impers. 'there is an 
opportunity,' const. Tivl, inf. ; irapbv 
aiirtf xpriada.1., ' when he might ' 
have availed himself, etc., 56 3, 58 
19. 

<rvve?yo, 'to be together,' 46 14; 
to associate with,' 47 7. 

clireiv (f eir-, vocdre, vox, eTros) : to 
utter, state, say ; elirov, imp. elirf, 
aor. I elira. Const. 8ri, w$; inf. 
only in sense of ' command,' 54 24, 
25 I. Syn. pr)6rjvai, <f>dvai, \eyeii>, 
and, in comp. w. prep., ayopetieiv. 

irpoeiirelv, ' to state beforehand,' 
11 25; 'to publish an order,' 25 i. 

tHirep : if really, that is if. See el. 



(pr)6fjvai) : a peace. 



els : into, to ; prep. w. ace. H. 796, G. 
1207, B. 405. et's T{> raxi) tJ-o.v6a.vfiv 
Siaipfpuv, superior to others 'in 
learning quickly,' 1 14. efc 5tfo, 
' two abreast,' 24 i ; sometimes also 
of the depth of a column, ds 5w- 
5e/ca nvpiddas, ' to the number of,' 
'about' 120,000, 28 14. 

els, ?v, gen. tv6s : one. See pia. 



eloTTtdcra : effTiav. 

cla-()>opa : a bringing in. 

ctcrw : to within, into, within. 

clra : then, next, and so. 

itr : efre . . . efre, whether . . . or. 



ATTIC PROSE 



I8 5 



elcoOc'vai: to be -wont, accustomed; 

ftuQa, eiuQeiv. H. 369; G. 537, 2; 

689. 

cKao-ros 3 : each, every. 
CKarcpos 3 : either, each one, of two. 
IxaTepcoOcv : from or on either side. 
Ka.Te'pcocre : in either or each direction. 
tKarov : a hundred. 
idcSTinos 2: away from home. 
K8iivai : to pass out of, ' to take off,' 

one's own clothes. H. 500, 4 a. 
icSu(rai : to make pass out of, 'to take 

off,' another's clothes, nva. TI. 
foci: (over) there. 
CKCiOev: thence. 
Kivos, Kivi], Kivo : that (there, 

yonder), he, she, that thing. tKeivo 

anticipates what follows (Cicero, 

illud), 'this,' 42 16. 
Ki<T : thither. 



: to pick out. See <rv\\tyeiv. 
KTrio(j.ai : see irieiv. 
eKirXtvynvai : see ir\r)yrji>ai. 
KTpa\TiX^iv (rpdx^Xos) : of a horse, 

to throw over the head. 
KCOV, -ov<ra, (/TCK-) : willing(ly}. 
eXd.TT<i>v, cXdxio-TOs : less, fewer, least, 

fewest. H. 254, 4; G. 361, 5 ; B. 136. 
cXavviv: to drive; Aw, ^Xcwa, t\ri- 

XaKa, ^XTjXa/xai, ^\d6i]v. For the 

future, H. 424; G. 665, 2; B. 212, i. 

direXayveiv, ' to ride back.' 

e^eXai/j'eti', ' to drive out,' ' to march 
on ' from camp. 

^, ' to ride along by.' 



TrtpieXavveiv, ' to drive round.' 

irpo<re\atvfiv, 'to ride up to,' 58 II. 

o-vve\aijvii>, ' to drive together.' 

i>ire\a6vciv, 'to ride up,' so as to 
meet one, 35 10. 



\a<j>os, i) : hind, roe. 

to cross-question, confute, 
convict; \ri\ey pat. 
tiv : to take, capture ; el\ov, 
Syn. atpetc, a\wva.i. 

: to cry AeXeO, raise the battle 
shout. 

cXcVGai: to take for oneself, choose, 
elect ; el\6fit]v. Syn. alpeiffOai. 

a.$e\fo0ai, 'to deprive,' 7 10. 
Const. H. 748 a, G. 1118, B. 362 N. 

IXevOspios 2 or 3 : like a free man, 

liberal; as epithet of Zeus, 'the 

Liberator,' 40 15. 
X t v0pos 3 : free. 
eXevOepovv : to make free, liberate. 
tXOeiv : to come, go ; imp. l\QL, fXefoo- 

/j.ai, t\rj\v6a. Syn. fpxfffOo-i, Uvai. 

With inf. 56 7, ' word came ' that he 

must defend, etc. 

cnreXMy, ' to go away ' or ' back,' 
'to come off,' safely, 20 10. 

8ieX0e?c, ' to go through,' ' to enu- 
merate,' ' relate.' 

iv, ' to come in,' ' enter.' 
, ' to come out.' 

Ka.Te\0etv, ' to come down ' ; 'to 
return from exile,' 60 13. 

irapeXfletV, 'to go by'; rd TropeX- 
06vra, ' in the past,' 27 3. 

irepieXfotV, ' to come ' or ' go 
round,' of the revolving seasons or 
cycle of the year, 28 13. 

irpo<re\0f'it>, ' to come near ' or ' up 
to.' 

eXi-ypos (eX/Tretv) : a rolling, turn- 
ing round, roundabout way, 3 16. 

IXfrrmv : to wind, roll round; ei\irrov. 
H. 359! G. 537, 2; B. 172, 2. 

l|eX/TT', TV <f>d\ayya, 'to de- 
ploy,' 57 24. 



1 86 



ATTIC PROSE 



{\Kiv : to draiv, drag ; ?Xw, e'i\Kvcra, 
ft\KVfffMi, el\Kij<r0T)v. See tXlrTeiv. 

<rvvt\Keii>, ' to draw together,' 58 25. 

Xirtiv : to hope. 

IXirCs, -C8os, 77 : hope. 

cpavrov, (iauT^v : myself. 

c|i|3a|i|j.a, -aros, r6, (pdirreiv') : sop, 
soup, 3 4. 

|xp\iriv : see p\tireu>. 

4|j^: me; fyov, ifwl, accented ; e^oiye, 
49 22, cf. (lywye- Enclitic forms 
are fj,, /xov, fwi. 

|AOS 3 : my, mine. 

: to make firm, keep firmly. 
: see Trifj.TT\dvai. 

(jnro8iov: before the feet, in one's way. 
ffjLiroSiav rivl TWOS elvo.1, ' to hinder 
one from something,' 27 17. 

cpirpocrOcv : in front, before. 

p.(}>avT|s, & : clear, conspicuous. 

l|i<{>aviiv : to shoiv or prove conspicu- 
ously, 54 i. 

4v: in, among ; prep. w. dat. ovov tv 
ffju>l, ' as far as in me lies,' 30 24. 
iv ffol irdvra earlv, ' everything 
depends on thee,' 42 21. 

cvavrCos 3: opposite, contrary; TOVV- 
avrtov, 'on the contrary'; ol ivav- 
rioi, 'the enemy.' tvavrla wpafal 
TIVI, 'to adopt a hostile course 
toward one,' 32 26. 

4v8T|s, -s : wanting in, in need of. 

ev8i]\os 2 : clear, evident. 

v8o9ev : from within, from the house. 

v8ov: within, indoors. 

cvSvvai : to pass in or Tinder, ' to put 
on,' one's own clothes. H. 500, 4 a 

tv8vo-ai : to make pass in or under, 
' to put on,' another's clothes, TIV& ri. 

4vfyKa,<r8ai : to bear or bring for one- 
self. Syn. <j>tpeff6a.i, ot<re<r0ai fut. 



'all that you brought 
as your portion,' 42 14. 

QevtyKaaOat, ' to earn ' or ' win,' as 
a prize, 61 14. 

^v-yKiv: to bear, bring; yprywr, in 
prose (for indicative) preferably 
ijvfyKa., tvf)voxO; ivrivfy/jiai, -ijv^d^v. 
Syn. <f)tptiv, otcreiv future. 

aireveyKfiv, ' to bring back,' 13 20. 

tla-evfyKfiv; elffevex^vai 'to be 
brought in,' 44 29. 

irpocrej^/cetV, irpoffevtyicai, ' to 
bring toward,' 'near to,' 47 18; 
irpofffve-^Ofivai, ' to be brought in,' 
58 10; 'to be related,' 'behave 
toward ' one, w. ptcp. 19 4. 

vvveveyKeiv, ' to prove advanta- 
geous,' 32 27. 

4v8vv, ve'8v<ro, : tvSvvai, tvdvo-cu. 

cVcKcv: for the sake of, as 
regards, rtv6s. 
Kd\ovv : see Ka\elv, 

2 : at -work, effective or pro- 
ductive, 38 2. 

vTVYX avov : see Tvxeiv. 

ZvOa: -where; evOa 5i), 'thereupon.' 
H. 284. 

IvOdSe : there, thither. 

v0V : -whence, thence, evffev ical evdev 
rov reixovs, ' on either side of the 
wall,' i.e. on the two sides of the 
city parted by the river, 23 6. 

4v0'v8e: thence. 

cvBeos 2 : full of the god, possessed, in- 
spired. 

4v0overidv (jtvQeos) : to be inspired. 

v8v(jii<r0ai : to bear in mind, lay to 
heart, nv6s. Dep. pass., H. 497. 

6v0v|XT)(i.a, -arcs, rb : a thought, senti- 
ment. 

(viavcrios 3 : of or lasting a year. 



ATTIC PROSE 



fviavros: year. 

cvioi 3 : some. 

tvvoeiv : see voeiv. 

cvravda : here, there, thereupon, 

VTv0v : thence, thereupon. 

tvTi|xos 2 : in honor, prized. 

svTpixj/is, -S, i) : a rubbing in, 2 6. 

4 (before consonants <?/c) : out of, 
from ; prep. w. gen. K r&v Svvardv, 
'as the best they could do,' 42 n. 
itc TOV KaXoO Kal SiKalov, 'by fair 
and rightful means,' 42 26. ti- OVK 
6vTwv, 'after being naught,' 'when 
non-existent before,' 50 8. <r/c TTCU- 
Stov, ' from infancy,' 51 14. e TOV 
<j>avepov 'in plain sight,' 56 22. 

!: >. 

a,Kr)(tXioi 3 : '.* thousand. 

|aKo<rioi 3 : j/j: hundred. 

cgairarav (dirdTij) : to deceive. 
: see irt/iirXdpat. 
j : see clvat. 

: ta examine well, scrutinize. 
: see tyelpeiv, 



os : see aipeieroi. 
: see ^7n7". 

o arrive at the end of a 
journey, reach the mark, 35 29. See 



^I\ao-d(j.r| v : see i\d<r/ce<r0U. 

?|is, -ws, ^, (exet") : a having, habit 
of body, condition, 40 26. 

go|xoiovcr6ai : see 6/xotoO'. 

|6v : see cleat. 

|w<j>av<r0ai. : see v<f>alveiv. 

c| : without, on the outside. 

cco0v : from without. 

OiKvai (f t/c-) : to be like ; eoiKa, 
elKibs, t<?Kri H. 358 a. ws tolKaffiv, 
1 as appears likely,' 42 1 1, H. 944 a. 



I8 7 



: festival, holiday. 
tircuvriv (<?7rO imp: ^ commend, 
praise; iwaivfow or iira.iv4<ro/j.ai, 
(fTTifxetra, tirjveKa, iwyvtOriv. 

<rvve7ratj'ei', 'to join in approving.' 
ireip0is : see atpeiv. 

itrti: after, since; fireid^, the same 

strengthened. 

iri8dv (tireidri, &v) : after, w. subjunc. 
iriirp: since {really), seeing tjiat, 

17 19, 22 18. 

irio-irtirTiv : see ireaeiv. 
i'lmTO. (lirl, elra) : thereafter, there- 

upon, again, in the next place. 
irt\\^j(r(tT]v : iwi\adeff8a.i. 
ir|Av^o-0Tjv : see nvriff&ijvai. 
irp<r0ai. : see tptffffai. 
?ir(T0ai (ffeir-, sequT, socius) : to fol- 

low ; elirbfi.ijv, $\l/o(w,i; the aor. only 

in comp., eiri<nrt(r9a.i. 

l$tire(rda.i, ' to follow up,' 24 23. 



: see ayd\\e<r0ai. 
: to threaten overbearingly. 

irr|p6(xt]v : see epto-ffai. 

lir: on, upon; prep, w. gen., dat., 
and ace. H. 799, G. 1210, B. 408. t<f> 
I'TTTTOV, 'on horseback,' 2 23. rty 
eirl Ba/SuXcDvos, 'the road to Baby- 
lon,' 21 25. eVi TTJS avrov apxys, 
'within,' 'in the course of his own 
reign, 29 17. ty' rwuv, 'in our 
time,' 56 26. 

tirl TrXeoj/e^'p, 'with a view to 
personal advantage,' 27 14. oiroffa. 
tw dvdpl eiiSalfwvi vo^frai, what 
is customary ' over,' ' at the funeral 
of,' a fortunate man, 33 19. t<t> oft 
TO 6vo/jui tart, ' to whom the name 
is applied,' 39 19. iirl Tip pit?, ' in ' 
'in the course of one's life, 51 12. 



188 



ATTIC PROSE 



TO fir I <rt, ' as far as you are con- 

cerned,' 11 II. evl TroXi/, 'to a 

great distance,' 34 25. 

j : hostile design, plot. 
-'s : in want of. 
6iri0ufiiv (0i/;u6s) impf. : to set one's 

heart upon, to desire, nvb's. TOVTO 

TO tiri6ufj.r)<Tai, ' the conceiving of 

this desire,' 53 1 1. 
tiriKa.ipi.os 2 (jccupdj) : in Jit time or 

place, important; ol tirncatpioi, ' the 

officers,' 22 10. 
iuX.a0eo-0cu (Xatfeti') : to forget ; tiri- 

X^ero/tat, tir iXA?;<r /J.O.L, tiriXavdd- 

vop.a.1. Past-perfect, 5 8. 
iriji\ia : care. 
eiri|jL\io-9ai or liri|x&o-9ai : to care 

for, watch over carefully, Tivbs ; 

^7rtjueXiJ(TO/xaf, t IT ep* 1X17^17 v. 
irifj.\T||itt, -arcs, TO : thing cared for, 



: one must take care. 
lirlopicos 2 (Spjcos) : swearing falsely, 

forsworn. 
fn-iovo-a : next, ensuing, day or night : 

see UVCLI. 
tiriiroXeuos 2 : on the surface, promi- 

nent, 48 7. 
liri<TTa<r9ai (<TTO-, ffTTJvai) : to under- 

stand, know how to do something; 



H. 487, G. 720, 742, B. 200 N. 
^mo-Tarns = overseer, superintendent. 
eiri<TTaTT]T^ov : one must oversee. 
iri(rT'i]|ii] : special knowledge, skill. 
irurTT|(j.wv, -ov : skilled in, rtv6s. 
&irierTf\<rcu : see Iffr6.vai, 
iriT'<]8ios 3 : suitable, necessary ; T& 

tiriT-tioeia., ' provisions.' 
lirCxapis, -t (x*P ls ) : gracious, accept- 

able ; tiri'X.a.pLTdsTepos, -&TO.TOS 45 6. 



irixtptiv impf. : to put one's hand to, 
attempt, undertake. 

4iriX.'*P l os 3 or 2 (x'fy'a) : in or of the 
country ; TO. tirixdpia, of the Per- 
sian national discipline, 13 2. 

tiros, -ovs, r6, (etVerv) : utterance, 
word; plur. *iri\, verses, poetry, epic 
or other. 

tirrd : seven. 

cpav : to be in love, to love, TIV&S ; 
ripdffdrjv, epavOrivai, 'to become 
enamored of,' 63 8. 

Syn. tf>i\etv, crrtpyeiv, dyairav. 

ep^d^ecrOai : to work, to do m perform ; 
tpydffo/j.ai, elpya<rdfj.i]v, etpyaa/j.a.1 
mid. or p., fipyd<r6r)v p. H. 359; 
G. 537, 2; B. 172, 2. e8 eipyaff^va, 
' well wrought ' or ' constructed,' 47 
27. Syn. 5pai>, iroteiv, TrpdTTeiv. 

aurfpyd^ffBai, ' to work out,' ' effect.' 

Ka.Tfpydf<rOa.i; TO Ka.Tepya.aa.aOai, 
' the achieving,' 62 9. 

tp^a.<rriov : one must do or perform. 
cp-yov (fepy-, work, yewpyds) : work, 

deed. tfj.ov %pyov, 'my business,' 

'my part,' 42 21. 

epe'o-Ocu: to ask, inquire; Tjpft^v. 
Syn. fpuTav. 

lireptaOai, ' to put a question,' 3 22. 
Epr]|JLid : solitude, dearth or absence of. 
pr]|xos 2 : lone, deserted, unoccupied. 
epia, T<, (pfp-, wool, vellus) : wool. 
p|xt]vcvs, -^ws, 6, ('Ep^s): interpreter. 
eppw[xcvos (tpp&ffOai, ptavvvvai) : in 

full strength or health, stout, vig- 
orous ; tppwfj.evto'Tepa, 55 21. Adv. 
(ppufxcvcos, 57 27. 

^p\0p6s 3 : red. 

cpvfxa, -aros, r6 : fence, fortification, 
bulwark. 

p\or0ai : to come ; impf. only, and 



ATTIC PROSE 



defective, H. 539 2 a. See 140 5 
note. Syn. t\0elv, ttvai. 

irap^pxeo-dai, ' to pass along,' 35 15. 

irpos<^xeo-0a;, ' to come besides,' 
' come on,' 16 14, 34 6. 

tpwrdv : to ask questions, inquire, in- 
terrogate. Syn. fptadai. 

Siepwrac, ' to ask for a decision,' 
past-imperfect, 6 7. 

eirepwraj', ' to put questions,' ' ask,' 
19 23, 6 10. 

ecrei : elvai. 

o-0rf|s, -TJTOS, }), (fe<r-, wear, vestis, 

d/j.tpiei'vvvai) : dress, clothing. 
<r0iiv (V5-, eat, fret, edere, esurlre) : 

to eat, edo/j.ai (H. 427, G. 667, B. 

216), tdT?idoKa, ^5iJ3e<r/u, ri5tcr6r)i>. 

Syn. <f>ayeiv. 

lo-ire'pd (vesfler) : evening, the West. 
TT : until, 44 14, 58 17. 
(7TT]Ka : ffTTJvai. 
<TTT|o-a : Iffrdvai. 
ia-rla. (/e<r-, Vesta, &srv): hearth; 

'Eo-ri'cf, Hestia, goddess of the 

hearth-fire, 15 17. 
<TTiav : to entertain ; elffrlaffa, fl<rrt- 

a.Ka. H. 359; G. 537, 2; B. 172, 2. 

: to feast. 

3 : the farthest, extreme. 
'T6pos3: other or one of two; Qarepov, 

TO Zrepov. 
TI : j/z//, _y^/, further, tfrt xal j'Oi', 

'even to this day,' 1 5. 
eVos, -ovs, r6, (f eros, vetus) : year. 
cv : well. Syn. /caXws. 
tv^yivios 2 : well-cornered, regular in 

line and angle. 

euScu|Aovav impf. : to be blest, happy. 
cuSaifiovCd : happiness. 
v8a(j.wv, -ov : -with a good genius, 

happy ; adv. evdaifwvtffTaTa, 19 24. 



2 : perfectly evident. 

2: of good repute, popular, 

distinguished. 
6vpvTiv impf.: to be a benefactor, 

to benefit, do good to. 
cvOt'ws : immediately. 
ev6v : straight toward, rivfc. 
ev0vifiid : cheerfulness. 
v0vs, -ia, -v: straight, direct, rb 

/car' ey^i), ' straight ahead,' 48 6. 
v0vs : directly, forthwith . 
evK\TJs, -"s, (K\^OS) : of good report, 

famous, glorious. 
ei)K\ia : renown, glory. 
ev(XvT)s, -^S : favoring, gracious. 
exJvovs, -ovv : well-minded, well-dis- 

posed ; plur. eCvot, H. 158 b; G. 203, 

2; B. 91, 3. Comparison, H. 251 c, 
> G. 353, B. 133- 

uo<}>0a\|AOs 2 : with beautiful eyes. 
viri0i]s, -& : obedient, docile. 
cvpciv : to find ; imp. evpt, 



vpi](xa, -arcs, ro that which, is found, 

an invention, 60 24. 
vo-^eia: piety. 

, -^s : pious. Adv. evo-epws. 
2 : aiming well. Adv. *- 
, 'with good aim,' 9 17. 
-'s, (reXetv) : easily paid for, 
cheap, inexpensive. 



*4>pavav (4>p1) : to make cheerful 

or happy, to gladden. 
v<|>pa(v<r0ai : to be glad, rejoice; 

t}v4>pd.v6r)v, H. 498. 
tv<J>pocrvvT| : mirth, festive time, plur. 

21 17. A poetic word. 
t{5x<r0cu : to pray, with vows. 
t-mAxeffOtu, 'to add a prayer,' 

30 i. 



190 



ATTIC PROSE 



ai > 'to offer up vows,' 
' address one's prayers to,' 15 1 7, 25. 

cv\V| : prayer, vow. 

6vcovv(ios 2 (tfvo/xa) : <?/" <?*/ name, 
well-omened, on the left hand, left. 

evxiv impf. : /<? entertain, feast one. 

vx.et<r6cu : & feast on, eat in plenty, 
4 I ; evwxWrjv. 

va>\id : feasting, good cheer. 

4>eivai : /0 /^ /0, let loose, per- 
mit, nvl ; (pTJKa, <f>ei/j.ev, t<peiKa, 
<pfl6r]v. See Itvai.. 
see ?7re(T0cu. 

<j>terTTjKa: see ffrrjvat. 

c4T|pos (ri/3??) : a youth 16 or 17 years 
old. According to Xenophon's ac- 
count of the Persian discipline, men 
were e^Tj/Sot until the age of 26 or 
27, during ten years between the 
iratSes and the rtXetoi Avdpes. 

<J>fJKa: etpelvat. 



><rr]v : see 

4>opeiov : the court of the Ephors at 
Sparta, 56 9. 

?4>opos (tirl, 6pav} : overseer, guar- 
dian; plur. the Spartan ' Ephors J 
'the Five,' cf. 56 10. 

\iv: /lo ^af(? in hand, hold, keep ; 
elxov. See ff^v Often intrans., 
and so reg. w. adv., juerpfws x eu '> 
' to be moderate,' 5 26, 28 I, 2 f. OI)K 
e?X e o"vXX^7eti/ 6r)pla, 'was unable' 
to collect animals, 8 8, 25 20, 50 28; 
thus oftenest w. vb. of saying, 22 20. 
'To have to wife,' 15 8. Ifuiriuv 
<5v elx*> which ' he wore,' 39 4, 6. 

dvr^x"' 'to resist'; could not 
' help ' gratifying him, 7 23. 

6,irtx eiv i ' to be distant from,' Tt>6j; 

rrddiov, 57 IO. 



8i^x e '"> ' to be apart,' separated by 
an interval, 35 21. 

Ko.r^x flv t ' to hold down,' ' occupy,' 
16 I; 'control,' 49 8; \6yoi Kart- 
Xovfftv ws, 'prevail,' to the effect 
that, etc. 63 i. 

H,T^X ; , ' to participate,' ' have a 
share,' Tij/6s, 21 1 7. 

irap^x'> 'to have at hand,' 'fur- 
nish,' 'render,' 55 14. 

o-vv^xe'". 'to hold' or 'keep to- 
gether,' 32 7. 

virep^x"") ' to be above,' roO vdaros, 
2226. 

: to hold on by, cling to, rtvis; 
to be the next in a series, or in line, 
34 15, 57 16. 

Q.vt\eff&ou, dvaa-x^ffOat, 'to hold 
out," to endure' something oppres- 
sive or offensive ; ifrnxV'?", H. 
361 a, G. 544, B. 175, i n. oik 
17^0-Xero, 'he could not stand it,' 
37 8, 51 6. Syn. viro^veiv, viro<t>tpeiv. 

irop^xeffou ; irapdffxoi-T &v, 'might 
be expected to produce,' i.e. bring to 
expression on the part of the persons 
engaged, 58 6. 

c*\0p6s 3 : hated or hating, an enemy. 

^<o0ov|jLT]v : w6ei<rdai. 

Zws, ?w, i): daivn, the East. H. 161, 

G. 199, B. 92, 3. 
ews : . while, as long as, until. 



gcvyvvvai (firy-, yoke, iugum, iungere, 
tyybv) : efeu^a, tfevy/j-ai, f^jyrjv. 

a~^evyvuva.L, 'to yoke' or 'join 
together,' as man and wife, 43 27. 

Jev-yos, -ovs, r6: a yoke or team of 
animals, any couple or pair. 



ATTIC PROSE 



IQI 



Zcvs (At/:, Atevs, Tuesday, divus, dies, 
luppiter} : Zeus, the supreme god; 
Ai6s, Att, A/a, ZeC. 

: loss, damage, a penalty. 
xiv : to cause loss, to fine or punish, 
Sfjv to live; Ifo 21 8. H. 412, 
G. 496, B. 199, 3. 

Syn. fiiuvai, dLCLiraffffai. 
t)Tiv impf. : to seek. 
5wYP ( *4 >0 s: one who paints living 

things, a painter. 
wov (r)v) : animal. 



H. 

ij : or, than. 

I.TJ: interrogative particle. H. 1015, 

G. 1603. ^ K.a.1 diStas, 'do you 

really (ica/) offer?' 4 5. 
2. TJ : really, truly ; intensive particle. 

? ^T)V, used in declarations under 

oath, 18 12. H. 1037, 9. 
TJO,, ijetv, t]Wav : If vat. 
qpt] : youthful prime, youth. At 

Sparta, up to the age of 18, so that 

rd oV/cet d<' ^T/S means ' the men 

of 28,' 54 23. 
: dyayecv. 
. : to go before, lead the way, 

be guide or leader, to hold as an 

opinion, think, believe in. 
Syn. vo/j.lffiv, otfffOai, doKfiv. 

Sii77eFcr0at, ' to narrate,' ' relate.' 

i^riyeiffBai, 'to explain,' 46 16. 

-rrpo-riyeTff6ai, ' to go first to lead 
the way,' 15 25. 

i4>i77e?<r0<n, ' to go just before.' 
f|-y(Aiov, -ovos, 6, r}, (rjyeto-Bai') : guide, 

leader, ijy. ^Xirra, 'queen bee.' 
tfBiiv, tJ8n : clttvai. 
qSccrOai (o-paS-, sweet, suavis, ^S(5y, 



17801/1?) : to be delighted, to take pleas- 
ure, enjoy; ijff0r)v, i)ffO-?iffo/j.ai. 

<j>7?5eo-0ai; O^K ^lya-fleJs ^avepos 
iytvero, 'was not seen to rejoice 
thereat,' 59 19. 

a-vvrideffOai, ' to rejoice with,' 33 15. 
T|8e'cos : with zest or pleasure, gladly ; 

ridiffTO., 46 17. 

qSt) : 4)' this time, already. iroXXoi/s 
^5?;, ' many ere now,' 8 24. Thus 
often w. gnomic aor., 32 25; cf. TJ$TI 
ITOT^ 49 23, TrwTroTe 51 9. 'Now,' 
' at once,' 21 5. ' Without going 
farther', 48 4. 

fjStuv, r^ 

T)8ov: $ 

Tj8ov/j : pleastire. 

T]8vira0iv impf. : to be given to good 
living, to be dainty or luxurious. 

fjSiis, tjScia, T]8v, 



pleasant ; TjSiuv, ^StcrToy. 

t]Kiv : to come, to have or be come; 
feu. H. 827, G. 1256, B. 521 N. 

irpoa'^Keiv, ' to have arrived at,' 
' to belong ' or ' pertain,' ' be related 
to '; oi irpoo-TfiKovres, ' their relatives,' 
25 15. TO. irpoffyKovTa., 'what de- 
volves upon him,' 43 25; and so 
often impersonally, TIC/. 

^X9ov : .<?XMv. 

T|\9ios 3 = silty- 

f]\iKid: age, time of life. 

T)XiKicoTi]s : fellow, mate. 

rf\i|, tiXiKOS, 6, i] : of the same age, 
mate, comrade. 

{)Xios: the sun; "HXios, Helios, the 
sun-god, 29 27. 



TJJWIS : we ; ^/uwv, 
fl^pd: day. 
rj(ipos 2 : tame. 



ATTIC PROSE 



TJ|uo-vs, -io, -v, {semi-, ijfjJ.ovos') : half, j 
T)p.4>iO-a : d/j.<pievvtivai. 
TJV: idv. 



r\v(cr\6\ii]v : see txeffOat. 

T] VIKO. : wken. 

f|vU>xos : holding the reins, driver. 

qirtipos, i) : continent, mainland. 

[prep : Sffirep. 



TIPS, -os, o: hero, inferior local 
deity. H. 197, G. 243, B. 113. 



rjo-0T]v: 

fjo-uxCd : stillness, quiet,peace. 

^X eiv t ' to keep quiet,' mind one's 

business, 20 4. 
I^TTWV, lyrrov: inferior, less. H. 

254, 2; G. 361, 2; B. 136. 



BaXarra: sea. 

OdXiros, -ovs, r6 : heat, warmth ; plur. 

' extremes of heat,' 43 13. 
6d.va.TOs: death. 
0a.va.Tovv: to put to death; fut. mid. 

as pass., 25 4. H. 496, G. 1248. 
Odirrtiv: to bury; 6<i\f/w, fda\f/a, rt- 



Oappciv impf. : to be of good courage, 
be not afraid. 

: rb trepov. 
v, edrrov : rox^s. 

: to wonder, marvel at, be 
surprised. 
0cd<rOai: to view as a spectacle, see, 

behold. Syn. 6pai>, lofiv, p\tireii>. 
KosraQfaffBat, ' to look down upon,' 

'contemplate,' aor. 22 n. 
6civ impf. : to run ; Beijffonai. 
Syn. T/>^x e 



fxdtiv, ' to run out,' 24 20. 

Octvai (Oe-, do, condere, diiffavphs} : to 
put, place; 6i?i<Tw, f6rjKa, tfcfjxv, 
TtOetica, trtOriv, Tl6t]fj.i. 

a.va.dfiva.1, ' to put up.' 

8ia0tvai, ' to dispose ' in some way, 
trp6s riva, ' toward one ' ; passive 
45 12, where, if a completed and 
not a continued action were meant, 
didicfii>Ta.i would be the word. 

hnftiKu, ' to place upon,' ' impose,' 
a penalty 52 11. 

Ka.Ta.Qf I vai, 'to put ' or 'pay down,' 
' deposit,' 42 14. 

trvvdeivai, 'to put' or 'join to- 
gether,' 43 8. 

0o-0ai: to put or place for oneself. 

<rvv6tffQan, ' to make a covenant,' 
27 21, 54 5; 'to engage,' 40 21. 

0eios : uncle. 

Ocios 3 : of a god or gods, divine, rb 

Oftov, 'the divine Being,' 33 17; 

'religion,' 58 15. 

0\IV: (0(\flV. 

06s, o, ij : god, goddess. 

Ocpdircuva : maid servant. 

Ocpaircvciv : to be an attendant, to wait 
on, serve, court, to heal, restore to 
health, 45 6; 'to honor,' one's 
parents 52 10. 

OtpairevT'/js : attendant, servant. 

Ocpdircov, -OVTOS, o : servant. 

Ocpos, -ovs, r<5 : summer. 

0i]Xvs, -ia, -v : female. 

0Vjp, 0T|pos, 6: wild beast, wild animal. 

0rjpd: chase, hunt. 

0T|pav : to hunt, take in the chase. 

0T|peios 2 : of wild animals or game. 

0T]p(ov: beast. 

0T](ravp6s : treasure, treasure-house. 

0t]T: Oelvai. 



ATTIC PROSE 



193 



Oi-yeiv (dig, dough, fingere) : to touch, 
handle, nv6s ; 0lo/xat, Oiyydvu. 
Syn. oTrrecrtfai. 

6vT)orKiv: see airoffaveiv. 

0vT)T6s 3 : liable to death, mortal. 

Ooivd^eiv : to feast. 

Oopvpos: noise, clamor, disturbance, 
24 19; 'murmur,' 35 13. 

Opacrvs, -eia, -v : bold, audacious. 

0pao-vTt]s, -^TOS, ^ : boldness, rash- 
ness. 

Opavciv: to break in pieces, break 
doiun; Qpafou, eOpavcra, r^0pav(ff}- 
ftai, tOpafodiiv. Rare in prose. 

arovffpatieiv, <rvvTeOpa.vffiJ.tva, ' shiv- 
ered ' lances, 58 23. 



6pvirTiv: to break down, to weaken, 
enervate; Opfyu), r^Opvunai. 

^ia.9pviTTfiv, 'to crush,' 58 22; 'to 
spoil,' 'make vain,' 20 13. 

Bvydrnp, -rpos, i) : daughter. H. 189, 

G. 274, B. 105. 
BVEIV : to sacrifice. 

a.iroQveiif, ' to offer up,' 55 16. 
0v|ioiSTJs, -& : high-spirited. 
0vpd (Aoor,foris) : door, gate. 
0vpav\iv impf. : to live out of doors. 
Ovcrid: sacrifice. 

0wpa, -aKOs, 6 : cuirass, breastplate. 



I. 

tao-0ai : to heal, cure ; iao-d/JLijv, iddrjv, 
H. 499. 

tdrpos: physician. 

UUiv (fiS-, wit, witness, videre, elStvat, 
eTSoj) : to see ; eldov, ISt. Syn. opav, 
6(p9rjvat, fiXtireLV, OeaffOai. 

irpoiSeiv, ' to see before ' or ' be- 
forehand,' 36 6. 

ATTIC PROSE 13 



irpo<ri8fiv, 'to look upon,' 33 11. 
tSios 3 : peculiar, private, one's own. 
tSiurns : one in a private station, an 

individual, 29 10; 'unprofessional,' 

not a sophist 62 15. 
ISpovv: to sweat, 34 3, 39 II. 
ISpws, -WTOS, 6 : sii-eat. 
U'vat: to go; ja, yeiv, el/u fut. 

H.477, G. 808, B. 261. 
Syn. \6eli>, epxevOai. 

airdcai, ' to go away' or 'back.' 

ilvi.tva.1, 'to go into,' 'enter.' 

iitt>ai, ' to go out ' or ' forth.' 
dvrei^i>a(, ' to come forth to 

meet ' one in battle, 55 9. 
o-vvei^vcu, ' to go out together.' 

iiritvai, ' to ensue ' ; i] tiriovaa ril- 
or rjfjitpa, 'the next,' 16 27; 'to in- 
vade,' 53 13. 

Ka.Titva.1, 'to go down,' 60 17. 

irapiewu, ' to go by,' ' to surpass.' 

irpoitvai, ' to advance.' 

irpotrdfcu, 'to go ' or ' come to,' 
' to approach,' ' come up.' 

<rvvi^!>ai, ' to come together,' 
'meet,' 56 27. 

Uvai : to let go, send; II^LI, fffia. H. 
476, G. 8 10, B. 260. For aor. and 
perf. see compounds d<peii>ai, etc. 

Upctov : victim, sacrifice. 

Upos 3 : sacred; lepd, sacrifices, rites. 

iWOeu : to send oneself, hasten, rush. 

vfyifffffai, 'to yield,' 'give up,' nv6s, 
48 20; 'to relax,' 59 9. 

licavos 3 (d0i/c<?<r0aO : sufficient, able, 

competent. Adv. IKO.VWS. 
iKTviv : to come as an IK^TTJS, to sup- 
plicate, beseech. 

IK^TTIS (a0i/c6r0ai) : suppliant. 
. t\do-K<r0ai (!\ews) : to propitiate; 
I iXdcropcu, iXaffdnrjv, \\da6w. 



194 



ATTIC PROSE 



Bat, ' to propitiate com- 
pletely,' aor. 19 15. 

t'\u>s, -v: propitious. H. 226, G. 
306, B. 119. 

tfj.ci.Ti.ov : an outer garment, mantle; 
plur., clothes, 39 4. 

Zva : where, in order that. 

lirira<ri|xos 3 : fit for riding. 

iirirevieiv : to be a horseman, to ride. 

lirirtvs, -^S, o : horseman. 

liririKos 3 : of a horse or horses, eques- 
trian, 42 i; T\ IviriK-f), sc. Ttx v il> 
horsemanship, 8 4; liririicbv, 'a 
cavalry force,' 27 10. 

lirir6Spo|xos : race course, hippodrome. 

I'iriros : horse. 

I'cracri : eldtvai. 

lo-rj-yopCd (d7opei5etv) : equal freedom 
of speech, equality. 

I<r8i: (l) elvai, (2) dttvai. 

l<rop.axos 2 : equal in the fight. 

l<roir\Ti0T|s, -s : equal in numbers. 

Ucros 3 : equal, tic roO foov, ' the same 
as before,' 11 5. 8<* ho", 'at equal 
distances apart,' 38 22. 

(<rws : probably, perhaps. 

Urrdvai: to set, station; ffrfau, 
to-Ttjffa, tffrddr}!'. See ffrrjvai. 

avtffTdva.1, 'to set up,' 16 24. 

KaOitrrdvat, 'to establish,' 'ap- 
point,' 27 5; 'to institute,' 53 17; 
'to put in camp,' 'plant,' 54 n. 

Tctpuffrdvat, 'to set' or 'station 
round,' aor. 22 8. 

to-TcurOai: intrans. to station oneself, 
or trans, to set up for oneself; 
o-T-fjo-o/JLat intrans., t<rTr)<rdiJ.T)v trans. 
See o-TTJvai. rpbircuov IWcurflcu, ' to 
erect a trophy,' 58 29. 

a.v6l(TTaff6ai, ' to stand up against,' 
stand forth as antagonist, 47 16. 



d<j>i'<rra<70cu, ' to revolt,' 27 24; 'to 
stand aloof from,' 59 9, 62 9. 

8i/<rTacr0(u, 'to stand apart, 'open 
ranks,' 36 6. 

i$lffTaff6ai ; I aor. Otipas Xa/3<l>j 
tire<n~f)(ra.To, took (the first doors 
that came to hand) and 'set them 
up ' on his house, 60 14. 

Ka0t<7Tcur0a(, ' to take one's posi- 
tion,' 34 12. 

<rvvt<TTa<r0ai, ' to unite forces," 
'combine,' 15 5. 

Icrxvpo's 3 : strong. Adv. 
to'X.v'S, -fos, ^ : strength. 

Syn. ffOtvos, icpdros, 5vva/j.is, pdf 



Ka-yaOos : 



KaOaipciv : to cleanse, purify ; KaOapw, 
^KdOripa, KtKa.Oapfj.ai, ^Ka8dpBr)v. 

a.iroKa0alpeiv, ' to clean off'; mid., 
one's own hand 3 26. 

Ka.0a.p6s 3 (castus, KCUJ^S) : clean, pure. 
KaOfjo-Oai: to be seated; to sit still, 

doing nothing, 40 18. H. 484, G. 

815, B. 265, i. 
Ka0ii;iv (IS-, sit, obsidere, Idpi/civ} : to 

make sit down, seat, iicd0tfai> (H. 

361, G. 544, B. 174, i ), KaOiu 

(H. 425; 6.665,3; B. 2l5),^/cd5ra 

or KaOto-a. 
Ka6i^c<r6ai: to seat oneself, sit; Kaffi- 

-fl<TO[jia.L, fKa6iffdfj.r)v. 

ira.pa.Ka0lfco-0ai, ' to sit down be- 
side' one, 40 17. 

Ka0i.crTci.vai : see Iffrdvcu. 

KaeCerracrOai : see 'la raa 8ai. 

K<eiv or KaUtv : to burn; *cai5<rw, 

fKavo'a,, K^KavKa, Kcicaijft.a.1, tKatiOriv. 

H. 520, i; G. 1692, p. 387; B. 729. 



ATTIC PROSE 



195 



Kai : and, also, even. H. 1040, 1042. 
TroXXd Kal dyaOd, ' many blessings,' 
27 12. Kal fid\a, 19 II, 49 17. ei 
Kttf, concessive, ' though,' 51 4. ^ 
Kai Sldws, do you ' really ' offer, 4 5. 

Kcuirep : w. ptcp., Kaiirep alff66fj.evos 
ravra, 'though he perceived' all 
this, 53 27, 58 13. 

Ktupos : a critical time, the right time. 

KCUTOI : and yet, now. 

K(XKl : Kal K6l. 

KaKeivos : Kal ^Ketvos. 

KO.KOVOVS, -owv : ill-minded, bearing 
malice; nom. plur. KO.K&VOI. H. 158; 
G. 203, 2; B. 91, 3. 

KO.KOS 3 : bad; Kaduv, Ka/a<rros. Adv. 
KO.KCOS. Syn. Troops. 

KaXeiv impf. : to call; /caXw (H. 423; 
G. 665, I ; B. 212, l), tKd\f<ra, 
K^K\r)Ka, K^K\t]fj.ai (' am called ' 40 
25), ^K\^dr)v. ol ffo<j)i(TTal /caXotf- 
fj.evoi, the sophists 'so-called,' 62 12. 

diroKaXeiV, ' to call away ' or ' back,' 
'call home,' 13 I; 'to call by a 
hard name,' 'stigmatize by,' 49 19. 

fyKaXetc, ' to bring a charge against,' 
'lay blame on,' nvi, 20 4. 

tto-KctXeiV, ' to invite,' ' summon.' 

irapcuctXetV, ' to summon to be 
present'; 'to cheer on,' 12 16. 

arv^KaXeiv, ' to call together.' 
KaXcicrOcu : to summon, under form of 

law, 47 20. 

Trpoo-/caXet<70ai, ' to issue a summons 
upon one,' ' to cite ' or ' summon into 
court,' 41 5. 

-ovs, r<5 : beauty. 

the quality of being 
*aX6s Kal dya06s. 

KaXos 3 : beautiful; /caXXfwv, /cdXXicr- 
TOJ. Adv. KaXws, syn. e. 



Of sacrifices, 'favorable,' 35 12 f. 
jcaXds KayaObs, or *caX6$ re Kaya06s, 
a highly complimentary phrase, used 
however sometimes of things, 18 13, 
46 10. $K rod KdXoO Kal dwalov, by 
' honorable ' and righteous means, 
42 26. The opposite of Ka\6i> is 

v, in all senses. 

v : to cover ; KdXih 



Ka\virT0-0ai : to cover for oneself. 



cover one's face,' 33 12, 25. 
K<X|IEIV : to grow weary, fall sick ; 

/CCtjUOU/XCU, K^/C/XTJ/Cd, KdfJLVW. 

Kd|ivciv : to be weary, sick : Kafj.eii>. 
Kd|xirTeiv : to bend ; e/ca/ui/'a, /c^Ka/i/uot, 



liriKd/AflTTeii', 'to wheel to' the 
right or the left, 36 25. 

KavaOpov : a kind of carriage, 60 16. 

KavSus, -vos, o: Median gown, an 
upper garment with wide sleeves. 

KavTttvOa : Kal tvravBa. 

Kairpos: wild boar. 

KcipKivos : crab. 

Kapiros : fruit, produce, return. 

Kapirovo-eai : to reap the fruits of, rl; 
'to appropriate,' 55 12. 

xapreptiv (updros) impf. : to be patient, 
to bear with fortitude. 

Kard: down; prep. w. gen. and ace. 
H. 800, G.I 211, B. 409. 

TOI>S Kar <?/x<f, ' those of my age,' 
12 9. KaO' 8 ri av tirayyt\\ri, 
'according to his command,' 27 26. 
Kpeirruv ns ?? Kar' avOpwirov, one 
of ' mightier than human ' mien, 
29 23. TO Kad' avTofa, the force 
'opposed to' them, 36 II. Kara 



I9 6 



ATTIC PROSE 



Kopuvelav, 'nigh to' Coronea, 56 
27. 

In composition, icard sometimes 
means ' against,' Karepeiv avrov, 
'would inform against him,' 9 13. 
It strengthens verbs (e.g. KaraKai- 
vetv) ; often by denoting that the 
action is directed ' down ' upon a 
definite point, Kara/j-adeiv, Karayvu- 
vai, or likely to be lasting or per- 
manent, KaraXtTreii', Karaffrrfvai. 

Kardpcuris, -ts, ^ : a going down, 
descent, 17 3. 

Kara(3ipdciv : to make go down. 

KaraKaCvciv: to kill, 25 I. H. 518, 7. 

Ka.Ta.KpT]|Avij;i,v (icpr)/j.v6s) : to throw 
over a precipice. 

KarappcxfKiv : see po(f>eiv. 

KaTa<rKUT| : furnishing, furniture. 

Kara4>avT|s, -& : clearly seen, in sight. 

Karcpw : see priOrjvai. 

Kar^jwcra : see avtireiv. 

Karw : below, downwards. 

KCio-Oai: to lie, be situated, placed; 
Keifiai, KflffofMt. H. 482, G. 8 1 8, B. 
264. Used as a perf. and fut. pass. 
of Oftvat. i) ffo rbv tviavrbv Keifitvr) 
dairdv-ri, the expense 'set down' for 
the year, 44 28. 

SidKeiffOat, to be in a certain state 
mutually or relatively, to be dis- 
posed or affected in some way; 
olKelus, ' on terms of intimacy,' 
7 15. Cf. SiarlOevTai, impf.,45 12. 

irpoa-Ke?ff0ai, 'to be (placed) there 
in addition,' the word /ca\6s besides 
the word dyaOos, 40 3. 

KK\T|(iai,: Ka\f?V. 



: 1 cry out ; ttceKpayeiv. 
KCKTfj<r0ai : to possess ; KraffOai. 
KcXcveiv: to urge, bid; KK^\evfffJ.ai, 



iKe\e6o-8r)v. For mid. see com- 

pounds, dia.K\e^e<r6ai, etc. 
KVOS 3 : empty. 
Kcpavvvvai: to mingle, mix ; 

K^/cpd/xat, ^Kpddrjv or 
<rv'Y(ce/)a'^i'ai, ' to mingle together ; ' 

mid., of social intercourse, 7 14. 
Ke'pas, Ke'paros or K^pws, rt>: horn, 

wing of an army. H. 181, G. 237, 

B. 115, 10. 



KT)piov : honeycomb. 

KT|p6s (cera) : beeswax. 

KT)pvyfJia, -aros, r6 : proclamation. 

Kfjpvg, KTjpvKos, 6 : herald. 

Kt]pvTTiv: to proclaim. 'As for the 
people in the houses, those (of the 
couriers) who understood Assyrian 
should proclaim that they were to 
remain within,' 25 2. 

KivSvvevciv : to incur danger. 

KivSvvos : danger, risk. 

Kiveiv impf. : to move, stir, meddle with. 

KXdciv : to weep ; K\oi5<ro/iat. 

K\eeiv : to shut; K\flffia, /c\ei<7o, 



Kara/cXe/eti' ; Karo/c\e/<ra<r^oi, 'to 
shut oneself up,' 17 9. 

K\i(ia|, -O.KOS, T) : ladder, staircase. 
K\tvciv : to make incline, lean ; K\tvu, 
fK\li>a, K^cXtyuai, ^K\i6t}v. 

ifK\tveiv, 'to bend in,' turn about. 

lKK\iveu>, 'to bend out,' give way. 
Koi|id<r6ai : to lie down to sleep, sleep ; 

fKOl/J.-fl6f)V. 

KOIVOS 3 : common ; KOIVTJ, ' in com- 
mon,' 'publicly'; TO KO\V(>V, 'the 
commonwealth,' ' community,' 15 7. 

KOIVWVCIV impf. : to have in common, 
to have part in, riv6s. 



ATTIC PROSE 



197 



xoivwvid : partnership. 
KOIVCOVOS: partner. 
KoXdciv : to chastise, punish. 
KoXdKtvtiv : to flatter. 
KoXeos or KoXtdv : sheath, scabbard. 
KoXop6s 2 : docked, mutilated, 
KOHTJ : hair. 

K0|xit;eiv : to take charge of, to convey 
to a place of safety. 

tla-KO/j-lfciv, ' to fetch in,' ' take 
home,' 9 21. 

Kovioprog : dust raised <x stirred up. 
KoirCs, -tSos, T] ' cleaver, scimeter. 
K6irTiv (chop, /coTris) : to knock, smite, 
cut by striking; K6\f/w, e/coi/'a, K^/co0a, 

Sia/cdTrreif, ' to cut a way through.' 

Kara^TrTetp, 'to cut down,' 36 28. 
K0<rp.eiv impf. : to set in order, adorn. 
KOO-|J.OS : order, ornament, decoration, 

the world or universe. 

Kparciv impf. : to be stronger, to be 
master, to conquer, TIV&S. 

KpdrTJp, -fipos, o, (/cepawi/voi) : mix- 
ing vessel, punch bowl. 

KpaTKTTtveiv : to be strongest or best. 

Kpdno-Tos 3 : strongest, best. 

Kpdros, -ovs, r6: superior strength, 
might; dvd, Kard Kpdros,- cf. wavrl 



Syn. l<rxfa, Stfva/iis, pA 

(tftxpaya) : shout, shouting. 

KpeaSiov : a morsel of meat. 

Kpt'as, 1 -CDS, r6 : flesh, meat. 

KptiTTwv, KpeiTTOv: stronger, supe- 
rior, better; KpdriffTos. H. 254, I; 
G. 361, i; B. 136. 

Kptvciv (cernere, certus, crimeri) : to 
separate, to judge; Kpivw, fKplva, 
K^KpiKa, KiKpi^ai, tKpldr)v. 

Kptv<r8ai : to separate for oneself. 



a.iroKpiveffOa.1, ' to answer.' 

Sia.Kpive<rOai, ' to have a matter 
decided,' settled by an armed con- 
test, 55 8. 

KptT^js (Kpiveiv) : judge. 
Kpxiirrciv: to hide; Kpfy 



dirojcptfirTetp; &iroKp&irTea6a.(., 'to 
keep hidden away,' 32 13. 

KTcUrOcu : to acquire, get ; KTTJO-O/^CU, 
fKTT)ff<ifj.T)v, K^KTr)nai, 'I possess.' 
H. 365 b, 465 a; G. 525, 734. 

a.vaKTcL<rda.i, 'to get back,' 'win 
over,' 8 2. 

KTiviv: to kill; Krevu, eKTeiva, 
cur^KTova. For the passive, regu- 
larly d7ro0acetV, etc., 58 4. 

diroKTei'i'etp, more frequent than the 
simple verb, 58 4. 

KTfJn,a, -arcs, r6: a possession, thing 

possessed. 
KTfjo-vs, -ws, 17 : an acquiring, posses- 

sion 7 9. 
KTVITOS (nJirreti') : a loud noise, crash, 

clash of arms. 
KviaOos : cup, dipper. 
KVK\OS : circle, ring ; KIJK\IJ>, ' round 

about' 22 15. 

KVKXwo-is, -<os, ^ : a surrounding. 
Kvp.aiviv (Ku/xa) : to swell or rise in 

waves. 

fKKVfj.alveiv, ' to wave out,' ' undu- 
late,' 35 24. 

Kuviryriov (icfav, ^7er0cu) : a hunt 

with hounds; plur., 'hounds and 

hunting,' 61 i, 21. 
Kvpios 3 : having authority or power 

over, decisive, valid. 
KVWV, KVVOS, 6, i), (hound, cants) : dog; 

voc. KIJOV. H. 216, 10 ; G. 291, 18; 

B. 115, 12. 



198 



ATTIC PROSE 



to hinder. H. 496 a. 
Kw(jidtv (KW/XOS) : to revel. 
KcojxacTTT|s : reveller. 
K(t><|>6s 3 : dumb. 



Xa|3eiv: to take, seize, receive; X^o- 
IJ.O.L, fl\i)<t>a, ft\r)fj,fj,ai, ^\iJ<0T;i', Xa/u- 
/3cii/w. Often \afi6v, 'took and," 
10 12, 60 14. 

etiroXa/3e?j', ' to take what is due," 
receive fulfilment of 46 18, grate- 
ful return for 50 26. 

KaraXa/SeiV, ' to overtake,' 36 6. 

irapaXo/Seiv, 'to take along,' 12 22; 
' to receive from,' 18 22, 25 13. 

\>iroXa/3et', ' to suspect,' ' appre- 
hend,' 52 24. 

XaOciv : to lie hid, escape the notice of 
one, nvd, H. 712, G. 1049; Xijo-w, 
\t\rjda, \a.vOa.vu, Xi$0w (rare in 
prose) 44 3. Const, ptcp., H. 984, 
G. 1586, B. 660 N. For mid., see 
compounds, tiriXaOfoOai, etc. 

XaKTiiJeiv : to kick. 

XaXelv impf. : to prattle. 

Xapf3dvciv: Xaj3etV. 

Xap.irpos 3 : brilliant, illustrious. 

XajAiTT^p, -fjpos, 6 : light, lamp. 

XavOdvciv: \a6eiv. 

Xfyciv (legere, \6yos*) : to tell, recount, 
speak, say; X^w, \ea, XAe^/uai, 
A^x^'?''. Syn. dyopefaiv, elirelv, ^T;- 
Brjvai, <f>dvai. 



eu', ' to speak in opposi- 
tion,' ' object,' 46 22. 

j', ' to say besides,' ' add." 
v, -uvos, 6 : meadow. 
Xuimv : \nreiv. 

XcCirccrOai : to remain, be behindhand 
or inferior, 



i\\fiire<r0ai, ' to be wanting ' or 
'deficient in,' TIV&S; in 43 22, & is 
under the influence of Svvd/jLevov. 

K<jLTa.\flire<r6ai, /caraXtW<70cu, ' to 
fall behind,' ' prove inferior.' 

XcKoipiov : a little dish. 

Xeirros 3 : peeled, Jine, thin, lean. 

XeuKos 3 : white. 

X^wv, -OVTOS, 6 : lion. 

X^j-yciv (lag, languere, laxtis) : to leave 

off, end, cease, 58 19. 
Xrj0iv: Xa0etV. 
XTJO-WV: \a6eiv. 
XTi4>6fivai, X^nJ/onai : \apeiv. 
Xip.6s: hunger, famine. 
Xiirapciv impf. : to be importunate, to 

entreat, beg or pray earnestly. 
Xi-n-apos 3 : sleek. 
Xitrtiv : to leave; Xei^w, X^XoiTra, X^- 

\etfj.fj.at, tXflQOrjv, \elirw. 
For mid., see \eiire<rdai. 

airoXiTretV, 'to leave room,' 23 4; 
' to forsake,' 7 24, 33 9. 

ixXiirftv, 'to fail,' 33 8; 'to quit 
the hive,' 45 13. 

KaTaXtTreZV, ' to leave behind.' 

irapaXtiretV, ' to leave by the way,' 
' pass over.' 

vTFO\iireii>, ' to leave in the rear,' 
impf. pass. ptcp. 35 24. 

Xo-yi^tcrOai : to calculate, take into 
account, 42 15. 

Ka.ra.\oyi^eo-0at, ' to put down in 
the reckoning,' ' reckon,' 49 22. 

Xo^yos (X^7eiv) : tale, count, account, 
that which is said or spoken, ' speech,' 
'argument,' 'subject' of discourse. 

X6YX1 : spearhead, lance. 

XoiSopciv, XoiSopcicrOcu : to rail at, 
upbraid, scold. Const. H. 764, 2 b. 

Xonros 3 (XiTetv) : remaining, the 



ATTIC PROSE 



rest; rb \oiirbv, ' for the future,' 12 
20. H. 719 b, G. 1060. 
Xveiv: to loose; Xwrw, eXwra, XAwca, 
\t\v/j.at, t\ve-nv. H. 393 a, G. 471, 
B. 193, i. 

ia.\veiv, 'to dissolve'; of 'disso- 
lution ' by death, 31 22. 

KaraXiJetc, ' to undo,' ' unyoke ' for 
pitching camp, 34 I ; 'to depose ' 
27 16, ' put an end to ' 56 5. 

Xiiimv impf. : to give pain to, annoy. 

Xvm] : pain, trouble. 

Xvo-ireXsiv impf, : to be profitable or 

for one's advantage, 4 20. 
Xvo-iTeXrjs, -S, (\teiv, rAos) : paying 

for expenses incurred, profitable, 

advantageous. 

M. 
(id: used in oaths, fj,a Ala, etc. H. 

I0 37> J 35 7 2 3; G. 1066-8. 
liadeiv : to learn ; fj.a6r}<rofj.ai, /tefud- 

6i)ica, /j,av6dvd}. 

KO.TO./j.ade'iv, ' to learn definitely,' 
' for certain,' 5 10. 

|xa0i]TTJs : learner, disciple. 

[AdKapi^eiv : to pronounce happy. 

liaxdpios 3: blessed, happy, 21 12, 15. 

[idXa : strongly, very ; fj.d\\ov, /j.d- 
Xurra. /cai fj.d\a. aroira, 'very 
strange things indeed,' 19 n. 'Yes, 
indeed,' 49 17, 27. 

fj.aXo.K6s 3 (/^aX-, yuXa-, mollis, blan- 
dus, /3Xa|) : j<y?, comfortable, 21 16. 

|xd\urra : most, especially. /xaXicrro 
rd fe07oj roOro, this one 'particu- 
larly,' more than any other, 43 7; 
'best,' 46 16. 

(xdXXov : more, rather. 

fiavOdvciv: /j.atkti>. 

j) : oracle, prophecy. 



199 



, -cws, 6: seer, prophet. 

(/ufprwi) : 
w^w, to protest. 
eiri/j.aprijpe<Tdai; 

oi5j, 'to invoke gods as witnesses,' 
' appeal to them,' 28 7. 
ixdprws, -vpos, 6, it : witness. 
(xao-Ti-yovv : to whip. 
^do-Tig, -t-yos, 17 : w/4z>. 
lidrtjv : vainly, in vain. 

to knead, smear ; /j.du, 



: to fight ; /xaxoOyuat, ^axe- 
ffdfjLtjv, fj.efj.dxrifj.ai. 

irpo<r/j.dxe<r0ai, ' to fight against,' 
'assault,' 22 16. 

<rviifj.dxecr0ai, ' to fight along with.' 
(xdxTl : fighting, battle. 

\U: me; pou, fjuti, enclitic. Accented 

forms are tfj,t, t/j.ov, tfioi. 
(i-yas, |AYd\T], |A'-ya: great, large; of 

persons, tall; (uifav, fj.tyi<TTos. 
ptY0os, -ovs, r6 : size, magnitude. 
fie'0T) : strong drink, intoxication. 
(ic6vcrKiv (mead, /X^TJ): /o intoxi- 

cate; ip.4dv<Ta, t/j.e66<rOT]v. 
p.0iJcrK<r0ai : /to get drunk. 



|iiovKTiv imff. : /"o have too little, ' to 

be the poorer,' 29 8. 
[letcov, |Xiov : smaller, less. H. 254, 

3; G. 361,5; B. 136. 
pcXavCd: a blackness, 34 25. 
fie'Xas, (JicXaiva, |iXav: black. 
(AtXtiv : impers. /x^Xet, zV concerns one, 

rtw'; 'one is interested in some- 

thing,' Tivl rivos; /xeX^crei. 
jxeXerdv : to practice, study, exercise. 
(ic'Xi, -ITOS, rb, (me!) : honey. 
ji^XiTTa: bee. 

or ^zw,f to do or 



20O 



ATTIC PROSE 



to be; 'to delay,' 69;. 
int\\i}<ra. Const. H. 846, G. 1254. 
B. 533. TO. /j.t\\ovTa, 'things fu- 
ture,' ' the future,' 31 28. 

|i(ivf)<r0ai (meminisse): to remember ; 
lif/j.vfyffofj.ai. H. 465 a, G. 734* B. 
227 N. See /j,i/j.vjjffKeiv. 

He'(juJ>e<r9ai : to blame. 

fUv : postp. particle of emphasis, often 
foil, by 5^, sometimes by ptvToi or 
other particles of contrast, ptv is 
never a connective, and always looks 
forward, never to what precedes the 
clause in wh. it stands. H. 1037, 12. 
ivi~)(_a.piTij)Ta.Tov /j^v o5i>, ' nay, 
rather,' 45 7. ly& n^v, ' I for one,' 
that I do,' 47 22. dvdpetov ptv, 
brave ' to be sure,' 57 28. 

(Uvciv: to remain; /uei 



'to wait for,' 40 21. 
v, ' to continue,' 28 7. 
v, ' to abide by,' 53 28. 
iv, ' to stay on,' stick to the 
saddle, 9 8. 

na.TO.nfvf iv, ' to remain behind.' 
i'eu', ' to stand by ' one. 
v, 'to remain steadfast,' 
to endure' 1 9, syn. viroQtpeiv, 
dj^x frtfa' 5 ' to await ' invasion, 53 1 3. 
(Uvroi : postp. particle of emphasis, 32 
II, 39 13; but usually adversative 
in force, ' however,' and thus often 
correlative to AC^C, 2 17, 10 6. 

-ows, TO : share, part, portion. 

(rjntpa) : midday, noon, 
the South. 

lo-os 3: middle, in the middle; ets 
TO /jitffov, ' in public,' ' before you 
all,' 27 3, 46 2 1 . tv pta-i?, ' midway 
between,' 28 27, 57 12. 



(XCTo: amid, among; prep. w. gen. and 
ace. H. 8oi,G. 1212,6.410. /T<i 
roO Oelov, 'with' God, 33 17; thus 
rather than ffiiv TIVI, except in Xen- 
ophon. /aerd 6eofa, ' after ' the gods, 
32 11. In composition jierd some- 
times has a partitive meaning, fier^- 
Xeic Ttv6s; sometimes denotes 
change, /jLera^Xfi not, ' I repent.' 

|XTt<TTi, fwrrjv : see clvai. 

jiTo\)o-id (/iereiVeu) : a sharing in, 
partaking of. 

(xerpeiv impf. : to measure. 

8ia/zeT/)ety, ' to measure off,' 39 I ; 
dtafMerp-fiffaffOat, TO ^pos e/cdcrroi', 
'to have the share measured off,' 
that falls to each of us, 22 29. 

Kara/x.erpetj', ' to measure out.' 
HTpios 3 : within measure, moderate. 

Adv. (xiTpCws, 5 26. 
: measure. 

(67T-, 6<t>6r)vaC) : space be- 
tween the eyes, forehead, front. 

: until, up to, as far as, nvis. 
(t^j : neg. particle, to be distinguished 
from oil. H. 1018 ff., G. 1607 ff., 

fjLrjdafjLus, ' by no means.' [6.43 iff. 

t*.i)8t, ' nor,' ' and not,' ' not even," 
' not at all.' 

AtTjSefs, nr)5e(j.ta, /j.r)5tv, 'no one,' 
' nothing,' ' no.' 

(ix^TTco, fj.ijird}iroTe, ' not yet.' 

/myre . . . fJ.^Te, ' neither . . . nor.' 
(jdjv : postp. asseverative particle. H. 

1037, II. 1j /JL^V, used in declara- 
tions under oath, 18 12. oti ^v 
dXXd, ' not but that,' 9 7. H. 1035 c. 
01) [J.TJV o&dt ffiy/i, ' nor in truth 
silence either,' 58 5. tiraiSfi/Ori yt 
fi.-f)v, 1 it; so often in Xenophon, 
by way of contrast or transition. 



ATTIC PROSE 



201 



v, |AT]v6s, 6, (moon, mensis) : month. 
-rp6s, rj: mother. H. 189, 

G. 274, B. 105. 

p/nxpwos 3 : maternal, of one's mother. 
|M|X.av4j : contrivance, machine, engine 

of war, 16 24, 59 23. 
(tCa, (Aids : one. See eft. 
(Ai-yvvvai (tniscere) : to mix ; pt!;<a, 

ffj.la, ninlypai, f/J-tx^v, f^lynv. 
piKp6s 3 : small, little. /uKpov, ' littl*,' 

'almost'; H. 743 b, G. 1116 b, B. 

642 N. 

|ii[uia-6ai : to imitate ; ftefdnijiMi. 
|ii|XVQ(TKiv : to remind ; /jiv/icrw, /uvTjcra. 

H. 530, 6; G. 1692, p. 392; B. 729. 
(ucrOos : pay, wages. 
(ucr0o<J>6pos 2 : receiving pay or wages; 

plur. mercenaries. 
p.vf](Aa, -arcs, r6: memorial, sepul- 

chral monument, tomb, 33 15. 
)ivt])j.iov : memorial, record. 
: memory, mention. 

remem- 



8ia/xi'T7 / uo'ei)eu', 'to remember from 
first to last,' ' mention frequently.' 

: to call to mind, mention ; 
See ni/jLvyo-Keiv. 
&v iire/j.vfiff0r)v, 'of 
whom I made mention,' 62 4. 
poXis : hardly. [' only,' ' merely.' 

|x<Svos 3: alone, only; adv. pdvov, 
(i6pd: a wora, one of the main divi- 

sions of the Spartan infantry. 
HOR'M = form, shape. 
|iox.0T]p6s 3: miserable, bad. 

Syn. Trovrjpbs (irbvos, syn. poet. 



, -fjpos, 6 : <?^, nostril, 48 14. 
pvpias, -dSos, ^ : the number of ten 
thousand. 



ten thousand. 
HvtrciTT(r6<u : to feel disgust at, loathe. 

N. 

vat : yes, surely. 
voids: temple, 58 13. 
vcumxos 3 (wOs) : of a ship or jAy>.r; 

7-6 va.vri.K6v, 'the fleet,' 56 i. 
vedvCds : young man. 
vedvicrKos : youth, young man till 

forty, 49 17. 

vKpos : dead body, corpse. 
v|Xiv : to deal, distribute ; ve/uw, fveifj.a, 



' to assign,' ' apportion 
severally,' 44 15. 

Ka.Ta.i><!ti.eiv, ' to divide ' into por- 
tions, 23 15. H. 725 b, G. 1076, 
B. 340. 

voSap.wSis (Sajuos Doric for 5?7/>s) : 
newly enfranchised; at Laced ae- 
mon, Helots freed by the state in 
return for services in war, 53 5- 

vo's 3 : new, young; ol vewrepoi, 61 28. 

vOTTo's : young bird, young bee, 44 19. 

v<|>'X.Tj: cloud. [18 1 6. 

v*Ta: next year; adv. ets vtiara, 

v^j : used in oaths, vr) Ala, etc. Always 
affirmative. See fid. 

vqcros, i) : island. 

VIKOIV : to conquer, be victorious. 

vtKTj : victory. 

volv (coOs) impf. : to think, note, 
notice, intend. 

kvvoeiv, lvvoelaea.i, 'to have in 
mind,' ' consider ' ; laughing at the 
idea ' that they were to be watched 
by Phrygians, etc ,23 1 8. 

_ iiTivoe'iv, ' to intend,' 56 5. 

Karavoeiv, ' to note definitely,' ' take 
thought,' 42 6. 



2O2 



ATTIC PROSE 



v6T)pa, -arcs, r6 : a thought, idea. 

vo|ilciv : to hold as a custom or usage, 
to believe in, regard, think ; VO/JUM, 
tv6/j.io~a, vev6(j.iKa, mdfufffuu, tvo- 
niffdijv. TO. vevo/MO-/j,tva lepd, ' the 
usual sacrifices,' 29 19. e5 iroii)o~ai 
6ir6o-a j/o/x^ercu, to bestow all the 
benefactions (said of the funeral 
feast) that 'are customary,' 33 19. 
Syn. -rjyeiffffai, oteo~6ai, SoKfiv. 

v6|upos 3 : in accordance with law or 
usage, lawful, customary. 

v6(jios : custom, law. 

vOv : at present, now. vvv 8f, 'in fact 
however,' 19 3. 

vvg, vvKr6s, i): night; K wicrbs, 'in 
the night time,' 7 26. 



gcvayf iv impf. : to be a leader of mer- 
cenaries, 57 13. 

lvos : a guest or host, guest-friend, 
stranger; plur., ' mercenaries.' 

qp6s 3 = dry. TO frpov TOV TroTa.fj.ov, 
' the dry bed of the river,' 24 5. 

(<{>os, -ovs, TO : sword. 

o. 

6, fj, rd : the. Accented when used 
as a pronoun, 17 5^, 5 19; thus often 
6 ntv . . . 8 5<f, 24 27. ot ntv . . . 
ol S dXXoi, 54 29, 59 I. H. 654, 

6-y8o^KovTa (d/cTci) : eighty. [6.443, 1. 

oSe, rjSt, r68: //4/j (^^r<) man, 
woman, or thing, he, she ; ' the fol- 
lowing,' ' as follows,' 18 26. 

oSoiiropid: wayfaring, travel, 43 14. 

686s, r) : way, street, journey. 

ov (65-, odor) : to smell, be redolent ; 



oOcv : whence ; SOevirep, 'just whence'; 
'just where,' in the case of all men 
when dying, life first begins to fail 
(i.e. at the extremities) 33 9. 

ot : for him ; enclitic, 8 9. H. 685, 
G. 987, B. 139. 

old: cues. 

ot8a, oto-Oa : elStvcu. 

oi'ecrOai : to think, surmise, fancy ; 
otofj.a.1. or oi/xcu, <^6fiLijv or $fJ.r]v, 
oliriffo/j.a.i, (frfO-riv. oi/Acu is often inde- 
pendent of the const., 5 16. 
Syn. doKeiv, vo^l^eiv, r/yelffOcu. 

o^KaSc : homeward, home. Instead of 
O(KOI 3 3, because the boy's yearn- 
ing would be directed homeward. 

otxciv impf. : to dwell, live, inhabit. 

SuHKetV, ' to administer,' ' manage.' 
otxcios 3 : belonging to house or family, 

one's own ; plur. neut., ' private man- 
sion,' 25 20. Adv. olKeCws, 'inti- 
mately,' 715. 

olK^TTjs : house-slave, slave, domestic. 

oticCd: house, dwelling. 

olK(eiv : to colonize, settle. 

a.iroiKtfct.t>, ' to send away to a new 
home,' 44 19. 

olKoSopciv impf. : to build, as a house. 

TrtpioiKodofjLtii>, ' to inclose by build- 
ing,' ' wall in,' perf. pass. 10 25. 

OI'KOI: at home. 

otKOvo(iiK6s 3: pertaining to of Jit for 

housekeeping or managing an estate. 
oticos (/TOIK-, bailiwick, Greenwich, 

vlcus, villa} : house, home, estate. 
otKTcCpciv (O/KTOJ, ot ' alas ') : to 

pity. 



olvos (poiv-, vinum, vitis) : wine. 
otvoxotiv impf. : to be cupbearer, pour 
out wine, 4 16. 



ATTIC PROSE 



203 



otvo\6os (x e '*0 : vuine-pourer, cup- 

bearer, 4 17. 
otos 3 : of which (what) sort, (such) 

as, capable ; adv. olov, ola, w. ptcp. 

causal,22. 1.977, 0.1575, .656, i. 
oloo-irtp 3: just (such) as, 21 8; 

adv. oUvirep, 10 15. 
ol6s T 3 : able, possible, 11 4. 
ols, otos, ^, (op i-, ewe, 0z>w) : sheep. 

H. 210, G. 269, B. 115, 1 6. 
ofcrciv fut. : ofcrw, / shall bear, bring. 
Syn. eveyxeiv, <j>peiv. 

trvvoia-eiv, 8<ra &v ofyrcu aiirols, all 
that he believes ' will be for their 
advantage,' 50 18. 

VTTolffetv; el Tai>rj}v virolffta, 'if I 
shall endure her,' 49 10. 

olo>viecr0cu : to take omens, from 

birds. 

olwvos : bird of augury, omen. 
OKVCIV impf. : to hesitate, shrink from 

doing anything, to fear, dread. 
OKVT|p6s 3 : hesitating. Adv. OKVT)pcbs; 

oKiftipbrepov, 'with less confidence,' 

815- 

oXtyos 3 : few, little. 
oXos 3: whole, entire; TO 8\ov, 'in 

general,' ' in the main,' 61 8; fi rav 

8\uv rdts, ' the universe,' 32 6. 
opaXos 3 : even, level. Adv. opaXus, 

'with even front,' 35 5. 
ofiiXeiv impf. : to associate with, hold 

converse with, nvi, 49 9. 
opiXos : throng, crowd, multitude. 
o|i(Aa, -arcs, rt>, (6<t>6T)vai) : eye. 
ofivvvai: to swear; dfjav/Mt, w/M)ffa, 



a.vrofj.vijva.1, ' to swear in turn.' 
o(ioi,os 3: like, resembling. Adv. 

6p.oiws, ' in like manner.' 
6|xoiovv : to make like, 



Qonoiovv; fotwiov<r0ai, 'to have 
one's own ' works ' made quite like,' 
rivl, 44 9. 

ojioXo-yeiv impf. : to agree, admit. 

o-vvo/ioXo-yet c, ' to agree with,' ' give 
assent,' 50 2. 

6|ioXo-yos 2 : assenting, agreeing. 

6|j.6o~ : to one and the same place, to 
close quarters, together, 10 22. Oetv 
6fj.o<re afoot*, ' to charge them on the 
run," 54 23. 

6fiOTi|ios 2 : equally valued or hon- 
ored ; oi ofj-orl/jLoi, ' the peers of the 
realm,' 16 15. 

6|ioTpairos 2 : sitting at the same 
table with, ' table-companion,' 37 6. 

opov : in the same place, together. 

6|i6c|>vXos 2 (00Xoi/) : of the same race 
or tribe ; ' of kindred nature ' (dust 
to dust), 31 23. 

6'vap, T& : dream. 

ovivdvai : to benefit, give joy ; 



ovojxa, -aros, r6 : name, word, 62 2O. 
6vo|xdciv : to name. 

- iiiwo/udfeij', ' to give another name 

to,' 'call by a name,' pass. 40 13. 
6vop.ao-TL : by name. 
ovos: ass. 

omo-0v : behind, in the rear. 
6irXtiv : to arm, equip. 
eJ-oTrXtfet)'; toir\lfr(r6a.i, ' to arm 

oneself completely,' ' get under 

arms,' 34 12. 
oirXtnjs: heavy-armed foot-soldier, 

'hoplite.' 
oirXov: implement; plur., arms. M 

TOIS STrXou, 'under arms,' 17 13. 
Siroi : in which direction, whither. 
oiroios 3 : of which or what sort, (such) 

as. 



204 



ATTIC PROSE 



OTTOO-OS 3 : of -which or what quantity 
or number, {as much} (as many) as. 

oirOTav (birbre, &t>) : when, whenever. 

6ir6r : (on a time) when, as, since. 

omSrtpos 3 : which (ever) of the two. 

Sirov : where. 

oirws : as, how, that, in order that. 
fj.r) STTWS, ' not only,' 5 7, H. 1035 a, 
G. 1504; oM' oirwffTiovv, ' in no way 
whatever,' 12 18. 

opav (pop-, ware, wary, vereri, 0opos, 
<ppovp6s) : to look out, look, look at, 
see; tdpuv, ewpd/ca or l6pa.Ka. opdv 
XPJ, ' we must beware,' 59 27. 

Syn. Idctv, <5<p0i)j>cu, pMirftv, Oea- 
0-00.1. 

kvopav, ' to see something in one,' 
or ' in the premises,' 22 1 7. 

kfyopa.v, ' to be watchful over,' ' over- 
see,' 32 5. 

KdOopac, 'to espy,' 37 7. 

ircpiopac, 'to overlook,' 'allow,' 
const, ptcp., d.Tro8i86i>Ta.s 52 9. 

irpoopa>, ' to foresee,' 31 28. 
opyfj : temper, passion, anger. 
op^yccrOcu : to reach for, 'crave,' nvbs, 

55 23; c&p^x^ 7 ?'' or wped/7i'. Aor. 

rare in prose, 
optivos 3 : mountainous. 
opOos 3: straight, upright, correct. 

Adv. 6p6s, ' rightly,' 6 26. 
opOovv : to set straight or erect, to 

correct, guide aright. 
opOovcrOai : to hold oneself erect, to go 

straight, succeed. 
opttciv : to divide as a border, to bound, 

limit, define. 

6p(c<r0ai : to have limits fixed for one- 
self, ' settle the time,' 53 23. 
optov : bound ; rd fipia, ' the frontier.' 
: oath. 



oppav: to set in motion, 28 17; to 
rush, aor., 37 5. 

to set out, start, hasten ; 



opos : limit, boundary. 

Spos, -ovs, r6: mountain, range, 66 

18. 
6pvTTiv : to dig; <5pi/w, wpu^a, 6pd>- 

puxa, <5pwpt>7/xcu, wp^>x^ r l t '- 
opx^io-Oai: to dance; 6pxilffo/j.ai, wp- 



8s, tj, <> : who, which ; rel. pron. 17, 
'what way,' 'where,' 24 12. /cai 
8s, ' and he,' 35 1 6, 47 3; H. 275 b; 
G. 1023, 2; B. 144 a. tffriv &, 
'some' of them, 39 2; H. 998, 
G. 1029. -Strep, ' (in the same way) 
as,' 24 4. o'iirep, ' (precisely those) 
who,' 26 24. 

oo-ios 3: sanctioned by divine law, 
holy. Adv. 6<r(o>s; 6(r/wj &v x' 
'it would be lawful,' 28 i. 

ocros 3 : how much, how many, as 
much, as many. Sfftav (ibpaxa, ' of 
all whom I have seen,' 2 18. dTret- 
Xov 8ffot> ffrddiov, ' about ' a stade 
distant, 57 10. &iro\nr&v Hffov Tup- 
fffffi, ' leaving room enough for 
towers ' between the trench and the 
river, 23 5. 80-1? irX^oves . . . TO- 
(roi/ry 63.TTOV, ' the more . . . the 
quicker,' 22 17, 46 8. foairep, 'just 
as many as,' 26 21. 

8<rns, 'i'l'is, o TI : who(ever), which 
(ever), whatever; Srov, 6rtf. H. 
280 a; 0.425; 8.150,1. Indef. 
rel. or interrog. pron. &TTIS /LvOpw-jros, 
' what kind of a fellow,' 11 4. o&dtva 
SvTivo. oi>, 'every one,' 13 12; H. 
1003 a. eo-Tiv &rm, 'some one,' 
36 6; cf. fffnv &., 39 2. 



ATTIC PROSE 



205 



6<r<f>pa(vc<r0ai (<5o>7> #$"") : to smell. 

orav (#re, &v) : when, whenever ; 
Sravirep 26 22, cf. Sffairep, otVep. 

STI : /^a/ 1 , because ; never suffers eli- 
sion. OTI iJ.d.\iffTa, ' as much as 
possible,' 23 9, 42 26; cf. ws in the 
same usage. ^ STI, 'not merely,' 
' not to mention,' 19 8, cf. 5 7, H. 
1035 a, G. 1504. 

STOV, OTO> : &TTIS. 

ov, OVK : negative particle, to be dis- 
tinguished from ntf" H. 1018 ff., 
G. 1607 ff., B. 431 ff. Accented otic, 
no,S n, H. 112 a, G. 138, B. 69, i. 

ov5a.fj.us, ' by no means.' 

ovSt, ' nor,' ' and not,' ' not even,' 
'not at all' 19 13. 

ovSfls, otfSe/x/a, o68v, ' no one,' 
' nothing,' ' no.' 

ou5^7roTe,oi}5e7rw7roTe,'never,"never 
yet,' 51 1 6, cf. 9. 

ofatri, ' no longer,' ' no more.' 

otitovv, OVKOVV, 'therefore not,' 
'therefore.' H. 1048, 2 a; G. 1603. 

OVTTW, ' not yet.' 

ovre . . . otre, ' neither . . . nor.' 

oCrot, ' certainly not,' 31 20. 

ovv : therefore, accordingly ; postposi- 
tive. H. 1048, 2. &v otv, 'nay 
rather,' ' but rather,' 45 7. 

ovpa: tail, rear of an army. 

ovpdvios 3 : of or in heaven, heavenly. 

ovipavos : heaven, sky. 

OVTOS, avnj, TOVTO : this, that (when 
the antecedent of a relative pron.), 
he,' ' she,' ' yonder ' 22 22. 

OVTW, OVTWS : thus, so. 

o4>ei\iv : to owe, be obliged to ; <5$et- 



64>eXos, r6 : advantage, rl 



'what good?' otdtv 0eXos, 'no 
use,' 37 20. 
d4>0aX|jios: eye. 

ai (6ir-, oculus, 6<t>da\fd>s, 6p./jLa, 
) : to be seen ; ><t>0r]v, &fj.fjMt, 

shall see. 
Syn. opav, Idftv, p\tirfiv, OeaffOai. 
: late. 

is, -ws, n : appearance, look, looks; 
plur., of the eyes, 48 18. 



n. 

ird-yicaXos 3 : all-beautiful, 28 12. . 

iraOciv : to be affected in any way, suffer 
good or ill treatment, to experience ; 
TreiffOfj.ai, irtirovOa, irda"x.<i}. e5, Ka/cws 
iraOeiv, is felt as passive, hence vir6 
TWOS, 49 27, 51 ii. 

iraiavtgav : to chant the paean or war- 
song, 35 22. 

iraiSdpiov : child, 'small boy,' 11 8. 

iraiSud : training of a child, education. 

iraiSevav : to train, educate. 

iraUiv : to strike ; iraiffu, evratcra, ^Trai- 

ffd.fj.riv. Rare exc. impf., and in Xen. 

Syn. TrX^Tji/cu, ward^ai, rvirreiv. 

iraeiv: to play as a child, sport; 
irai^ovfj-ai, eiraicra, irfiraKr/Mi. 

irais, iraiSo's, 6, rj : child, boy or girl; 
voc. irai, plur. gen. iralSuv. tic 
irat56s, 'from a boy,' 'from child- 
hood up.' 

irdXai : long ago, all along. 

iraXaios 3 : ancient, old. 

irdXiv : back, back again, again. 

iraXro v : dart, javelin. 

ira|MrXi)64js, -^s : of or with the whole 
multitude, multitudinous. 

ird|*iroXvs, -iroXXt), -iroXv : very much, 
very many, a great many. 



206 



ATTIC PROSE 



iravTairdcri : altogether, wholly. 

iravToSairo's 3 : of every kind, all sorts. 

irdvToOtv : from all sides. 

iravToios 3 : of all kinds, all sorts of. 

TrdvTOo- : in all directions ; ' in every 
part' of his person, 58 14. 

n-dvTws : wholly, by all means. 

traw: very, very much, quite; 06 
JT&VV, 'not at all,' 'hardly,' 40 19. 

irairiros : grandfather. 

irapd : beside, by, along by, to or from 
a position beside; prep. w. gen., dat., 
and ace. H. 802, G. 1213, B. 411. 
irap tftov, farewell ' from me,' 33 23, 
46 1 8; irapa Xei'pwvos, ' at the hands 
of Chiron,' 61 19. trap i)iuv, 'with 
us,' in Persia, 3 1 2 ; trap' t/ju>l, ' at my 
house,' 5 23, 26 3; ol irapd. Xelpuvi, 
'Chiron's disciples,' 62 4. irapa 
vbftov, 'contrary to law,' cf. 44 2; 
TrapA TOI)S irtvre, ' in the presence 
of the Ephors, the ace. with the 
thought of entering their presence, 
56 10. 

irapd-vycX.|ia, -arcs, T&: announce- 
ment ; troQiffTuv vapayy^XfjiaTa, 
'professions,' 62 27. 

TrapaSeL-yiia, -arcs, fb, (SeiKVuvai) : 
example, 62 3. 

irapdSi<ros : park. 

irapdSoos 2 (56a) : contrary to opin- 
ion or belief, strange. 

irapaivciv impf. : to advise, rivl; for 
forms, see tiraiveiv. 

irapcuriuWj : a getting ready, prepara- 
tion, force, equipment. 

irapd(rx.ft>, irap&r\T]ti.ai : see <F\eiv. 

irdpSaXis, -ws, ^ : leopard, panther. 

irdpei|u, iraptov : see elvat. 

irapctvai (itvai) : to let go by; for 
forms, see &<f>elvai. iraptm TOI>S 



dicnrlirTovTas, ' letting pass ' those 
who were breaking through, 58 I. 



-C8os, 17, (6\f/ov, anything 

eaten with bread) : side-dish, 

'entree,' 3 4. 

irels, Trcura, irdv : all, every. 
ird<r\iv : iradeiv. 
iraTd|ai: to strike. H. 514, 5 a. 

Syn. irX-rjyijvai, TraUiv, Ttiirreiv. 
irareiv (path, footpad, passus) impf. : 

to tread, walk, trample on. 

irtpuraTfiv, ' to walk round,' 38 24. 
irarfjp, irorpo's, 6 : father. H. 189, 

G. 274, B. 105. 
irdrpios 2 : paternal, /caret ret irdrpta, 

' according to the custom of his 

fathers,' 29 20. 
irarpCs, -8os, rj : one's country, native 

land or city, 56 8. 
irarpo'Otv : from or ' after ' a father, 

adding the father's name, 41 5. 
irciTpwos 3 : paternal, of one's fathers. 
Travel v : to make cease, stop. 

KaraTratfeH', 'to suppress,' ' depose ' 
from power 27 24. 

irav<r8ai : to cease, leave off. 

ireSCov: plain, field. 

iriKo's 3 : on foot or by land, of a foot- 

soldier or foot-soldiers. 
ircjo's 3 : on foot or by land, foot-soldier. 
iri0iv : to urge, try to persuade, aor. 

to persuade ; ireliru, tireiffa, irtireiKa., 

irtTretfffj.ai, tirflffOyi'. 

a.va.ireldeiv, ' to prevail upon.' 
ir0(T0ai : to believe, obey, nvl; ire(- 

ffo/j.at. 

ircipdv : to make trial of, prove, nv6s. 
impacrOai : to attempt, try ; -ireipd- 
, fwfipd$i]v. 



ATTIC PROSE 



207 



Oi-rroireipao-Oai, ' to hazard trial,' 
' venture to try,' 19 7. This is the 
meaning rather of the act. than of 
the mid., but the compounds of this 
verb are mostly deponent. 

: to approach ; eir^Xaffa. 

: bearer of the light shield 
(U-ATT;), 'peltast.' The 'hoplite' 
carried the da-iris or heavy shield. 

, r6 : the peltast-force. 
: to conduct, send. 

avcur^uTreij', 'to send up.' 

airoir^uTreu', ' to send away ' or 
' back,' ' to dismiss,' 33 20. 

SiaTn^iTretv, 'to send abroad' or 
' round,' 24 29. 

IKTT k /J.TT 'tiv, 'to send out,' 'send 
forth.' 

a-vveKtr{/j.ireu>, 'to help send 

forth,' 44 23. 

KaraTT^/Lurei!', 'to send down,' to 
the coast from the interior, 55 19. 

jATa7r^u7re<r#at ; /zeTaTr^u^atrtfcu, ' to 
send after ' or ' for ' one to come to 
oneself, 1 1 6. Mid. of irt/j.ireiv in 
prose only in compounds. 

irpOTr^uTreic, 'to escort,' 13 10. 
o-v|A7rpo7r<?/z7reij', ' to take part in 

escorting,' accompany the march. 

Trpotrirefjiireiv, ' to send ' or ' con- 
duct to' one, 25 23. 

o-vjiTT^UTretj', ' to send along with.' 
ircVre : five. 

irVTKa8Ka : fifteen. 

7r'irXT| i Y'vai : to have struck : TrA^Tji'cu. 

irtp : encl. postp. intensive particle, in 
prose rarely separated from the 
word emphasized by it; el ntf irep 
(efTrep), 43 4. H. 1037,3; 118. 

irepav : to pass through or over, fare. 
-arcs, TO: end, extreme, 28 25. 



irept: around, about; prep. w. gen., 
dat, ace., 21 3, 2 10, 19 22. vepl 
JTCLVTOS Troiet<r#cu, to regard as ' all- 
important,' 7 21. 

ircpiij-yov : see ayayetv. 

irlpi: roundabout. 

jrpiTTviv : to be in excess, 'to be 
saved over,' 44 27, 

irepiTTo's 3 (Trepi) : more than enough, 
superfluous. 

irepiioKoSoiATjiieVos: see olKodof^etv. 

irtcreiv : to fall ; TreaoO/uat, irtirruKa, 
TriTrrw. 

SiaTrefretj', ' to break through,' 
57 26, impf. 58 I. 

Atrireaeiv, ' to burst in,' historical 
present 24 22. 

iireiffirefff'iv, ' to burst in upon,' 

historical present 24 16. 

tviirefffiv, ' to fall upon,' ' attack.' 

a-v\nre<re'iv, ' to meet in conflict.' 
ireravvvvai : to expand, spread; TTCTW, 

tirtTatra, TT^Trra/uat. 

&va.weirTdo-Oai., ' to be spread wide 
open,' 48 15. 

irt'(j)VKa: Qvvai. 

irr\yf\ : spring, well; plur., source. 

irr)8av: to jump ; Trrj5-fiffOfj,ai. 

dvaTTijSac, ' to jump up,' spring 
into the saddle 9 15. 

Siairrjoav, ' to leap across,' take a 
ditch 9 6. 

eKirrjSav, 'to jump out,' 'spring 
away,' 9 4. 

Karair^Sai', 'to jump down,' 34 9. 
irie'Jeiv : to press, oppress, 19 22. 
irieiv (pot, potus, bibere) : to drink; 

rtoiuu (H. 427, G. 667, B. 216); 
n-eirwKO., it ^0^0.1, Ivbdyv, irtvw. 

tKTTieiv, ' to drink up,' 4 16. 
irlOos: wine jar. 



208 



ATTIC PROSE 



irifxirXdvai (fill, full, implere, plenus) : 
to fill; irXi)0-w, HirXrjffa, jr^ir\7)Ka., 



iKirifj.Tr\dvai, ' to fill up,' ' complete ' 
a number 22 2. 

ejiTTtTrXdvat; t/j.TT\riff6rji>a.i, 'to be 
filled,' 'get enough'; w. ptcp. 12 7. 

irf vciv : irieii>. 

irtirmv: ireatlv. 

iruTTtvciv : to put faith in, trust, be- 

lieve, rivt. 

mo-To's 3 : faithful, credible. 
irXd/yios 3 : slanting, sideways, 
irXavdv : to make wander, 
irXavdcrOai : to wander ; ir\avf)<rofjia.i, 



TTfpur\a.vS.o-6ai, ' to wander round.' 
irXdros, -ows, rt> : width, breadth, 
irXarvs, -cia, -v, (&s\,planta,pldnus}: 

wide, broad. 

irXaTvnis, -T]TOS, 77 : breadth, bulk. 
irX0pov: a measure of length, about 

100 feet, ' plethron.' 
irX^Kiiv (TrXaK-, fold, flax, plicdre, 

complexus, irXoKJ) : to twine, plait, 

weave ; t7rXea, ir tir\fy pai, iir\6.Ki)v. 
irXe'ov, irXciCTTa : iroXtfs. 
irXeovcKTtiv impf. : to have the larger 

share, to have the advantage. 
irXtove(d : greed, personal advantage. 
irXc'us, irX&l, irX&ov: full, H. 227. 

' Soiled,' 3 27. 
irXr]YT| = Mow, stroke, stripe. 
irXrj'Y'nvai (?rXa7-, plaga, plangere) : 

to be struck; Tr^7rX7;7//.ai, jrejrXiJ|o- 

fj.au, irXrjyriffo/j.ai.. H. 514, 5 a. 
Syn. irardfai, iraleiv, T^TTTCLV. 

iKirXayrjvai., 'to be dismayed,' 
1 terror-stricken,' 36 7. H. 471 a. 

: see dyopd. 
: except, nvbt. 



, -S : full. 
irXrjpovv: to fill. 

iKir\T)povv, ' to satisfy,' 50 23. 
irXT]<riauv : to approach, 8 24. 
irXT]<rtov : near. 

irXoKTJ (TrX^ceti') : a plaiting, weaving. 

n-Xovo-ios 3 : rich, wealthy. 

irXovriv : to enrich. 

rrXovTOS : wealth, riches. 

iroOeiv impf. : to yearn for, miss, regret. 
H. 504, 8; G. 639 b. 

rroieiv impf. : to make, do ; w. inf., 
' cause,' 27 10; eD, Kaxws iroielv nva, 
' to do good ' or ' evil ' to one, ' treat 
well ' or ' ill,' 33 18. Of the creative 
art of the poet, 47 8. 

Syn. Spav, irpdrreiv, tpydfcffBat. 

irouio-Ocu : to make or make out for 
oneself; eavruv ri, ' claim ' as their 
own, 55 7. irepl iravrbs voitiffdai, 
'to regard as all-important,' 7 20. 
Often in periphrases, dlairav iroii}<rd- 
jtevos (instead of SiatTijflei's) 29 I. 

iroios 3 : of what sort, what kind. 
In Attic usually with tone of sur- 
prise or irony, 44 8. 

TroXtp-ap^os : general of a division, 
'polemarch.' 

iroXtjuiv impf. : to be at war, make 
war, fight. 

&vTiiro\efKiv, ' to war against.' 
iroXc|UKo'$ 3 : of war, warlike. 
iroXl|iios 3 : hostile ; ol iro\tfuoi, ' the 

enemy.' * 
iro'Xcfxos: war. 
iroXiopiiv impf. : to invest a city, 

besiege. 

iroXiopKtjT^os 3 : to be taken by siege. 
iroXiopxld: siege, 

iro'Xis, -fs, 17 : city, state, 13 4; cf. rd 
K0iv6v, 15 12. 



ATTIC PROSE 



209 



: citizen, fellow-citizen. 

iroXiTiKo's 3 : of citizens or the state, 
civic; IT. Kdva6pov, i.e. not differing 
from that of a private citizen, 60 16. 

iroXXcfirXdo-ios 3 : many times as 
many, many times more. 

nroXvs, iroXXT), iroXii : much, many a, 
plur., many ; irXelwv, irXetcrros; also 
ir\twv, ir\tov, irXetV, H. 254, 5; G. 
361, 8; B. 21. ffrpdrevfia, iroXtf, 
1 numerous,' 53 25. &ri TroXtf, ' to a 
great distance,' 34 25. ol TroXXof, 
' the commons,' ' the rank and file,' 
27 9; but 62 13, ' the most ' of them. 
T& irXelffTa, ' for the most part,' 
most of the time,' 40 19. 

iroXwreX^s -&, (reXeiv) : expensive, 
costly ; iro\VTe\t(TTaTa, 60 8. 

iroveiv impf. : to toil, suffer. 

biairoveTa'Ga.i, 'to carry out with 
labor,' ' toil at,' 44 7. Mid. in comp. 

irovT|po's 3 (irii'os) : miserable, bad. 
Syn. /j.ox6r)p6s, jca/c6s. 

iro'vos: toil, labor. 

iropeveiv (Vfyws) : to make go, to carry. 

iropeveo-Oai : to travel, march, go; 



uo-ipos 2: passable. 
iropBtiv impf. : to ravage, sack a city. 
iro'pos (fare, ferry, porta, portus, ffj.iro- 

pos, airopelv} : passage, way, means. 
iropo-tSvav : to make ready, provide. 
iropcj>vpovs, -a, -ovv : purple, anciently 

a dark red or crimson. 
iroVos 3 : how large, how many. 
iroTa|io's: river. 

ITOT^: once upon a time, ever; encl. 
worepos 3 : whether of the two, which 

one ; trbrepov, irbrepa, ' whether.' 
irov: where? 

iroxi : somewhere, anywhere ; enclitic. 
ATTIC PROSE 14 



OTOS, r6: thing &QHZ, affair, 
proceeding, irpdyfiara e\eiv, irapa- 
ff-x.eiv, to have, make ' trouble," 3 5. 
irpcl|is, -s, ^ : a. doing, acting, an 

action, transaction, achievement. 
irpaTTtv : to act, proceed, do ; 7rpaw, 
tirpaya, Tr^irpaxa, irtirpay- 
e5, /COKUJS irpdrreiv, 
' to fare ' well or ill, of success and 
the opposite, dp-rjvijv wpdrreiv, 'to 
observe ' peace, 53 25. 

Syn. dpav, iroie'iv, tpy&fcffOai. 

o-v(i7rpaTTv, ' to help ' one ' in do- 
ing ' something, nvl TI, 42 20. 

irpaTTtcrOai : to do or act for oneself. 

ia.irpa.TTeff0ai, 'to accomplish' 
something for 'oneself or 'get' 
something ' done,' 7 19, 17 15; perf., 
of gaining a request, 18 10. 

irpeimv: impers. irptirei, it is becom- 
ng, fitting. 

: to be an ambassador. 

: to send ambassadors, to 
go on an embassy. 
irprpTpos 3 : older, elder. 
irptorpvTTjs : old man. 
irpiacrOai : to buy ; tirpid/jii)v. H. 444, 
445; G. 729,742; B. 211 N. 

Syn. tiveiuOcLi. 
irptv: before; after a negative, until. 

H. 1055, 9; G. 1469 ff.; B. 627. 
irpd: before; prep. w. gen. H. 804; 
G. 1215; 6.413. 

In composition, irp6 often means 
'forth,' as of publicity, wpoenreiv, 
or of rejection, abandonment, irpo- 
Sovvai ' to betray,' ' sacrifice.' 
irpoV v s: ancestor. 
TporipxoVtiv : see S.p%eiv. 
,rpo00|m<re<u : to be right willing, 
eager, zealous. 



210 



ATTIC PROSE 



irpo0v|ios 2 (0t7*6s) : very willing, 
eager, zealous. Adv. irpoOvpcos. 

irpovoT|Tov : one must bear in mind 
beforehand, 44 27. 

irpo'voia : forethought, providence. 

irpos : toward, at ; prep. w. gen., dat., 
ace. H. 805, G. 1216, 6.414. irpbs 
6euv, 'in the name of heaven'; 
irpbs irdvTwv tirovofj.afb/JLei>oi>, so 
designated ' on the part of all,' 40 
II. oi> irdvv Trpbs r$ (rrpare^fiaTi, 
not very ' close to ' the army, 35 7, 
57 26. Trpds 0ws iroXtf, ' by ' a bril- 
liant light, 24 1 6. 

irpoo-fj-ya-yov : see ayayetv. 

irpoa-T|KLv : see TJKCIV. 

irpo<rr|W)(0'nv : see iveyKeiv. 

, : see &pra.v. 
: see &irreiv. 

rrpo<r0v : before. 

irpoo-OtTOS 2 : added, put or fitted to ; 
of false hair, 2 7. 

-irpoo-Crw : see Uvai. 

irpo<rKvviv impf. : to kiss the hand to, 
make obeisance, salute. 

irpo'o-oSos, r/ = income, revenue. 

irpoo-TaTus : one who stands before or 
first, chief, leader. 

irpocrw (irp6) : forwards, further on, 
far off from, nvfa, 19 12. 

irpov-n-(|iirov : irpo^Tre^Trov. See irtfj.- 

TTflV. 

trpo4>a<r((r9ai, (7rp6</>a(rts) : to set up 
as a pretence, allege by way of ex- 
cuse ; irpov<f>a.ffif6fj.r)i>. 

irpwt : early, in the morning. 

irpwros 3 (irpo) : first; (rd) irpurov, 
'at first,' 19 13. 

irrr|vo's 3 : winged. 

: to crouch, cower; 



i)iroirT-/i<Tffeti>, ' to bow down to, 1 

figuratively, 14 7. 
iru0<r0cu : to learn by inquiry, ascer- 

tain ; irefoo/Mi, irtirvfffj.a.1, irvv66.- 

VOfMl. 

ITU\TJ : gate. 

m)v0dvo-0ai : to institute inquiries, 

endeavor to ascertain : irvBttrOai. 
Trvp^os : tower. 
irwiroT : (not) ever yet ; reg. w. neg. 

expressed or implied, 51 9. Cf. 

oviru. 
irws : how, in what manner ? ' How 

comes it that, etc. ?' 49 i ; thus 

often. TriDj 5^, 'how so? ' 19 5. 
irws : somehow ; enclitic. 



P. 



3: easy; 



Adv. 



pTjGfjvai (^ ep-, word, verbuni) : to be 
said; tpw, etprjica., ftprjrai, ipp^B-qv. 
Syn. elirelv, \tytiv, <j>dvai, &yo- 
petitiv in compounds. 

Kdrepetv, a^roO %<pa.ffav, said they 
'would inform against' him, 9 13. 

pi-yos, -ovs, r6 : -cold; plur. ' extremes 

of cold,' 43 13. 
pts, pivo's, ri : nose. 
pocjuiv impf. : to gulp down, slip up. 

diroppo^ejv; diroppotprjffai, ' to take 
a swallow of,' 4 23. 

Ka.TOippo<t>eiv, 'to swallow,' 4 19. 
pu0(io's (pv-, pftv) : measured flow, 

regular motion, time in music or 

dancing, rhythm. 
pvf)v<u: to flow; ippt-nv, pefoo/jiai oe 

pin^<ro/uai, ipptii)Ka,, pita. 
pufxt] : strength. . 

Syn. Iffxfa, 5i/vajais, icpdros, 



ATTIC PROSE 



211 



o-aTpdinjs: viceroy, 'satrap.' 
<ravTo'v, o-tavTo'v : thyself. H. 266 a. 
cra4>T|vi;iv : to make clear, indicate 

with certainty, 30 20. 
<ra<f>Vjs, -S : clear, sure. Adv. <ra<J>ws. 

<T, ffo, <TOV : (TV. 

o-tfivo's 3 O43") : worshipful, solemn. 
<r<ro<j>io-|ivws (ffo<}>Le<.v) : subtly; be- 

side the sophists themselves Xen. 

regards himself as ' unsophisticated ' 

in the matter of language, 62 20. 
o-TiiAaiveiv : to show by a sign, signify. 
<rr||iiov : sign, signal. 
<r8^vos, -ovs, r6 : in prose only in the 

phrase iravrl crOtvet, ' with all one's 

might,' 27 23. 

Syn. lffx.fa> Stfj'a/ws, icpdros, pu/j.r). 
o-i-ydv: to be silent; Myijtra, <re<rt- 

yriKa, (reo-i-yrj/zcu. 
crl-y^i : silence ; fftyrj, ' silently.' 

Syn. ffua-n-fi. 
crijAo's 3: fat-nosed; rb <rl/j.6i>, 'the 

snubbiness,' 48 16. 
(rtvccrOai : to harm ; impf. only. 
O-ITOS, 6, plur. o-ira, rd : bread-stuff, 

food, victuals. 
<riW7rdv : to keep silent, pass over in 

silence ; ffiuir^cro/mi, t<rid>Tri)<ra,, <re- 



o-ittir^ : silence. Syn. ffly-fj. 
<rKTTTov : one must consider. 
o-Ktvos, -ovs, r6: vessel, utensil; rb. 

ffKftir), ' the baggage,' ' trappings.' 
<TK\|/ao-0ai ((TKen--, ffKoir-, spy, conspi- 

cere) : to look to, view, consider ; 

<rKtyofj.a.i, tffKffjLfjiai, ffKoirta. 
liriffKtya.<r6at, ' to make a study of,' 

' investigate,' 39 28. 

s, -tws, i) : consideration, study. 



<rKTJirrpov : staff, scepter. 

o-Koireiv impf.: ffntyaadai. H. 513, 

15 a; G. 1692, p. 400. 
O-KOITO'S: a lookout-man, a mark; 

dirb TOV ffKovov, wide of the mark.' 
O-KO'TOS : darkness, obscurity. 
o-Kv0pwiro's 2 (67T-) : of sad or angry 

countenance, sullen, gloomy. 
o-Kv\a, -<XKOS, 6, ?? : a young dog. 
o-Kwirmv: to jeer ; ffKtyo/j.a.1, eer/cw^a, 

firio-Kibirreiv, ' to jest,' ' quiz,' 4 21. 
o-(j,ijvos, -ovs, rb : beehive, swarm. 
o-o's 3 : thy, thine. 

cro<j>td : wisdom, intellectual cleverness 
or accomplishment. 

trofyitfiv : to make wise or clever ; pass. 
' be wise,' 62 26. 

<ro<JH<mfjs : ' sophist,' one who teaches 
for pay (in higher education) ; con- 
trasted with <j>i\6<To<pos, 62 25. 

<ro<j>o's 3: wise, clever. The 'most 
accomplished' of poets, 47 8; <ro<t>6v 
TI, 'any accomplishment,' 47 17. 

<rirdv : to draw, pull, wrench ; effiratra, 
fffiraKa, fffrra.o'fj.ai, e<rTra.&6r]v. ecnro- 
ffntvov rbv a.Kiv6.K-i]v, ' with his sword 
drawn,' 24 24. 

SicurTrap, ' to tear asunder,' ' break 
up ' the Persian customs 27 22. 

<nravuv : to be scarce, to lack, riv6s. 
(rirdvios 3 : scarce ; a rare thing, 2 29. 
<riripiv: to sow; ffirepdi, e<T7reipa, 
fffTra.pfj.ai, tffTrdpijv. 
^itKnTfipfiv, ' to scatter,' pass. 37 3. 
: to pour, offer libations; 
>, fffireiffa, fffTretff/Mi. 

: to pour mutual libations, 
make a truce or treaty, 53 19. 
o-irp|xa, -O.TOS, rb, (inrelpeiv) : seed. 
o-ircvSuv : to urge on, hasten, haste. 



212 



ATTIC PROSE 



: drink-offering, 

libation ; plur., a solemn treaty or 

truce, 53 23, 28. 
<nrou8^) : haste, eagerness. 
o-raSiov, plur. o-raSioi: 'a stade,' 

about a furlong; a race course, race. 
<rTo,0|ios : station, a day's march. 
(TT&Xeiv : to equip, send, despatch ; 

tf<rretXa, <TTaXica, ecrraXyUOt, tffrdXijv. 

4m<TTe\Xp, ' to send word to,' ' to 
enjoin," 13 25. Cf. ^rto-ToXiJ, ' letter.' 

(TTt'pvov .' breast. 

<rT'4>avos : crown. 

o-T<j>avovv : to crown; with garlands 
in honor of victory, 57 21, 58 29. 

(TTfjvai (<rra-, stare) : to come to a stand, 
stand; %<m\v, t-ffrijica, elyr^Kij or 
t<rrT?iKi), &TTiJw. See taTa.ffOa.1. 

dvaa-T^vat, ' to stand up.' 

-- QavaffTrivai, ' to get up out of,' 
the ditch, 9 8. 

tmffT^vat; ttpfffrdvcu, 'to be in 
charge of,' 43 6. Cf. ^rwT<f TIJS. 

viroo-rijvai, 'to undertake,' 'en- 
gage ' to do something, 53 4. 

<TTI<J>OS, -ous, T<5, (<rn/3-, stamp, <TTef- 

/3t^) : a compact body, dense array. 
<TTXOS : row, line. 
(Trod : portico, colonnade ; often ad- 

joining a temple, 40 15. 
<rro\-f\ (cri-AXeiy) : equipment, dress. 
trrofxa, -arcs, T6 : mouth ; diro arb- 

/taroj tlirelv, to recite by memory. 
<rTOxa "6(u : /o z/w or ^w/ at, to 

guess, 50 22. 

(TTparcCd: expedition, campaign. 
CTTpaTWiv, (TTparevecrOai : to take 

the field, serve as soldier, 53 9, 20 6. 
to march against.' 



troffTpareiifffOai, ' to serve with,' 
share in one's campaigns,' 27 8. 



<TTpciTv|Aa, -arcs, r6 : army. 
erTpaTTi'yCd : the office of general, com- 

mand, 20 19. 
o-Tparrj-yiKo's 3: pertaining to at fit 

for leading an army. 
o-Tpariryo's (&yeiv) : leader of an army, 

general. 

(TTparia: army, expedition. 
(TTpaTKOTTjs : soldier. 
o-TparoirtStvciv, o-TparoircScvco-Oai : 

to encamp. 
KaTCWTpaToireSetfeij', ' to establish 

in camp.' 17 1 1 ; mid., ' to take up 

a position,' 22 13. 

(rrpaTo'ireSov : army encamped, camp. 
(TTpciTTos : collar, an ornament of 

twisted or linked metal, 2 9, 39 5. 

twist, turn round; 
ffrp&J/a, (?(TTpo0a, effrpa/j,- 



o-Tpc'4>o-6ai : to twist or turn oneself. 
&iroa'Tp^(f>fff6ai, ' to turn away ' or 
'back,' 13 13. 



'to reduce to subjection,' 14 17. 
<ru : thou ; <rov, <rol, <rt, accented or 

enclitic. 

o-iryyvwp.wj', -ov : forgiving, indulgent. 
aDXav : to strip, despoil. 
<ru\Xt-yiv : to collect, gather ; <rv\\t!-w, 
, (rvvet\eyfj.at, 



trv\i.\i.a.\tiv impf, : to be an ally, to aid 
in fighting. 

: alliance in war. 

2 : fighting along with, 
allied, an ally. 

crvjnraCo-Twp, -opos, 6 : playmate. 
<rv|jLirapO(iapTciv impf. : to follow along 
with, figuratively 38 24. 6/JMpreTv 
is a poetic word. 



ATTIC PROSE 



213 



<ru|juf>opd : a bringing together, an 
event, misfortune. 

<rvv : with, i.e. in company or in con- 
nection with; prep. w. dat. <rbv T$ 
6e<, ' with the help of the god,' 
20 10, 27 5. In prose, except in 
Xenophon, /uerd TWOS rather than 
ai>v TIVI. 

o-vvaivelv impf. : to consent; for forms, 
see tiraiveiv. 

(rvvaiTios 2 : (being) joint cause, nvl 
TIVOS, 12 24. 

o-uvavrdv : to meet with. Cf. dwavTav. 

<rvvapaTTiv : to dash together, 58 2. 

<ruv6KeKp<ifiT|v : see Kepavvtivai. 

<rvvt|T)a : see ttvai. 

<rvviraiviv : see eiraiveiv. 
: see dyelpeiv. 

see %8e<rOa.t.. 
etVat) : a covenant. 

crvv0T|n.a, -arcs, r6 : watchword. 

o-vvTa-yna, -aros, r6, (rdrreic) : a 
body of troops drawn up in order ; 
rS>v ffv/j.ndx.wv, their ' contingent.' 

o-vvTe9pa(ifxe'vos : see rptyeiv. 

O-VVTOJAOS 2 (re/tet v) : cut up, ctit short, 
concise ; TT\V ffvvTOfjLUTdTriv, 'by the 
shortest cut,' ' route,' 54 7- 

o-vvw(i.o\o'-yovv : see 6/j.o\ojfiv. 

<rwo-KOTativ ((r/c6ros) : to grow dark ; 
impers. 23 24, of the 'gathering' 
of the shades of night. 

<nKriripdv (crTretpo) : to roll up together, 
form in close order, perf. pass. 36 14. 

crvj^vo's 3 : long, numerous, frequent. 

<r<fa-yiat<r0ai : to have victims slain, 
to sacrifice, aor. 54 21. 

oxfxryiov ((r^drTeu/) : a slain victim. 

H><i\Xuv (fall, fell, fallen, falsus, 
dff</>a\-/is') : to trip up, make fall or 
totter, to deceive ; ff<f>a\u, fff<t>rj\a. 



o-4>oX\o-0ai : to be unsteady, to totter, to 
be deceived, fail ; <70aXoD/xcu, <rc/>aX- 

(Ml, i<Ttf>d\flV. 

<r<|)a,s : them ; <T(J>UV, <r0/at encl. Pers. 
pron., in prose used as an indirect re- 
flexive. H. 683 a, 685; 6.987; B. 472. 

<r<]>aTTiv: to slay, properly by cut- 
ting the throat, to butcher; o-<j>dfa, 
6<r0a|a, e<r<pay/j.at, t<r<f>dyriv. 

<r4>v8ovTJTi]S : slinger. 

<r(j>o'8pa : very much, exceedingly. 

trxeSdv (crxeii') : nearly, pretty well, 
of an approximate statement, 37 6. 

<rxiv (crex-) : to get in hand, take, 
hold; ?|w or ffx^cra;, "JCn^a, fffxy- 
(MI, e%w. For impf., and for mid., 
see lx". 

Karacrxety, 'to bring down,' 9 18. 

|ATa<rx'', ' to get a share,' ' be- 
come participant in,' TLV&S, 50 9. 

; to be at leisure, 40 1 6. 
: spare time, leisure. 
: to save ; ffuffw, e<rwcra, fffouKa, 



, ' to keep safe,' 'preserve.' 
<ro>|ia, -arcs, r6 : body, in life. 
{rcoT^jp, -TJpos, o : savior, deliverer. 
o-eo(j>poveiv impf. : to be sound- or 

sober-minded, temperate, virtuous. 
o-a>4>povCiv : to bring one to his senses, 

to chasten, 59 26. 
<rw4>pcov, -ov, (<r< f )'feii', ^p^) : sound- 

minded, temperate, virtuous; of any 

kind of mental or moral restraint. 

T. 
ToXao-Cd (TO\-, ' weigh ') : wool-spin- 

ning. 

raXowrios 3 : of wool-spinning. 
rdXXa : rd dXXa. 

: stewardship, housekeeping. 



214 



ATTIC PROSE 



TcLvavrfa : rd ivavrla. 

TOIS, -s, ^ : an arranging, array, 
a rank or line, post in battle. 

To'paxos : confusion, disorder. 

rdi-Tuv (ray-) : to arrange, draw up, 
array, post, order ; Tda>, eTaa, 
T^rax, T tray (Mi, ird'xfliiv. 

dvTiTdrTeic, 'to array against,' 
pass. 54 22. 

8iardi r Ti', ' to set off in order.' 

kirirdrrfiv, 'to assign to,' 43 16; 
'to detail,' 'commission,' 58 17. 

jrapardrTeti', ' to draw up.' 
avTiTrapardTTeiv, ' to draw up 

against,' 56 22. 

irpoa-rdrreiv, ' to impose an order,' 
or ' a condition upon,' 19 28. 

(rovrdrreiv, ' to form in battle 
order,' pass. 35 6. 

Tci.TT<r6<u : to arrange for oneself; 
of soldiers, to fall in. 

iroif>a.rdrrfff6ai, ' to draw up ' one's 
forces. 

dvriTrapardTTeo-flcu, ' to draw up 

one's forces against ' or 'on the 
other side,' 54 17. 

rd()>os (ddirreiv*) : burial, a grave. 

rd()>pos, ~h ' trench, moat. 

rd\a : soon, presently, 34 26. In 
prose usually ' perhaps.' 

ra\v : quickly; BOLTTOV, Tdxwra. 

rt (que) : and; enclitic. Mostly T 
. . . KO.I, or T^ ... T H. 1040. 

TcBepairevo-Oai : 0epa7reri'. 

T0vavai : to be dead. See dTroffaveiv. 

Ttviv (rev-, thin, tenuis, tendere, r6- 
wj) : to stretch ; revH>, ereiva, Tt'ra/ca, 
r^rafj,ai, trddijv. irpos ak relvei ret 
<lpya, ' pertain ' to you, 45 16. 

T(vcr0ai: to stretch for oneself or 
something of one's own. 



' to exert oneself; 5a- 
' with all his might,' 9 17. 
Ti\i.iv : to wall or fortify. 
Siareix^'Eti', ' to wall off,' separate 

by a wall, perf. 48 19. 
rtixos, -ovs, r6 : wall, walled town, 

fortification. 
TCKttv : to bring forth, beget, give birth 

to ; T^fo/uxu, T^ro/ca, rlicTu. 
TK(iaip(r0ai, : to judge from tokens, 

infer ; TeK/j.apov/j.ai, ^TeKfjLTjpd/j.t]v. 
TK(iT]piov : sign, token, proof. 
T^KVOV : plur. T^KVOL, ' children.' 
T^KTCOV, -ovos, 6 : carpenter, builder. 
TtXtiv impf. : to bring to completion, 

to pay ; reXw, rarely T\&T 



diroreXetj', ' to fulfil,' ' perform ' due 
observances, 28 4. 

SiareXe?*', ' to finish,' ' complete ' a 
course, 15 13; 'to continue,' 'be 
from first to last,' w. ptcp., 19 20. 
H. 981, G. 1580, B. 660. 

iiriTfXeiv, ' to bring to an end,' 'fin- 
ish,' 13 2. 

T&CIOS 3 : perfect, full-grown ; rtXcioi 
AvSpes, third grade of the Persian 
discipline, after the age of twenty- 
five, 15 14. 

TsXco-nrjpia, rd : thank-offerings of 
success, 30 2. 

TtXturaios 3 : last, final. 

TtXturdv: to end, finish, to die; filov 
re\evTrjffai, ' to decease ' from life, 
31 17; reXei/rwv, 'at last,' he ended 
by saying, 9 28, H. 968 a, G. 1564, 

TtXevHj : an ending, end. [B. 653 N. 2. 

T\os, -ows, TO : consummation, end ; 
pi. rt\t\, ' magistrates,' 28 6, 56 8, 
cf. dpxat. Adv., rAos, ' at last,' 7 
12. 



ATTIC PROSE 



2I 5 



I, fr/wj- 



T|Aiv: to cut; re/iw, 



dirore/xetV, 'to cut off,' 55 19. 

Terapros 3 : the fourth. 

TTTaps, TeVrapa: four. H. 290, 

G. 375, B. 155. 
TCTpaKio-pvpioi 3 : four times ten thou- 

sand, 40,000. 
TtTpT|jj.vos 3 : bored, perforated, 45 21. 



rt\va.v : to make by art. 
T 'X VT 1 : ar ^i handicraft. 
Ttws : so long, for a while. 
riOao-Eveiv : to tame. Past-perf. pass., 

42 4. 

Ti0T](j.i : delvai. 
Ti6T|Vi(r0ai : to nurse, tendzs a child; 

aor. 2d pers. sing., 26 3. 
Tijidv : to value, prize, honor. 
Tijjf/] : price, value, honor, office 4 15. 
Tljuos 3 : prized, held in honor. 
Ti|Awpiv impf. : to avenge, succor. 

Const. H'. 764, 2 b; G. 1163. 
Ti|Acopei<r6ai : to take vengeance on, 

punish. H. 764, 2 b; G. 1246. 
Tijiwpo's (Tt/i??, pop-, opav) : avenger. 
TI'S, T: who, what. H. 277, G. 416, 

B. 148. 
rls, T\ : some one, something, any one, 

anything, one ; enclitic. H. 277, G. 

416, B. 148. TToXXorfs TIVO.S, 'a. 

great many,' 3 15. /3Xa ns, 'a. 

regular blockhead,' 11 7; x^ K ^ 

T, 'a gleam of brass,' 34 26; e/Xt- 

Kpiv-fi^ rtj ddiKla, ' a kind of out and 

out wrong-doing,' 50 2. 

: to wound; Tp6o-(j),eTp<a<ra, 



-ovos, 6, i), (raX-) : full of 
uffering, miserable. A poetic word. 



TO: end. postp. intensive particle. 

H. 1037, Io - The frequently occur- 

ring compounds OVTOI and ^VTOL 

illustrate its intensive force. Cf. 

o<55 yap vvv rot, 31 18; dXXd rot, 

' but, I tell you,' 51 4. 
roCvvv : then, so then, now ; postp. in- 

ferential conj. K.a.1 roivvv, 6 25. 
TOIO'O-S, ToiaSe, roiovSe : such (here), 

' such as follows,' 29 22. 
TOIOVTOS, -avrt], -OVTO(V) : of this 

sort, such. 

TOKCVS, -s, 6, (TKiv~) : parent. 
TOKOS (reKetv) : birth, offspring. 
ToXfia (raX-) : daring, assurance. 

H. 139 e, G. 174, B. 82. 
ToXjidv : to dare, have the heart to do. 
Tofuiv : to shoot with the bow ; pass. 

' to be shot with an arrow,' 36 10. 
To'v|ia, -arcs, r6 : an arrow shot 

from a bow. 
TO'OV : bow. 

TOO'TTJS : bowman, archer. 
TO'ITOS : place. 
TOO-OVTOS, -avTT], -owTo(v) : so much, 

so great, plur. so many. 
TO'TC : at that time, then. 
TOV, TW : ris or ris. 
TOVJIO'V : rd e/^c. 
rovvavrCov : rb tvavrlov. 
rovvo|J.a : TO ovo^a. 

: tragedy. 

: table; style of living, 21 7. 
rpavfia, -aros, TO : wound. 



os: neck. 
rpeis, rpa: three. G. 375, B. 155. 

: to turn, in another direction ; 
rptyw, irpf^a, rtrpoQa, 
irpdirrjv. rptyaffOcu TOI)J 
'to put to flight,' 57 18; cf. rpoiraiov. 



216 



ATTIC PROSE 



Tp6j>tvv : to nourish, rear, keep animals 
or persons, cherish; 6ptyw, fOpe\j/a, 
TtrpoQa, T40pa.fj.iMi, trpd<f>i}v. 

kurpttpew, 'to bring up,' 44 18. 

o-vvrptytiv, ' to bring up with one,' 
perf. pass. 2 4. 

TpioxovTCi : thirty. 

rptpciv: to rub, -wear away; rptyu, 
cTpliJ/a, rtrpupa., T^Tpifj.fMat, frpl^v. 

BiaTpt/Seiv, ' to pass time,' 40 23. 
TpiT)papx(o> (rpnJpTjs) : ' trierarchy,' at 

Athens the fitting out of a ' trireme,' 

or ship of war, for the public service. 
Tpurjivpioi 3 : thrice ten thousand. 
rpCros 3 : the third. 
Tpo'ireuov (Tptireiv) : ' trophy,' a monu- 

ment of the enemy's defeat, 58 29. 
rpoirfj : a turning, rout, defeat. 
rpoiros : turn, way or manner, ' bent ' 

of mind or disposition. 

(Tp6eu>) : nourishment, food. 



Tvirrtiv (tundere, TI)TOJ) : to strike ; 
rviTT^a-u, ^Tviri)v. H. 513, 18 a. 
Syn. ir\rjyrjvai, irard^ai, iralfii>. 

Tup<ris> -ios, 17 : turret, tower, 23 5. 

rvxiv : to hit the mark, to happen, to 
get, riv6s; rev^o/JMi, renjx'n^a, rvy- 
X<ii>u. ri/xe TV* /SaffiXe/as, ' came 
to the throne,' 52 27. ervxf rtray- 
ntvos, ' happened to be posted ' 
there, 38 14, 56 9. ^ re rvyx&veiv 
diSdffKovra Kal tKetvyv navddvovirav 
ra /3^\TrTa, ' that I might be led 
(by divine guidance, nix*?) to teach 
and she to learn what was best,' 41 
24; disclaiming any positive(human) 
knowledge as to what was really for 
the best. 

Ivrvxeiv, ' to fall in with,' ' encoun- 
ter,' nvl, 34 4. 



Tvyr\ : chance, luck, good or bad for- 
tune. 

Y. 



(fyfyts) : to treat wantonly or 

insolently, to outrage. 

iatveiv : to be sound or in health. 
: health. 

-s : sound, healthy. 
ttSwp, vSaros, r6: water. H. 182 a; 

G. 291, 34; B. 115, 24. 
vlo's : son ; regular, also gen. vltos, dat. 

vie?. H. 216, 19; G. 291, 35; B. 
t "5-25. 

vfxeis : ye, you ; ifj.>v, tfuv, i/otas. 
v|i^Tpos3: of you, your (s). 
virdpxiv : see d/jx 6 "'- 
{Jirapxos: one commanding under 

another, lieutenant. 
ijire\do-ds : see tXativeiv. 
vir^p : over ; prep. w. gen. and ace. 
virtppaXXo'vTws : exceedingly, 55 26. 
iirepiwyt'OilS, -cs : exceedingly large. 
\nri]Koos 2 (yiraKOt/etv) : hearkening to, 

obedient, subject. 

xcmipeTtiv impf. : to serve, wait on. 
VTrT)ptTT)s (virti, tptTtjs 'rower'): un- 

derling, servant, attendant. 
virvos : sleep. 
viro: under ; prep. w. gen., dat., ace. 

H. 808, G. 1219, B. 417. tpurrjeel* 

viro T^S wrpos, ' by ' his mother, so 

reg. of the personal agent; but of 

things, \nrb TTJS irXar^rriTOs, ' by 

reason of their broad backs, 10 22, 

cf. 20 12,328. 

In composition, the force of iiirb 

must be learned by observation. Cf. 

vird.px.fi-v, vire\avveiv, UTroXtTreZV, VTTO- 

ntveiv, under the respective simples. 
vTro-ypa<M (ypd<f>etv) : a drawing or 

painting under, underlining, 2 6. 



ATTIC PROSE 



uiroicpiTT)s : play-actor. 
iro'<rirov8os 2 : under truce. 
viro<rxr0ai : to promise ; 



2 (x^p) : in hand, under 
one's power, subject. 
vo-Tpos, VO-TO.TOS: the latter, later, 

last, latest. 
v4>aiviv : to weave. 
tv<j>alveiv, ' to weave out,' ' build 
up ' the honeycombs 44 16. 
: high, lofty. 



4>aviv : to show. 

6.iro(palvetv, 'to show forth,' 'give 
an account of,' 'pay in,' 42 13. 

<j>aiv<r0ai : Qavyvai. 

4>aXa-yg, -ayyos, ^ : line of battle, army 

in line ; etffia <f>d\a.yyos, ' within the 

lines,' 58 26. 
<j>avai {fart, fdtum, QdffKeiv, 0i}/M?) = 

to say yes, affirm, aver ; <j>i)id (encl. 

exc. 2d pers. sing. 0tfs), ^f\v, 0i}<rw, 

t(pr)ffa.. Const, inf. 

Often 07j indep. of the const., 

Lat. inquit. ov </>??/, ' I deny,' H. 

1028. e(f>T]v is aoristic, and 3>t\\ii is 

a pres. aor., the imperf. being 0d<r/cw. 
Syn. elveiv, \tyeiv, faOijvcu. 

OTJii^dvat, ' to assent,' ' agree to,' 
rl, 50 5. 

4>avpo's 3 : visible, manifest. K rov 
<j>avcpov, ' in plain sight,' 56 22. oi>* 
t<t>i}<rOds Qavfpbs tytvcro, 'was not 
seen to exult thereat,' 59 19. 

4>avfjvai : to become visible, show one- 
self, appear; QavovtMi, (ftalvojuu. 
Const, ptcp., Sri or ws, but inf. when 
used in the sense of OOKCIV, ' to seem 
to the mind.' H. 986, B. 661 N. 3. 



a.va.<}>a.vT)va.i, ' to be shown forth,' 
find oneself held up as an example, 
522 3 . 

KQ.Ta.<t>avi)vai, Ka.Ta<t>alveff0cu, 'to 
appear right clearly,' 31 27. 

irf>o<j>avTJvai; vpo^aLverai, hist. pres. 
(equiv. to aor.), 'comes forth into 
view,' heaves in sight, 34 3. 

4>op(j.ttKOv : drug, poison. 

<J>avXos3: slight, mean, paltry. 

(|>eiS0-6ai : to be sparing of, spare, 
TIVOS; tpela-ofjLai, ttj>iffd/j.r]v. 

4>cpEiv : impf. only, to bear, bring; 
pass., to be borne or swept along, 
to rush, roll rapidly, 36 4; 6jit6<re, 
'rush together,' 'into conflict,' 10 
22, 57 n. Ka/ctDs, 'bad conduct,' 
'ill-success' of affairs, 55 18. 
Syn. tveyiceiv, otaeiv fut. 

Sia^/jeip, ' to differ,' ' to excel,' 
Ttv6s, 1 13. 

ti<r<j>tpei>>, 'to bring in,' 44 13. 

wapa^peii', ' to bring beside,' set 
before one, 4 3. 

irpoo"0^peiv; pass., ' to rush toward,' 
bear down on one, 9 1 6. 

(ru|i0^/)', ' to be advantageous ' 
for one, 50 23. 

i>iro<t>tpfiv, ' to bear,' 'endure.' 

Syn. viroii.tveiv, i.vtxeaOa.1. 
4>e'pcr0ai : to bear or bring for oneself. 
4>epvT| : marriage portion, dowry. 
<j>cv: alas. 



(0dvai): a prophetic voice. 



i : to give utterance to 
sounds, articulate or inarticulate, to 
sound, 35 25. 
<}>0Cpiv: to corrupt, spoil; <f>0epu, 



218 



ATTIC PROSE 



v, 'to destroy,' 18 5, 18. 
4>9ovciv impf. : to be envious, to be- 
grudge, envy, nvl nvos, 27 15. ov 

<p6ov/iff<i) elireiv, ' I shall have no 

objection to stating,' 46 27. 
4>0ovpo's 3: envious, jealous. Adv. 

t>eovfps. 
4>0ovos: envy. 
<|>id\T) : drinking bowl. 
4>iXav0p(oirid : kindliness. 
4>iXcLv0pu>TO$ 2 : humane, kindly. 
4>iXiiv impf.: to love, like, to kiss. 

Regularly of the love of husband 

for wife, 21 20. 

Syn. dyajrav, tpdv, artpyeiv. 
KOra^iXetv, Kvpov Ka.re<pl\ovv \fl- 

pas, ' covered with kisses," 25 8. 
4iX'XXT]v, -tjvos, ("EXXjj.-) : fond of 

the Greeks, 59 13. 
4>iX(d : affection, friendship. 
4>(Xios 3: of a friend or friends, 

friendly. 
<|>iXoKaXos 2 : beauty-loving, fond of 

beauty, 

4>iXo(ia0T|s, W$ : fond of learning. 
4>iXovciKCiv (WKOJ) impf.: to be fond 

of strife, contentious, engaged in 

eager rivalry, 12 1 2. 
4>iXos 3: own, dear, a friend. 
4>iXocro4>os : philosopher. 
4>iXo<rTopY<>s 2 (ffrtpyeiv') : affection- 

ate, 2 3. 
4>iXoTi)ici(r0ai : to be ambitious, pur- 

sue emulously ; t<pl\OTlfJ.-/)0t)V. 

<j>iXoTl)i(d : love of honor, emulation. 

4>tXoTi[ios 2 : honor-loving, ambitious. 

4>iXo4>povio-8ai : to treat kindly, show 

favors to; t<j>i\o<f>poi>T)<r<inriv and 



4>opetv impf. : to frighten. 
4>of3tio-6cu : to fea 



4>Xv6ipciv impf. : to talk nonsense, play 
the fool, 10 13. 



virtp<j>opeio-0ai, ' to be exceedingly 
afraid,' 7 25. 

to'pos: fright, fear. 

4>oiTav : to go up and down, go or come 

regularly, 16 13. 
4>pctTTiv: to fence, block up. 

CLVTi.<ppdTTi.v, ' to barricade,' 48 1 7. 
4>povuv (0p^y) impf. : to be minded 

in any way; titya ippovelv, 'to be 
proud ' of anything, iirl TIVI, 46 24; 
virtp dvdpuTrov <t>povr)cra,i, 'to con- 
ceive more than human pride,' 30 7. 
6.oiKOv TL <ppovetv, ' to be minded to 
some wrong-doing,' cherish an un- 
righteous sentiment, 32 16. 

Kara^povet^, ' to despise,' 61 20. 
<^povr)Tov : one must be minded in 

some way ; Mf<"' ' feel more proud.' 
4>povris, -8os, 17 : thought, meditation ; 

plur., cares, anxieties, 21 17. 
4>povpapxos : commandant of a for- 

tress or garrison. 
4poupo's (irpo, pop-, bpav) : watchman, 

guard; plur., ' garrison,' 17 3. 
<}>vy"v (fugere} : to flee ; 061^0/ucu 

or 0ei/foi)/xai (H. 426), Trt<pevya; 

<peuyw, ' I try to escape,' ' shun ' 50 

12, 'am in exile ' 59 22. 
+^rf : flight. 
4>vtiv : to make grow, beget, produce, 

create; (ptffu, e<j>v<ra. See <t>vvat. 
4>uXaKT| ; a keeping watch or guard. 
4>vXaKTi'ov : one must be watchful. 
<|>vXaKT^piov : a guarded post. 
<j>vXa|, -aKos, 6, rj : watcher, guard. 
<|>vXaTTiv : to guard, watch ; <t>v\d!-<i>, 



ATTIC PROSE 



2I 9 



4>v\aTTo-0ai : to be on one's guard 
against, rl, nvd, 8 28; cf. the act. 
const., 20. 

4>v\ov: race, nation. 

4>vvcu (<j>v-, be, fuisse, 0iATtj) : /<? grow 
or 3^ born, come to be or fe ^y nature ; 
irtyvKa.. See 0ui'. H. 500, 3. 
With 0Ccat, I $, cf. <pfoiv x wi/ > 9 f- 
8tA jSatriX&tfj' ire^wiis, 'descended 
through a line of kings,' 20 22. e8 
irt<j>vKtva.i irp6s n, ' to be created 
suitably' for anything, 43 19, 48 I. 

<j>vpv : to mix into a paste, 58 20. 

4>vo-dv : to puff, blow up, distend. 

&va.<j)vff8.v; pass. 20 1 8, 'puffed up,' 
filled with conceit. 

<f>v<ris, -<ws, TJ, (<pvvai) : nature. 
<|>vTviv: to plant. 
4>wvT| : //&< sound of the voice, voice. 
4><&p, <J>wpos, 6, (yr) : thief. 
4>wpav : to search for a thief. 

Kara^wpai', 'to catch in the act'; 
TT)V ^i>xV ws o$ffai> Ka.Te<j>upa.Tf, ' ye 

. surmised,' ' detected the existence,' 
of the soul, 31 19. 

j>S, 4>o>TOS, T(>, (<pa/:os, <j>avT)va.i.) : 
light. 



: xa.priva.1. 
X.a\dv : to slacken, to become slack or 

loose, ' stand open,' 24 22. 
XoXciraCvtiv : to be cross or vexed, to 

show ill-temper. 

XaXciro's 3 : hard, difficult, cross, harsh. 
Xa\iroTT]s, -TITOS, ^ : harshness, ill- 

temper. 
XaXiccvs, -^ws, 6 : a worker in copper, 

brazier, smith. 

Xa\Ko's : copper, bronze or brass. 
(humus): on the ground. 
: joy. 



(yearn, grdtus, gratia, x <i- 

/)ts) : to rejoice; xaipijtrw, tcexdpyica, 

%o.lpa; xa'P^i xalpere, 'hail,' or 

' farewell.' 
virtpxapijwtt, {nrepxalpeiv, 'to be 

overjoyed,' 2 26, 9 1 1 . 
Xap(is, -ev: graceful, charming. B. 

125, 1. Comparison, H. 248, G. 355, 

B. 132. 
Xapt^o-eeu : to gratify, please, -rivl; 

Xa-piovfj.a.1, ^x a P" rc *M'? J '> Kex^picryuai; 

Kexapio-^vos, ' pleasing,' ' grateful,' 

' acceptable,' 50 23. 

> -ITOS, T], (xaprjvai} : grace, 

charm, favor, thanks. \a.pi.v el8t- 

vai, ' to be thankful,' 45 8. 

pio-TTJpia, TO.: thank-offerings, of 

thanksgiving, 30 3. 

, -wvos, 6 : winter, tempest. 
\tip, \eipos, i] : hand, forearm ; x e ~ 

poiv, x e P ffi - 

XipOT|9t]s, -'s, (iOi&iv, ^6os~) : accus- 
tomed to the hand, tame, tractable. 
Xipo'|ia.KTpov (jj.a.TTt(.v} : towel, nap- 
kin, 3 26. 
Xipovo-0ai (xf^p) = to overpower. 

-ov : worse; x 6 ^' " 7 " 01 - H. 

254, 2; G. 361, 2; B. 136. 

Mapxos : ' chiliarch,' commander 

of a thousand. 
3 : thousand. 

: a body or battalion 

of a thousand. 

XITWV, -wvos, 6 : under-garment, tunic. 
XOpTyid: ' choregia,' at Athens the 

defraying of the cost of a public 

chorus, 41 3. 
XOpo's: choral dance, a chorus, band 

of dancers and singers. 
XprfSeiv : to want, wish. 
Xpf)|AO, -aros, rb, (xp^flat) : thing, 



220 



ATTIC PROSE 



affair, 9 10; plur. \p-fttw.ra., prop- 

erty, money, 60 2, 5. 
Xpfjvai (xM, elvai) : XPJ (sc. tffTiv), 

it behooves, one ought; XP^"> ^XP^"> 

XP^a-ei. H. 486; G. 1692, p. 406; 

B. 267. 
Xpfj<r0ai : to use, have dealings with, 

nvi. H. 412, G. 496, B. 199, 3. 

rl avT(f xpi}<r, ' what shall you do 

with him?' 11 17. xpi)<rOa.i at/rots 

5 TI ^/SotfAero, ' to turn them to such 

use as he would,' appropriate them 

in any way, 56 3. 
Xprio-rrfjpiov (\pS.v, 'to utter a re- 

sponse ') : oracle. 
Xpil<rTo's 3 : useful, good. 

Syn. dyaOds. 
Xpo'vos : time. 

Xpwrtov : a piece of gold, gold coin. 
Xpvcro's : gold. 
Xpvo-ovs, -fy -oiiv : of gold, golden. 

: with golden bridle. 
-O.TOS, TO : color, paint, 2 6. 
X">Ao's 3 : lame, limping. 
Xwpa: country; military place or posi- 

tion, 35 20. 
Xwpciv impf. : to give place, yield, to 

march, go, to contain; \(api\ao^o.i. 
!', ' to fall back,' ' retreat.' 
'', ' to advance.' 
X<p(ov: a place. 
Xpos : space, room, place. 



\|rrytiv : to blame, disparage. 
4feXiov : armlet, bracelet, 2 10, 39 5. 
\|/vS<r9ai : to lie, report or deal falsely. 

S : false. 

: breath of life, soul. 
4^X08, -ovs, TO : cold. 
<]/wpa\<os 3 : itchy, mangy. 



ft. 

w : prefixed to vocatives. 

8t : thus, as follows. 

w9tv impf. : to push, shove ; 



w6ci<r6ai : to push (away from one- 



ai)iocra: 

u)via-0ai : to buy ; tSi 

iuv-tid-nv. H. 359, G. 537, I. 

Syn. irplaffOai. 
o>vT)<ra : ovivdvai. 
atpd (year) : season, the right season 

for anything, 'high time,' 11 21. 
wpaios 3 : in season, ripe, in the bloom 

of youth. 
wpaiorr]s, -T)TOS, i) : seasonableness, 

ripeness, charm of youth and 

beauty. 

ws: ouS' &j, not even thus, 36 13; so 
/j.i)5' ws, Kal &s. H. 284, G. 138, 3. 

is : as, how, that, in order that. 
Uvai cos fft, 'to come to thee,' 13 23; 
H. 784 a, G. 1220, 8, B. 418. Tem- 
poral, 'as,' 'when,' 2 I, 9 4, 9, 16. 
Causal, ' as,' ' for,' 11 23, 41 27. 
Exclamatory, wj /ca\6s, ' how beau- 
tiful,' 2 14, 10 13, 19. ws TJdio-Ta, 
'as agreeably as possible,' 3 2, 16 
1 8, cf. STI in the same usage. &>s 
diriovffa, ' with the intention ' of go- 
ing home, 5 17, 23 15. H. 974. wj 
e/s /cikXwcrii', ' with a view to ' turn- 
ing the enemy's flank, 36 26. o>s 
Hx VTe *i having 'as they believed'; 
d>s K(j)fjia.ffTal 6vTfs, 'pretending' to 
be revellers, 24 u. H. 978. 



ATTIC PROSE 



221 



With inf., 'so as,' 26 17, 33 16; 
w. ind., ' so that,' 29 7 ; cf. Siffre. 
wa-av'rws : i n the same way, likewise. 
uxrirp : just as, as (if}. 
WO-TC: so as, so that. Const. H. 927, 
* 953. 954; G. 1449 .; B. 595 f- 



Siffre <re Kivdvvefaiv, 'if you must 

incur peril,' 10 7. 
4>\iv (S^eXos) impf.: to benefit, lie 

of use to. 
<o4>&.i|j,os 2 : helpful, serviceable. 



Hadley and Allen's Greek Grammar 

BY JAMES HADLEY (YALE) 

REVISED BY 

FREDERIC DE FOREST ALLEN (HARVARD) 
Cloth, 12mo, 422 pages Price, $1.50 



This standard Grammar not only presents the latest 
and best results of Greek studies, but also treats the 
language in the light received from comparative philology. 
Its comprehensive treatment of the principles and forms 
of the Greek language, together with its clear, analytic 
method, has made it at once an authoritative and exhaus- 
tive treatise for reference and at the same time a practical 
and popular text-book for class use. The fact that during 
all these years it has held its place and maintained its wide- 
spread popularity and extensive use in the leading classical 
schools and colleges of the country is in itself sufficient 
evidence of the excellence of the original work. 

Professor Hadley's Greek Grammar was published in 
1860, and was founded on the scholarly and exhaustive 
work of the eminent German professor, Curtius, of the 
University of Kiel. 

Professor Allen brought to the work of revision the 
enthusiasm and critical method of an accomplished scholar, 
combined with the experience and skill of a successful 
teacher, and the result of his labors is gratifying alike to 
the publishers and friends of the Grammar. 

In its present form it is a practical work for beginners. 
Clearness of statement, accuracy of definition, and judicious 
arrangement recommend it for elementary classes; yet at 
the same time it is a complete and comprehensive manual 
for the advanced student. 



Copies of Hadley s Greek Grammar 'will be sent, prepaid, to any address 
on receipt of the price by the Publishers : 

American Book Company 

New York Cincinnati Chicago 

(285) 



Plato's Apology of Socrates and Crito, 
and a Part of the Phaedo 

WITH INTRODUCTION, COMMENTARY, AND CRITICAL APPENDIX 

BY REV. C. L. KITCHEL, M.A. 
Instructor in Greek in Yale University 

Flexible Binding, 12mo, 188 pages Price, $1.25 



THE DIALOGUES OF PLATO contained in this volume 
exhibit the moral qualities of Socrates in their highest 
manifestations, and also give some insight into those 
intellectual processes by virtue of which he made an 
epoch in philosophy. In addition to the Apology and Crito 
there has been included that part of the Phaedo which 
describes in detail the last sayings and doings of Socrates. 

The Introduction gives a clear and comprehensive 
outline of the life, character, and philosophy of Socrates. 
This historical sketch is followed by other aids to an 
understanding of Plato's dramatic representation of his 
great master and by a critical analysis of the argument 
pursued in the Dialogues. 

The Text is based upon that of Wohlrab in his revision 
of the text of Hermann (6 vols., Teubner, Leipzig Vol. I, 
1886). The grammatical and exegetical notes have been 
drawn principally from Cron (Teubner, Leipzig, 1895). 
The appendix contains a brief account of the notable 
manuscripts and editions of Plato's works and some of 
the more important variations in the text of the Apology, 
the Crito, and the Phaedo, together with the principal 
authorities for each variation. 



Copies sent, prepaid, to any address on receipt of the price. 

American Book Company 

New York Cincinnati Chicago 



(295) 



Greek Dictionaries 



LIDDELL AND SCOTT'S GREEK-ENGLISH LEXICON 

Revised and Enlarged. Compiled by HENRY GEORGE LIDDELL, 
D.D., and ROBERT SCOTT, D.D., assisted by HENRY DRISLER, 
LL.D. Large Quarto, 1794 pages. Sheep . . . $10.00 
The present edition of this great work has been thoroughly revised, 

and large additions made to it. The editors have been favored with the 

co-operation of many scholars and several important articles have been 

entirely rewritten. 

LIDDELL AND SCOTT'S GREEK-ENGLISH LEXICON Intermediate 

Revised Edition. Large Octavo, 910 pages. 

Cloth, $3.50; Half Leather, $4.00 

This Abridgment is an entirely new work, designed to meet the 
ordinary requirements of instructors. It differs from the smaller 
abridged edition in that it is made from the last edition of the large 
Lexicon, and contains a large amount of new matter. 

LIDDELL AND SCOTT'S GREEK-ENGLISH LEXICON Abridged 

Revised Edition. Crown Octavo, 832 pages. Half Leather $1.25 
This Abridgment is intended chiefly for use by students in Secondary 

and College Preparatory Schools. 

THAYER'S GREEK-ENGLISH LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 
Being Grimm's Wilke's Clavis Novi Testamenti. Translated, 
Revised, and Enlarged by JOSEPH HENRY THAYER, D.D., LL.D. 
Royal Quarto, 727 pages . Cloth, $5.00 ; Half Leather, $6.50 
This great work embodies and represents the results of the latest 
researches in modern philology and biblical exegesis. It traces histori- 
cally the signification and use of all words used in the New Testament, 
and carefully explains the difference between classical and sacred usage. 

YONGE'S ENGLISH-GREEK LEXICON 

By C. D. YONGE. Edited by HENRY DRISLER, LL.D. 

Royal Octavo, 903 pages. Sheep $4.50 

AUTENRIETH'S HOMERIC DICTIONARY 

Translated and Edited by ROBERT P. KEEP, Ph.D. New Edition. 

Revised by ISAAC FLAGG, Ph.D. 

I2mo, 312 pages. Illustrated. Cloth .... $1.10 



Copies sent, prepaid, to any address on receipt of the price 

American Book Company 

New York Cincinnati Chicago 



University of California 

SOUTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY 

405 Hilgard Avenue, Los Angeles, CA 90024-1388 

Return this material to the library 

from which it was borrowed. 



0LAPR12Z004 



..^SOUTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILIT 



A 000025365 8